Post on 09-Apr-2020
transcript
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 1
DETAILED NOTICE INVITING TENDER
FOR
MOLASSES BASED 60 KLPD DISTILLERY FOR PRODUCTION OF ANHYDROUS ETHANOL
AT
THE SHAHABAD CO-OP. SUGAR MILLS LTD., LADWA ROAD,
SHAHABAD (M), DISTT. KURUKSHETRA, HARYANA
Prepared by
National Federation of Cooperative Sugar Factories Ltd., Ansal Plaza, Block C, 2nd Floor
August Kranti Marg, NEW DELHI – 110 049
AUGUST, 2018
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 2
THE SHAHABAD CO-OPERATIVE SUGAR MILLS LTD. SHAHABAD (M), DISTT. KURUKSHETRA, HARYANA
Telephone: 01744- 240188 Fax: 01744 - 240118
Email: scsmsbd1@gmail.com Website: https://sugarfed.haryanaeprocurement.gov.in
COMPETITIVE e-BIDDING
NAME OF WORK- e-BID for Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) for Supply, erection
and commissioning of molasses based new Greenfield 60 KLPD distillery for production of anhydrous
Ethanol along with CO2 recovery and liquefaction plant, 20 TPH Incineration boiler , 2.5 MW
Turbo alternator and condensate treatment units to achieve Zero Liquid discharge as per
CPCB/HSPCB norms including construction of foundations, Factory and Non-Factory buildings etc.
along with operation and maintenance of the same for two years from the date of commissioning at
The Shahabad Co-operative Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M), Distt. Kurukshetra, Haryana-136135 as per
technical specifications and scope of work given in the bid document.
BID Ref. No - : 2945
LAST DATE AND TIME FOR : 01-10-2018 upto 6.55 PM
SUBMISSION OF E-Bids
DATE AND TIME OF OPENING : 03-10-2018 at 11.00 AM
OF ON LINE TECHNICAL e-Bids
PLACE OF OPENING OF e-Bids : The Shahabad Coop. Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M)
Distt. Kurukshetra, Haryana
Beneficiary Name : The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M)
Bank Account No. : 13688640000051
Bank : HDFC Bank
Branch : Ladwa Road, Shahabad (M)
IFSC Code : HDFC0001368
GSTIN : 06AAAAT0381N1ZC
PAN : AAAAT0381N
This Document Contains 246 Pages
E-tenders will be uploaded on website https://sugarfed.haryanaeprocurement.gov.in .
e-tender document cost : Rs. 5,000/- + GST @ 18%
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 3
THE SHAHABAD CO-OPERATIVE SUGAR MILLS LTD. SHAHABAD (M), DISTT. KURUKSHETRA, HARYANA
Telephone: 01744- 240188 Fax: 01744- 240118
Email: scsmsbd1@gmail.com Website: www.sugarfed.haryanaeprocurement.gov.in
Ref No : SMS-2018/Esstt/2945 Date : 01-09-2018
E-Tender Notice
Online e-BID are invited for Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) for Supply, erection and
commissioning of molasses based new Greenfield 60 KLPD distillery for production of anhydrous
Ethanol along with CO2 recovery and liquefaction plant, 20 TPH Incineration boiler , 2.5 MW
Turbo alternator and condensate treatment units to achieve Zero Liquid discharge as per
CPCB/HSPCB norms including construction of foundations, Factory and Non-Factory buildings etc.
along with operation and maintenance of the same for two years from the date of commissioning at
The Shahabad Co-operative Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M), Distt. Kurukshetra, Haryana-136135 as per
technical specifications and scope of work given in the bid document.
Sl.No Particulars
1 Name of The Department The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd. , Ladwa
Road, Shahabad(M)-136135
2 Procedure for obtaining and submission of bid
documents
Tender form is to be downloaded from
https://sugarfed.haryanaeprocurement.gov.in
3 Bid EMD Rs. 75,00,000/-(Rupees Seventy Five lakh only ) to be
paid online through RTGS in favour of The Shahabad
Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd., Ladwa Road, Shahabad
(M) Distt. Kurukshetra.
Tender without EMD will be rejected.
4. Cost of document Rs.5000/- (Rs. Five thousand only) + 18 % GST to be
paid online through RTGS in favour of The Shahabad
Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd., Ladwa Road,
Shahabad(M) Distt. Kurukshetra (Haryana) Bid without
cost of Bid document will be rejected
4 Pre-bid meeting Date & Time Pre bid meeting is invited for clarifications/ queries from
prospective bidders as per Bid conditions at Conference
Room, 1st Floor, The Shahabad Coop Sugar Mills Ltd.,
Shahabad-136135 on 18-09-2018 at 11.00 AM
5 Last date & Time of downloading of the bid
document
01-10-2018 upto 6.55 PM
6 Last date & Time of submission of bids 01-10-2018 upto 6.55 PM
7 Opening of Technical bid 03-10-2018 at 11.00 AM
8 Opening of Financial bid 05-10-2018 at 11.00 AM (time and date will be informed
to the shortlisted bidders, if any change by e-mail)
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 4
The details of submission of e-bids along with eligibility, date & time, pre bid meeting, opening of
Technical/Financial bids, EMD, experience and other terms & conditions will be available on e-tender portal
www.sugarfed.haryanaeprocurement.gov.in from dated 02-09-2018 at 12.30 Noon from where Bid
documents may be downloaded by any bidder. The cost of Bid document (Non refundable) and required
EMD will be deposited through RTGS, in favour of The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd., Ladwa
Road, Shahabad (M) Distt. Kurukshetra (Haryana). Scanned copy of the RTGS receipts will be uploaded
with technical bid. The original should reach The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd., Ladwa Road,
Distt. Kurukshetra (Haryana) before opening of Technical bid. The detailed terms and conditions are given in
e-Bid document. The Deputy Commissioner, Kurukshetra-cum-Chairman, The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar
Mills Ltd., Shahabad(M) reserves the right to cancel any or all bids/annul e-bidding process without assigning
any reason thereof. The decision of The Deputy Commissioner, Kurukshetra -cum-Chairman, The Shahabad
Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M) will be final and binding upon bidders.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 5
INVITATION FOR e-Bids
E-bidding for e-BID for Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) for Supply, erection and
commissioning of molasses based new Greenfield 60 KLPD distillery for production of anhydrous
Ethanol along with CO2 recovery and liquefaction plant, 20 TPH Incineration boiler , 2.5 MW
Turbo alternator and condensate treatment units to achieve Zero Liquid discharge as per
CPCB/HSPCB norms including construction of foundations, Factory and Non-Factory buildings etc.
along with operation and maintenance of the same for two years from the date of commissioning at
The Shahabad Co-operative Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M), Distt. Kurukshetra, Haryana-136135 as per
technical specifications and scope of work given in the bid document as per schedule below
Schedule of Tender.
(a) Date of publication of e-Bid notice & availability of Bid Document
Bid Notice has been published over e-Procurement website https://sugarfed.haryanaeprocurement.gov.in
and Bid Document will be available from 02-09-2018 at 12.30 Noon.
(b) Availability of Bid document on website 02-09-2018 from 12.30 Noon at e-Procurement web site https://sugarfed.haryanaeprocurement.gov.in
(c) Clarification start date & time 02-09-2018 from 12.30 PM
(d) Clarification end date & time 17-09-2018 upto 2.00 PM
(e) e-Bid submission start date & time 02-09-2018 from 12.30 PM
(f) Pre bid meeting Place and Time Pre bid meeting is invited for clarifications/queries from prospective bidders as per bid conditions at Conference Room, 1st Floor, The Shahabad Coop Sugar Mills Ltd, Shahabad (M)-136135 on 18-09-2018 at 11.00 AM
(g) e-Bid submission end date & Time 01-10-2018 upto 6.55 PM
(h) Online technical e-Bid opening date & time
03-10-2018 at 11.00 AM
(i) Online financial e-Bid opening date & time
05-10-2018 at 11.00 AM (time and date will be informed to the shortlisted bidders, if any change by e-mail)
(j) Venue of opening of technical & financial e-Bids
The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd, Ladwa Road, Shahabad(M)-136135 (Haryana) Phone – 01744-240188
(k) Contact officer Name: Mr. Subhash Chander Mob. 9466114104 Mr. Sushil Kumar, Mob. 9466114103 CA Deepak Khator, Mob. 9466114112 Mr. Yashvir Dalal Mob. 9467006574 Tel No. 01744- 240188. Email: scsmsbd1@gmail.com
(l) Mandatorily E-Service Fee Rs.1000/-(One Five Thousand) Only. (Non-refundable)
(m) Cost of e-Bid document Rs 5,000/- (Rupees Five Thousand) Only. (Non-refundable)+18% GST
(n) e-Bid E.M.D Rs 75, 00,000/- (Rupees Seventy Five Lacs) only.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 6
1. Bidders are advised to study the bid Document carefully. Submission of e-Bid against this bid shall
be deemed to have been done after careful study and examination of the procedures, terms and
conditions of the tender Document with full understanding of its implications.
2. The e-Bid prepared in accordance with the procedures enumerated in ITB should be submitted
through e-Procurement website https://sugarfed.haryanaeprocurement.gov.in
3. The bid document is available at e-Procurement website https://sugarfed.haryanaeprocurement.gov.in
from 02-09-2018 at 12.30 Noon. Interested bidders may view, download the e-Bid document, seek
clarification and submit their e-Bid online up to the date and time mentioned in the table above:
4. The payment for e-Service Fee (Rs. 1000/- Non refundable) shall be made by eligible bidders online
directly through Debit Cards or Internet Banking Accounts to the e-tender portal.
5. The payment for Document Fee (Rs. 5000/- Non refundable) + 18 % GST shall be made by eligible
bidders online(RTGS/NEFT) in favour of The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd., Ladwa Road,
Shahabad(M) Distt. Kurukshetra Haryana), (herein after referred as the Shahabad Sugar Mills (DU)/
the Purchaser).
6. All e-Bid must be accompanied with proof of e-Bid Earnest Money Deposit (scanned copy receipt of
RTGS) (EMD), deposited in favour of The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd., Ladwa Road,
Distt. KKR (Haryana). The proof of the deposit of e-Bid EMD (original copy) must be submitted
along with the e-Bid before opening of technical e-Bids. No Interest would be payable on e-Bid
(Earnest Money) deposited with The Shahabad Sugar Mills (DU).
7. The e-Bids will be electronically opened in the presence of bidder’s representatives, who choose to
attend the venue on the date and time mentioned in the above table. An authority letter of bidders’
representative will be required to be produced.
8. The Deputy Commissioner, Kurukshetra -cum-Chairman The Shahabad Sugar Mills Ltd, reserves the
right to cancel any or all the e-Bids/annul the e-Bid process without assigning any reason thereof.
The decision of the Deputy Commissioner will be final and binding.
9. In the event of date specified for e-Bids opening being declared a holiday for the PURCHASER
office then the due date for opening of e-Bids shall be the following working day at the appointed
time and place.
1. All the required documents should be uploaded by the e-Bidder electronically in the PDF format.
The bids shall be submitted online in two separate files:
File 1: Technical Bid
The bidders shall upload the required eligibility & technical documents online in the Technical Bid.
File 2: Commercial Bid
The bidders shall quote the prices in price bid format under Commercial Bid.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 7
2. For submission of e-tender prospective Bidder has to get themselves registered with his/her Digital
Signature Certificate (DSC) on e-Procurement website https://sugarfed.haryanaeprocurement.gov.in.
Important Note:- (a) Any intending bidder can contact the helpdesk on or before prior to 4 hours of the
scheduled closing date & time of respective e-Auction/ Tender event. (b) For queries pertaining to e-Payment of EMD, please contact the helpdesk at least 2 business
days prior to the closing date & time of e-Auction/Tender event. (c) Help-desk support will remain closed during lunch break i.e. from 1:30 PM up to 2:15 PM
on each working day. Schedule for Training:
Training workshop will be held on 1st, 2nd Friday (from 3:30 pm upto 6:00 pm) and 4th Saturday (from 11: 30 am upto 3:00 pm) of each month at following addresses:
Nextenders (India) Pvt. Ltd Municipal Corporation
Faridabad, Near B.K.Chowk, Opp. B.K.Hospital, NIT,
Faridabad Contact no.
8743042801 / 9310335475
Nextenders (India) Pvt.Ltd. Public Health
Division No. 2 Hisar, Model Town Opp.
N.D Gupta Hospital, Hisar
Contact: 9034357793
Nextenders (India) Pvt. Ltd., Nirman Sadan (PWD
B&R), Plot No.- 01, Basement,
Dakshin Marg, Sec- 33 A, Chandigarh -160020
For Support- 1800-180-2097, 0172-2582008-2009
For Support Call – 1800-180-2097 Haryana eProcurement Help Desk Office will remain closed on Saturday ( except 4
t h
Saturday), Sunday and National Holidays
NOTE:-
(A) Bidders participating in online tenders shall check the validity of his/her Digital
Signature Certificate before participating in the online Tenders at the portal
https://haryanaeprocurement.gov.in.
(B) For help manual please refer to the ‘Home Page’ of the e-Procurement website at
https://haryanaeprocurement.gov.in, and click on the available link ‘How to...?’ to
download the file.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 8
SECTION - I
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (ITB)
THE SHAHABAD CO-OPERATIVE SUGAR MILLS LTD. SHAHABAD (M), DISTT. KURUKSHETRA, HARYANA
Telephone: (01744) 240188 Fax: (01744) - 240118
Email: scsmsbd1@gmail.com Website: www.sugarfed.haryanaeprocurement.gov.in
E-Bid for Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) for Supply, erection and commissioning of
molasses based new Greenfield 60 KLPD distillery for production of anhydrous Ethanol along with
CO2 recovery and liquefaction plant, 20 TPH Incineration boiler , 2.5 MW Turbo alternator and
condensate treatment units to achieve Zero Liquid discharge as per CPCB/HSPCB norms including
construction of foundations, Factory and Non-Factory buildings etc. along with operation and
maintenance of the same for two years from the date of commissioning at The Shahabad Co-operative
Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M), Distt. Kurukshetra, Haryana-136135 as per technical specifications and scope
of work given in the bid document.
1) Scope of Work
Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) for Supply, erection and commissioning of molasses
based new Greenfield 60 KLPD distillery for production of anhydrous Ethanol along with CO2
recovery and liquefaction plant, 20 TPH Incineration boiler , 2.5 MW Turbo alternator and
condensate treatment units to achieve Zero Liquid discharge as per CPCB/HSPCB norms including
construction of foundations, Factory and Non-Factory buildings etc. as per technical specification
given in the Draft agreement for Supply, Erection and Commissioning at Shahabad Cooperative Sugar
Mills Ltd, Shahabad(M), Haryana which consist of the following:
1.1 Designing, engineering, procuring, manufacturing, supplying, all distillery equipments and
machineries including but not limited to the following:-
Weighment bridge, Molasses storage tank, molasses handling system, cleaning, Yeast culture
propagation and, Fed-batch type fermentation system, Decanter, multieffect evaporation, Co2
recovery plant and Incineration Boiler with all accessories like fuel feeding system, Ash handling
system, ESP, Chimney etc. Turbo-alternator with complete power distribution system, all machinery
staging ,working platforms, structures, Plant and yard lighting, Pipe lines valves with related
accessories etc. for 60 KLPD Ethanol Plant as per technical specifications etc. detailed under 'Draft
Agreement for Supply, erection and commissioning and Civil works’.
1.2 To carry out the activities of Erection and commissioning and proving performance of
all the above plant equipments and machineries in accordance with the terms & conditions as detailed
under 'Draft Agreement for the supply, Erection and Commissioning and Civil works’.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 9
1.3 All civil work including construction of foundations, Factory and non factory Buildings, Godowns,
Molasses tank, RCC Chimney and all factory related civil works, offices, factory boundary, internal
roads, drainage, lagoon, dismantling, levelling / filling and shifting of waste (If any) to designated
place shall be in scope of supplier in accordance with the terms & conditions as detailed under said
'Draft Agreement for the supply, Erection and Commissioning and Civil works’.
1.4 The scope includes inter alia proving performance of the whole plant as per performance parameters
given in –annexure VI of the 'Draft Agreement for the supply, Erection and Commissioning and Civil
works’.
1.5 To carry out operation, repair & maintenance of plant & machinery of 60 KLPD anhydrous ethanol
plant with Boiler, turbine and ZLD system including Co2 liquefaction plant operation for 2 years
from the date of commissioning in accordance with the terms & conditions as detailed under 'Draft
Agreement for Operation & Maintenance.’
1.6 It also includes assisting and furnishing required information/document to the purchaser for obtaining
necessary approvals required for setting up of distillery plant and machineries from Haryana Excise
department, Approval of drawings and licence from Petroleum and Explosive Safety Organization
(PESO) for Ethanol Storage and issue system and NOCs from Haryana excise, pollution control
board etc. However all approvals/NOC’s required for Directorate of boilers, Electrical and factory
inspector etc. will be exclusively in the scope of seller.
1.7 The seller will also provide all required instruments, IP camera etc. as per norms of CPCB/HSPCB
for online monitoring and necessary arrangement for uploading the data on CPCB/HSPCB server.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 10
2.0 Time Schedule
The indicative timeline is as follows:
Activity Estimated Date
Publication of Advertisement for inviting Bids through
competitive bidding process.
Advertisement Date
02-09-2018
Start uploading of Technical and Financial bid documents
along with Draft Agreement Documents to the interested
Bidders.
02-09-2018
Site Visits From 02-09-2018 to 01-10-2018
Pre Bid Meeting
18-09-2018 at 11.00 AM
Venue:
Conference Room, 1st Floor, The
Shahabad Coop Sugar Mill Ltd,
Shahabad(M) Distt Kurukshetra-136135
(HARYANA)
Start of uploading of Corrigendum after pre-bid meeting, if
required 18-09-2018
Date and time for submission of Technical Bid and
Financial Bid 01-10-2018 upto 6.55 pm
Opening of Online technical e-Bid opening date & time 03-10-2018 at 11.00 AM
Opening Online financial e-Bid opening date & time 05-10-2018 at 11.00 AM (time and date
will be informed to the shortlisted
bidders, if any change by e-mail)
Venue of opening of technical & financial e-Bids The Shahabad Coop. Sugar Mills Ltd.,
Shahabad(M)(HARYANA)
Execution of Agreement L + 7
3.0 Definition of Bidder- The bidder may be a single entity or a group of companies (the “consortium”),
coming together to implement the project. However, no bidder applying individually or as a member
of Consortium, as the case may be, can be member of another bidder. The term bidder used herein
would apply to both a single entity and a Consortium.
In case of consortium, the members to the consortium will decide the lead member who will be
majority stakeholder. The percentage of stake of majority stakeholder should be mentioned in the
MOU for the Consortium.
4.0 Eligibility Criteria for Bidders:-
Bidder shall meet the following basic eligibility criteria -
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 11
4.1 FINANCIAL CRITERIA:
Bidder shall meet all the following criteria:
4.1.1 Average Annual Financial Turnover, as per audited Balance Sheet and Profit & Loss account, in the
last three consecutive Financial Years ending March 2018 shall be atleast Rs.70.00 Crores (Rupees
Seventy crores only )The bidder will attach duly certified copy of balance sheet by chartered
accountant in support of the same.
4.1.2 The Bank Credit worthiness of the Bidder shall be atleast Rs.35 crores (Rupees Thirty Five crores)
duly issued by the Banker (Nationalized/Scheduled Bank) in last three months as per proforma
below:
TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN
This is to certify that M/s…………………………..having its registered office at………………………….is
maintaining…………..account in our bank at……………………..Branch. The average monthly transaction
in this account is Rs…………………(in words). M/s………….. is also availing credit facility from this bank
upto the limit of Rs……………(in words).
It is further certified that M/s………………………… is valuable customer of our bank and it’s credit
worthiness can be treated good upto a sum of Rs…………………Crores.
Signature of Bank Manager
Manager ID No.
Seal of Bank
Credit facilities given by bank for operations of Sugar Mills will not be included in calculating credit
worthiness.
4.1.3 Networth of minimum Rs. 30 crores (Thirty crores) for last financial years ending 2018 duly certified
by chartered accountant.
4.2 TECHNICAL CRITERIA:
4.2.1 The Bidder during the last five years must have successfully completed on Turnkey basis Design,
Engineering, manufacture / procurement, supply, erection commissioning of;
4.2.1.1 At least two complete green field distillery plant of minimum 30 KLPD capacity or minimum
one complete green field distillery plant of minimum 60 KLPD capacity with zero liquid
discharge system for molasses feed-stock and anhydrous ethanol on turn-key basis based on
latest technology of fed batch fermentation, multi pressure distillation, molecular sieve
pressure swing dehydration and falling film/rising film multi effect evaporator for raw
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 12
spent wash. The bidder should have supplied at least two 15 TPH (minimum capacity) slop
fired boiler either as bought out item or in house manufactured and should be capable of
providing condensate treatment unit for recycle of treated condensate to process.
4.2.2 Consortium of companies having group companies and separate corporate entities undertaking may
also apply apart from Single Entity Company.
4.2.3 The Deputy Commissioner, Kurukshetra -cum-Chairman Sugar Mill Shahabad reserves the
right to visit the plants commissioned mentioned by the Bidder in the eligibility criteria or may ask
for any confirmation related to performance of the said plants from the Purchaser/Owners of the said
plants.
4.3 Bidder shall furnish as a proof of experience as per eligibility criteria attested copies of work orders/
signed contract agreement, , performance certificate (stating guaranteed performance parameters and
actual achievement), from the purchasers Deputy Commissioner-CUM-Chairman Kurukshetra
reserves the right to complete the evaluation based on the details furnished, PURCHASER further
reserves the right to seek any clarification/documents from the Bidders at any stage of the evaluation
process.
4.4 Bidder’s may be any one of the following:- Company (registered as per Indian Companies Act) or
Consortium of Companies or Limited Liability Partnership – LLP (registered as per Limited Liability
Partnership Act, 2008) or Partnership Firm (registered as per Indian Partnership Act, 1932) or Firm.
4.6 Other conditions which are necessary to be fulfilled by the Bidder
4.6.1 Bidders are required to submit technical bid form and financial bid separately in PDF/XLS
file format.
4.6.2 The successful bidders will be responsible for execution of the project as per provisions,
technical specifications etc. as detailed under Draft Agreements for Supply, erection &
commissioning, civil works and operation and maintenance with performance of the
distillery.
4.6.3.1 The Seller should submit their Technical & Financial bids electronically (with signed copy of
draft terms and conditions in token of acceptance) as mentioned above with proof of
submission of e-bid document fees and EMD in form of scanned copy of the receipt of
RTGS / DD.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 13
5.0 Opening of Technical and Financial Bids
5.1 Opening & evaluation of Technical Bid - The Technical Bid shall be opened by the bid evaluation
committee constituted by Haryana State Govt for opening Technical and Financial Bid, as per Time
Schedule in the presence of bidders’ representatives who choose to attend the meeting. The bids
received will be evaluated by the committee. Technical discussion on specification of Plant &
Machinery to be supplied, details of erection & commissioning of plant and foundations & factory
buildings to be constructed, Operation & Maintenance, if required, may be held with the prospective
bidders.
5.2 Bid Evaluation Committee constituted by Haryana State Govt will evaluate Technical Bid submitted
by the prospective bidders only on the following parameters:
5.2.1 That average Annual Financial Turnover, as per audited Balance Sheet and Profit & Loss account, in
the last three consecutive Financial Years ending March 2018 is atleast Rs.70.00 Crores (Rupees
Seventy crores only )
5.2.2. That the Bank Credit worthiness of the Bidder is atleast Rs. 35 crores (Rupees Thirty Five crores)
duly issued by the Banker (Nationalized/Scheduled Bank) in last three years. The credit worthiness
certificates are attached in proper proforma issued by the bank.
5.2.3 That the bidder has net worth of minimum 30 crores (Rs.Thirty crores) for last financial years ending
2018 duly certified by chartered accountant.
5.2.4 That the Bidder during the last five years, had successfully completed on Turnkey basis Design,
Engineering, manufacture / procurement, supply, erection, commissioning, of:
5.2.4.1 At least two complete green field distillery plant of minimum 30 KLPD capacity or atleast one
complete green field distillery plant of minimum 60 KLPD capacity with zero liquid discharge
system for molasses feed-stock and anhydrous ethanol on turn-key basis based on latest technology
of fed batch fermentation, multi pressure distillation, molecular sieve pressure swing dehydration and
falling film/rising film multi effect evaporator for raw spent wash. The bidder should have supplied
at least two 15 TPH (minimum capacity) slop fired boiler either as bought out item or in house
manufactured and should be capable of providing condensate treatment unit for recycle of treated
condensate to process.
5.3 An Applicant may be disqualified if the information provided does not meet any one of the above
criteria.
5.4 Short listing of Bidders – After duly verifying the documents submitted by bidders, the bidders
whose technical bids are found suitable as per technical evaluations will be shortlisted.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 14
5.5 Opening of Financial Bid - The financial bid will be opened by the bid evaluation committee
constituted by Haryana State Govt. for opening Technical and Financial Bid, as per Time Schedule in
the presence of bidders’ representatives who choose to attend the meeting. Financial bid of only
shortlisted successful bidders of technical bid will be opened on the scheduled date and time. If there
is any change in date and time of opening of Financial Bid then it will be informed to all the short
listed bidders accordingly.
5.5.1 Evaluation of Financial Bid - The total price quoted (including supply, erection & commissioning,
civil works and operation & maintenance including all taxes) in financial bid will be the price for
comparison.
5.5.2 The purchasers shall award the contract to the bidder whose offer has been determined to be the
lowest. Negotiations could be held upto L3 bidders where either the rate of L2 and L3 bidders are
within 5% of L1 quote. The guidelines issued by Directorate of Supply and Disposals, Deptt
Industries, Govt. of Haryana, will be applicable from time to time.
5.5.3 The bid evaluation committee after due consideration of the bids received, their conditions, financial
implications, seeing performance certificates etc., shall recommend regarding acceptance or rejection
of the bid.
5.6 The purchasers shall also reserves the right to accept or reject any bid, to annul the bidding process
and reject all bids submitted at any time prior to contract award without assigning any reason and
without thereby incurring any liability to the bidders.
5.7 The information furnished shall be clear and un-ambiguous in terms. It should be, strictly, as asked
for in the bid Performa.
5.8 Before quoting, bidders are advised to study the tender document carefully and are advised to visit
the site to assess the actual conditions. Submission of Bid against this bid document shall be deemed
to have been done after site visit, careful study and examination of the procedures, terms and
conditions of the bid Document with full understanding of its implications the bidders should also
acquaint themselves with:
(i) The local conditions of the project site, rules and regulations of Central and State
Government Acts governing the construction and operation of the distillery plant along with
its supply, erection and commissioning.
(ii) The bid Performa, the model draft agreements comprising regarding specifications,
clarifications, important terms and conditions and formats for Bank guarantees are enclosed.
5.9 The total price indicated in bid Performa will be the price for comparison and placement of order.
However, the purchaser shall have the right to accept/reject any bid submitted without attributing any
reasons. They can place the order on a party found suitable to them.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 15
6.0 The price quoted will be valid upto the date of commissioning of plant. There shall be no
increase/escalation of total contract price till the successful commissioning of the project.
7.0 Validity of e-bid,
7.1. Bids shall remain valid for a period of Ninety (90) days after the date of opening of bids.
7.2 Notwithstanding clause 7.1 above, the Purchaser may solicit seller’s consent to an extension of the
period of bid validity. The request and the responses there to shall be made in writing (or by email). If
the seller agrees to the extension request, the validity of the EMD provides shall also be suitably
extended. A seller agreeing the request to extend the validity period however, will not be permitted to
modify his bid.
8.0 Payment of EMD in favour of, The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd for an amount of Rs
75,00,000/- ( Rupees Seventy Five lacs only ) will be made through RTGS.
9.0 EMD furnished by all unsuccessful bidders will be returned to them (except successful and L2 bidder)
without any interest whatsoever at earliest but not later than 30 days of issue of LOI. EMD of L2 will
be refunded, without any interest after execution of Agreement with successful bidder. EMD of the
successful bidder will be converted into security, without any interest whatsoever, after receipt of Bank
Guarantee for 10% of the agreement price as performance security.
10.0 EMD of a bidder will be forfeited, if the bidder withdraws or amends his bid or impairs or derogates
from the bid in any respect after expiry of the deadline for the receipt of bid but within the period of
validity of his bid. Further, if the successful bidder fails to execute agreements for Supply of Plant &
machinery, Erection and Commissioning, Civil Works and operation and maintenance and/or fails to
furnish 10 % Bank Guarantee for Performance Security within the specified period, his EMD will be
forfeited.
11.0 The EMD should remain valid for a period of ninety (90) days.
12.0 The information given in the bid documents and the plans and drawings forming part thereof is merely
intended as general information without any undertaking on the part of the Purchaser as to their
accuracy and without obligation relative thereto upon the purchaser. Hence, before submitting bid, the
bidders are advised to inspect the site of work and the environments and be well acquainted with the
actual working and other prevalent conditions, facilities available, rules and regulations of Central and
State Government Act governing the construction and operation of the distillery plant etc. No claim
will be entertained later on the grounds of lack of knowledge.
13.0 Seller shall supply the critical / important equipments among the choices given in Annexure VIII of
Draft Agreement, subjected to Purchaser’s approval.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 16
14.0 The Plant & Machinery should be commissioned within the period 11 (Eleven) months from the date
of receipt of first advance.
15.0 The e-bid documents can be downloaded from site https://sugarfed.haryanaeprocurement.gov.in and
document price of Rs 5,000/- plus GST (non-refundable) can be paid through RTGS or DD in favour
of The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd. The scanned copy of the proof of submission of
document price should be uploaded with the technical bid. The original copy of the proof should be
submitted before opening of the technical bid.
16.0. The bids shall be uploaded only on https://sugarfed.haryanaeprocurement.gov.in on or before 01-10-
2018 upto 6.55 PM hours on e-procurement portal. The bid shall be opened on 03-10-2018 at 11.00
AM hours before the representatives of bidders. Bids submitted after the time stated above will be
rejected. PURCHASER will not be responsible for any delay due to expiry of time or any other reasons
what-so-ever. Further, PURCHASER reserves the right to reject any or all e-bids without assigning any
reason thereof. PURCHASER, may, at its sole discretion, extend the Bid Submission Date by issuing
an Addendum.
17.0. Bid document includes 02 draft agreements with draft terms and conditions. After issue of LOI
agreements viz (1) Agreement for Supply erection and commissioning of Plant & Machinery, (2)
Agreement for Operation and Maintenance of Distillery Plant are to be executed within 07 days from
the date of issue of LOI.
18.0 The bidders who qualify successfully in technical bid will be shortlisted. Their financial bid for supply
bid along with civil work, erection and commissioning work and operation & maintenance will be
opened as per timeline.
19.0 Clarification of BID documents and Pre-Bid Meeting
A Pre-bid conference meeting will be held with interested parties on the date mentioned in the Time
Schedule of Bid Process at Conference Room, The Shahabad Coop Sugar Mills Ltd.,
Shahabad(M),Kurukshetra for prospective bidder’s clarifications/queries and any suggestions relating
to the Bidding process.
19.1 Prospective bidders requiring any further information or clarification on the bid documents may notify
in writing at the address on e-mail indicated in the invitation for bids so as the request to reach the
purchaser within fourteen (14) days from the date of publication of advertisement.
19.2 A prospective Bidder requiring any further clarification of the e-Bid document may raise his/her point
of clarification through Bid Management Window after successfully login to the e-Procurement
website https://sugarfed.haryanaeprocurement.gov.in . The bidder may seek clarification by posting
query in the relevant window after clicking “Seek Clarification” option in the view e-tender details
window for e-tender which can be selected through my tender option of e-bid submission menu. The
clarification will be replied back by the Purchaser through the e-Procurement website which can be
read by the bidder through the “Clarification” option under Bid Submission menu.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 17
19.3 A Pre-bid meeting of all prospective Bidders will be held on 18-09-2018 at 11.00 AM Conference
Room, 1st Floor, The Shahabad Coop Sugar Mills Ltd. Shahabad (M), Distt Kurukshetra
(HARYANA) at the address indicated in the bid notice for clarifying issues and clearing doubts, if any,
about specification and other allied technical details of the plant, equipment and machinery projected
in the tender document. However, the basic eligibility criteria (Clause 4 above) will not be changed in
the pre bid meeting. The proceedings of such conference shall be intimated to all bidders who have
participated in the Pre-bid meeting or have purchased Bid Document before the date of Pre-bid
meeting.
20.0 Amendment of BID documents
20.1 At any time prior to the deadline for submission of bid the purchaser may for any reason, whether at its
own initiative or in response to a clarification requested by a prospective bidders, modify the bid
documents by amendment. Such amendment shall be notified to the prospective bidder who attends the
pre-bid conference and or who purchases the documents only. The purchaser shall not be bound to
notify the same through general publication.
20.2 The amendment which shall be part of the bid documents will be notified in writing or by email to all
prospective bidders who have received the bid documents, and will be binding on them. Bidders will
be required to acknowledge receipt of any such amendments to the bid documents.
20.3 In order to afford prospective bidders reasonable time to take the amendments into account in
preparing their bid, the purchaser may at its discretion extend the deadline or the submission of the bid
documents.
21.0 Bidders shall upload following documents along with Technical Bid in addition to other such
enclosures which may have been specified elsewhere in the Bid document.
21.1 Scan copy of RTGS receipt for EMD of Rs. 75,00,000/- (Rs. Seventy Five lacs only).
21.2 The details of executed projects i.e. name of each Distillery, capacity of the plant in KLPD, date of
Commissioning, configuration of the plant/ boiler capacity with pressure and temp. / TG set capacity
with working pressure & temperature and major details of ZLD system equipments supplied during last
five years along with successful performance certificate and parameters achieved. Make of each
equipment should also be mentioned.
21.3 Clients’ LOI and performance certificate duly signed by Chief Executives officer for jobs completed in
time, successful performance and parameters achieved for the work done in last five years as per
provisions of Clause 4.2.1, E-mail ID, Names & latest telephone number of the CEO must be
mentioned below signatures.
21.4 Valid PAN, TAN, GSTIN (including Haryana), PF registration No., LLP/Firm/Company
incorporation certificates (if any) in true copies / photocopies duly attested by authorised signatory.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 18
21.5 Power of Attorney or Authority Letter of the person who has signed the tender documents.
21.6 Audited balance sheet for the last 03 years (latest 2018)
21.7 Certificate from Chartered Accountant that average annual turnover of last 03 years is at least Rs. 70
crore. The data should be certified from audited balance sheet & profit and loss account.
21.8 The Bank Credit worthiness of the Bidder shall be at least Rs. 35 crores duly issued by the Banker
(Nationalized/Scheduled Bank) in the Performa given in Clause 4.1.2 above
21.9 Certificate of net worth for Financial Year ending 2018 for Rs.30.0 crores Chartered Accountant.
21.10 Last three years Profit & Loss Account i.e. FY 2017-18, 2016-17, 2015-16.
21.11 Last three year’s Income tax returns i.e. FY 2016-17, 2015-16, 2014-15. .
21.12 Statement of Legal Capacity as per Annexure- B-I
21.13 Undertaking (Security & Integrity) as per Annexure- B-II
21.14 Authorisation Letter (enclose Board resolution)
21.15 Board Resolution from all consortiums of group companies if Bidder is participating as Consortium
of Companies as per Annexure – B-III
21.16 Power of Attorney for Lead Member in case of Consortium of Companies as per Annexure – B-IV.
21.17 Memorandum of Understanding between Holding and Subsidiary Companies, if Bidder is
participating as Consortium of Companies as per Annexure – B-V.
21.18 In case of Company – Memorandum of Association
– Articles of Association
– Name & Address of Directors with %age of share holding
– Certificate of Incorporation
– List of major Shareholders
21.19 In case of Group of Companies – Memorandum of Association
– Articles of Association
– Name & Address of Directors with %age of share holding
– Certificate of Incorporation
– List of major Shareholders
– %age of shares of holding company in Subsidiary Companies and vice
versa
21.20 In case of Limited Liability Partnership
- Certificate of Incorporation
- Partnership Deed
- Name & Address of Partners
- %age of holding of partners in LLP
21.21 In case of Partnership Firm
- Partnership Deed
- Name & Address of Partners
- %age of holding of partners in Partnership Firm
21.22 In case of Proprietorship firm
- Name and Address of Proprietor
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 19
21.23 Any other documents required in terms of this notice.
22.0 If the bidder deliberately gives wrong information in the bid especially wrong performance certificate
of successful execution of his earlier work, the purchaser reserves the right to reject such bid at any
stage or to cancel the contract, if awarded and forfeit Earnest money / Security Deposits.
23.0 Disqualification
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Technical and Financial Bid documents
and without prejudice to any of the rights or remedies of the Purchaser, a Bidder may at any stage of
the process and its participation in the process and/or its TECHNICAL & FINANCIAL BID and
subsequent submissions be dropped from further consideration for any of the reasons including
without limitations those listed below:
23.1 The TECHNICAL & FINANCIAL BID submitted by the Applicant is in any respect inconsistent
with, or demonstrate any failure to comply with, the provisions of the Technical Bid; or
23.1 Failure to comply with other material requirement of this Technical & Financial Bid; or
23.2 Purchaser , is not satisfied with technical criteria, financial criteria, ownership structure of Bidder and
other documents submitted by the Prospective Bidder; or
23.3 If it is discovered at any time that the Prospective Bidder is subject matter of winding up or insolvency
or other proceedings of similar nature; or
23.4 Any information regarding the Prospective Bidder which becomes known to Purchaser, and which is
detrimental to proposed process and/or the interests of Purchaser.
23.5 Initiation or existence of any legal proceedings, including Arbitration, by or against the Prospective
Bidder in respect of Purchaser / Haryana State Federation of Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd./Any
Cooperative sugar mill in Haryana, which proceeding may be prejudiced by the participation of the
Applicant in the short listing of Prospective Bidder; or
23.6 Any restrictions or limitations have been put on the Prospective Bidder pursuant to any regulatory or
statutory guidelines to participate in the process; or
23.7 The Prospective Bidder has been convicted for an offence under any legislation designed to protect the
members of the public from financial loss due to dishonesty, incompetence or malpractice; or
23.8 The Prospective Bidder has been disqualified from participating in the such EPC of Distillery Plant
either by Government of India or any of the State Governments/ Union Territory Governments; Mere
pendency of an appeal against the order of disqualification, if any, passed by Government of India or
any of the State Governments/ Union Territory Governments will have no effect on the disqualification
of Prospective Bidder; or
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 20
23.9 If information becomes known after the Prospective Bidder has been disqualified at any stage to
proceed with the process, which would have entitled Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd., to reject
or disqualify the relevant Prospective Bidder, Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd. , reserves the
right to reject or disqualify the relevant Prospective Bidder at that time, or at any time, such
information becomes known to the Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd. /Haryana State Federation
of Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd.,
24.0 Debarment from bidding
24.1 A bidder shall be debarred by the State Government if he has been convicted of an offence -
24.2 Under the Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988 (Central Act No.49 of 1988) (PC Act); or
24.3 Under the Indian Penal Code, 1860 (Central Act No. 45 of 1860) (IPC) or any other law for the time
being in force, for causing any loss of life or property or causing a threat to public health as part of
execution of a public procurement contract.
24.4 A bidder debarred under sub-para (1) shall not be eligible to participate in a procurement process of
any procuring entity for a period not exceeding 03 (three) years commencing from the date on which
he was debarred.
24.5 Purchaser determination that one or more of the events specified above have occurred shall be final and
conclusive.
All pages of the Bid document including drawing shall be initial with seal at the lower right hand
corner or signed with seal wherever required in the Bid documents by the Bidder or by a person
holding power of attorney authorizing him to sign on behalf of the Bidder before submission of bid.
All signatures in Bid documents shall be dated as well.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 21
SECTION -II: TECHNICAL E-BID
II (A) Bid FORM
II (B) TECHNICAL BID PERFORMA
II (C) SCHEDULE OF REQUIREMENTS
II (D) DRAFT AGREEMENT FOR SUPPLY ERECTION AND
COMISSIONING
II (E) DRAFT AGREEMENT FOR OPERATON AND
MAINTAINANCE
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 22
SECTION II (A): Bid FORM
(On Bidder’s Letter Head) Ref. No Date: ………………..
To
The Managing Director,
The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd.,
Shahabad(M)
Dear Sir, Having examined the Bid Documents, we, the undersigned, offer to deliver Bid
in conformity with the said Bid Document for Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) for Supply, erection and commissioning of molasses based new Greenfield 60 KLPD distillery for
production of anhydrous Ethanol along with CO2 recovery and liquefaction plant, 20 TPH
Incineration boiler , 2.5 MW Turbo alternator and condensate treatment units to achieve Zero
Liquid discharge as per CPCB/HSPCB norms including construction of foundations, Factory and
Non-Factory buildings etc. along with operation and maintenance of the same for two years from the
date of commissioning at The Shahabad Co-operative Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M), Distt. Kurukshetra,
Haryana-136135 as per technical specifications and scope of work given in the bid document on EPC basis from our manufacturing works/units/vendors, in addition to this, the particulars of our organization such as legal status, details of experience and past performance, capability statement and the required EMD for Rs. 75,00,000/- (Rs. Seventy Five lakhs) only through RTGS payment in favour of – Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd., is furnished with this Technical Bid.
We further undertake, if our Bid is accepted, to deliver the supply, erection and commissioning of molasses based new Greenfield 60 KLPD distillery for production of anhydrous
Ethanol along with CO2 recovery and liquefaction plant, 20 TPH Incineration boiler , 2.5 MW
Turbo alternator and condensate treatment units to achieve Zero Liquid discharge as per
CPCB/HSPCB norms including construction of foundations, Factory and Non-Factory buildings etc. along with operation and maintenance of the same for two years from the date of commissioning at
The Shahabad Co-operative Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M), Distt. Kurukshetra, Haryana-136135 as per
technical specifications and scope of work given in the bid document with the delivery schedule specified in the Schedule of Requirements.
We agree to abide by this Bid for the Bid validity period specified in ITB Clause 7.1 of the Bid Document and it shall remain binding upon us and may be accepted at any time before the expiration of that period.
Until a formal contract is prepared and executed, this Bid, together with your written acceptance thereof and your notification of award shall constitute a binding contract between us. All the terms and conditions of the Bid Document including the 2 (two) draft agreements are acceptable to us.
We undertake that, in competing for (and, if the award is made to us, in executing) the above contract, we will strictly observe the laws against fraud and corruption in force in India namely "Prevention of Corruption Act 1998".
We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest or any Bid you may receive. Dated this......................day of....................20...................
----------------------- -----------------------
Signature (in the capacity of)
Duly authorized to sign Bid for and on behalf of.................................
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 23
SECTION II (B)
TECHNICAL BID PROFORMA
TECHNICAL BID PROFORMA for Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) for Supply,
erection and commissioning of molasses based new Greenfield 60 KLPD distillery for production of
anhydrous Ethanol along with CO2 recovery and liquefaction plant, 20 TPH Incineration boiler , 2.5
MW Turbo alternator and condensate treatment units to achieve Zero Liquid discharge as per
CPCB/HSPCB norms including construction of foundations, Factory and Non-Factory buildings etc.
along with operation and maintenance of the same for two years from the date of commissioning at
The Shahabad Co-operative Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M), Distt. Kurukshetra, Haryana-136135 as per
technical specifications and scope of work given in the bid document
Sl.
NO. Particulars Details Page
No.
1.0 Name of Purchaser The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar
Mills LTD. Ladwa Road, Tehsil
Shahabad(M), Distt. Kurukshetra,
Haryana – 136135
2.0 Name of the Bidder
2.1 Constitution of Bidder
Company/ Group Company/LLP/ Partnership Firm/ Firm
2.2 Registered Office Address
2.3 Address, mail ID, phone number for sending all
communication (letters) during the execution of the
project.
3.0 Details of Orders executed (please enclose supporting
documents) (Pl give Name of distillery, Year of
installation
Only those installations will be considered which are
supported by documentary proof
3.0
a)
Details of complete green field distillery plant of
minimum 30 KLPD capacity with zero liquid discharge
system for molasses feed-stock and anhydrous ethanol on
turn-key basis based on latest technology of fed batch
fermentation, multi pressure distillation, molecular sieve
pressure swing dehydration and falling film/rising film
multi effect evaporator for raw spent wash in the last five
years (attached copy of agreement / work order and
performance certificate with parameters achieved)
- already executed in Nos.
3.0
b) Details of atleast two Incineration Boiler supplied of not
less than 15 TPH capacity
- already executed in Nos
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 24
3.0
c)
Details of complete new extraction cum condensing type
TG set for not less than 2.0 MW capacity during last 5
years (attached copy of agreement / work order and
performance certificate with parameters achieved)
- already executed in Nos.
4.0
In regard to details of executed and completed projects as
given in Sl. No. 3 (a) to 3.0 (c) following details are also
to be submitted;
1- Name of the Distillery & date of commissioning
2- Address with e-mail ID, Name of CEO and
contact number.
3- Enclose the performance certificate after the date
of commissioning duly signed by Chief Executive
Officer of the respective Distillery.
4- Copy of letter of intent (LOI) and Contract
Agreement
5.0 Please enclose the Audited balance sheet and profit and
loss account for the last 3 years (latest 2017-2018).
6.0 Certificate from Chartered Accountant that average
annual turnover of last 03 years (latest 2017-18)
Average Annual Turnover Rs.
_________ crores
7.0 The Bank Credit worthiness duly issued by the Banker in
the proforma given in ITB Clause 4.1.2
Credit Worthiness Rs. _______
crores
8.0 Last Three years Income tax returns i.e. FY 2016-17,
2015-16, 2014-15
9.0 Net worth certificate duly issued by Chartered
Accountant as on 31st March, 2018, 2017AND 2016
10.0 Statement of Legal Capacity as per Annexure- B-I
11.0 Undertaking (Security & Integrity) as per Annexure- B-II
12.0 Board Resolution from all companies if Bidder is
participating as consortium of Group Companies as per
Annexure – B-III
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 25
13.0 Power of Attorney for Lead Member in case of
consortium of Companies as per Annexure – B-IV
14.0 Memorandum of Understanding of all consortium of
Group Companies, if Bidder is participating as
consortium of Group Companies as per Annexure – B-V
15.0 In case of Company
– Memorandum of Association
– Articles of Association
– Name & Address of Directors with %age of
share holding
– Certificate of Incorporation
– List of major Shareholders
16.0 In case of Group of Companies, for Holding
Company & Its fully owned Subsidiary Company
– Memorandum of Association
– Articles of Association
– Name & Address of Directors with %age of
share holding
– Certificate of Incorporation
– List of major Shareholders
– %age of shares of holding company in
Subsidiary Companies and vice versa
17.0 In case of Limited Liability Company (LLP)
- Certificate of Incorporation
- Partnership Deed
- Name & Address of Partners
- %age of holding of partners in LLP
18.0 In case of Partnership Firm
- Partnership Deed
- Name & Address of Partners
- %age of holding of partners in Partnership Firm
19.0 In case of Proprietorship firm
- Name and Address of Proprietor
20.0 Name of authorized representative of the bidder along with Power of attorney or authorisation letter
(please enclose the Board Resolution of the Company)
Name
Designation
Address
e-mail ID
Mobile Number
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 26
21.0 True attested copies of;
a. PAN card
b. TAN
c. GSTIN registration (including Haryana)
d. PF registration No.
22.0 Details of EMD
23.0 Details of e-bid document fee
Signature of the representative of the Seller
Name and address of the Bidder
(Seal)
Date _________
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 27
Annexure B-I
Statement of Legal Capacity
(To be forwarded on the letter head of the Bidder)
Reference no: ________________ Date: _______________
To,
The Managing Director,
The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd.,
Ladwa Road, Shahabad(M),
Distt. Kurukshetra, Haryana – 136135
Sub: Statement for Legal Capacity
Sir,
This is with reference to the advertisement dated 02-09-2018 inviting Bids for Engineering,
Procurement and Construction (EPC) for supply, erection and commissioning of molasses based new
Greenfield 60 KLPD distillery for production of anhydrous Ethanol along with CO2 recovery and
liquefaction plant, 20 TPH Incineration boiler , 2.5 MW Turbo alternator and condensate treatment
units to achieve Zero Liquid discharge as per CPCB/HSPCB norms including construction of
foundations, Factory and Non-Factory buildings etc. along with operation and maintenance of the
same for two years from the date of commissioning at The Shahabad Co-operative Sugar Mills Ltd.,
Shahabad (M), Distt. Kurukshetra, Haryana-136135 as per technical specifications and scope of work given in
the bid document. We have read and understood the content of this Bid Document and the
advertisement.
(For Company/LLP/Firm/Partnership Firm)*
We _____________(name of the Company/LLP/Firm/Partnership Firm) satisfy the eligibility
criteria as detailed in the TECHNICAL BID.
We have agreed that [-----------------] (the undersigned) (insert individual’s name) will act as the
representative of our Company/LLP/Firm/Partnership Firm * and on our behalf and has been duly authorized
to submit the Application. Further, the authorized signatory is vested with requisite powers to furnish such
letter and Request for Qualification and authenticate the same*.
Yours Faithfully,
Individual/ Authorized Signatory,
For on behalf of (party/member)
* Strike out whichever is not applicable
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 28
Annexure B-II
Undertaking (Security & Integrity) on Bidder’s Letter head
1. We certify that in regard to matters other than security and integrity of the country, we have not been
convicted by a Court of Law or indicted or adverse orders passed by a regulatory authority which
would cast a doubt on our ability to manage the public sector unit when it is disinvested or which
relates to a grave offence that outrages the moral sense of the community.
2. We further certify that in regards to matters relating to security and integrity of the country, we have
not been charge-sheeted by any agency of the Government or convicted by a Court of Law for any
offence committed by us or by any of our sister concerns.
3. We undertake that in case due to any change in facts or circumstances during the contract period, we
are attracted by the provisions of disqualification in terms of the subject guidelines; we would
intimate the Govt. of Haryana / The Shahabad Co-op Sugar Mills Ltd. of the same immediately.
4. We also certify that we have not been disqualified from participating in the tender processes either by
Government of India or any of the State Governments.
Yours Faithfully
(Individual/ Authorised Signatory)
On behalf of the Company/LLP/ Firm/ Partnership Firm
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 29
Annexure B-III:
BOARD OF RESOLUTION – CONSORTIUM OF COMPANIES
(On the letter head of the each company)
FORMAT FOR BOARD RESOLUTION FOR COMPANIES
“RESOLVED THAT approval of the Board be and is hereby granted to form and join the
with____________, ________, _____________, and _________ (names and addresses of the Companies) for
submitting e-bid, and all the supporting documents for Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC)
for supply, erection and commissioning of molasses based new Greenfield 60 KLPD distillery for
production of anhydrous Ethanol along with CO2 recovery and liquefaction plant, 20 TPH
Incineration boiler , 2.5 MW Turbo alternator and condensate treatment units to achieve Zero
Liquid discharge as per CPCB/HSPCB norms including construction of foundations, Factory and
Non-Factory buildings etc. along with operation and maintenance of the same for two years from the
date of commissioning at The Shahabad Co-operative Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M), Distt. Kurukshetra,
Haryana-136135 as per technical specifications and scope of work given in the bid document
“RESOLVED FURTHER THAT the “draft” Memorandum of Understanding (“MoU”) to be entered into
with the Companies (a copy whereof duly initiated by the Chairman is tabled in the meeting) be and is hereby
approved.”
“RESOLVED FURTHER THAT Mr. _____________ (name), _________ (designation) be and is hereby
authorised to enter into the MoU, on behalf of the company.
RESOLVED FURTHER THAT Mr.________________ (name) ________ (designation) be and is hereby
authorised to execute a Power of Attorney in favour of ____________ (name of company) to act as the Lead
Member and provide all the information/documents required from the Company to participate in the bidding
process as a Lead member.
RESOLVED FURTHER THAT Mr.________________ (name) ________ (designation) be and is hereby
authorised to accept a Power of Attorney granted by the other Companies, to act as the Lead Member and
provide all the information/documents required from the Company to participate in the bidding process.
(For Lead Member)
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 30
ANNEXURE-B-IV
FORMAT FOR POWER OF ATTORNEY DULY ATTESTED BY NOTARY PUBLIC FOR LEAD MEMBER
<On a Stamp Paper>
Power Of Attorney
Whereas PURCHASER has invited e-bid, and all the supporting documents for Engineering, Procurement
and Construction (EPC) for supply, erection and commissioning of molasses based new Greenfield 60
KLPD distillery for production of anhydrous Ethanol along with CO2 recovery and liquefaction
plant, 20 TPH Incineration boiler , 2.5 MW Turbo alternator and condensate treatment units to
achieve Zero Liquid discharge as per CPCB/HSPCB norms including construction of foundations,
Factory and Non-Factory buildings etc. along with operation and maintenance of the same for two
years from the date of commissioning at The Shahabad Co-operative Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M), Distt.
Kurukshetra, Haryana-136135 as per technical specifications and scope of work given in the bid document
Whereas, it is necessary under the e-bid for the companies to designate one of them as the Lead Member with
all necessary power and authority to do for and on behalf of all companies, all acts, deeds and things as may
be necessary in connection with the participation in the bid process.
NOW THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY WITNESSETH THAT;
We, M/s. ----------------------------, M/s --------------------------- M/s. --------------------------, and
M/s………………………………….. (the respective names of companies and addresses of the registered
office) do hereby designate M/s……………………—————————————— ………….being one
of the member company, as the Lead Member, to do on behalf of all companies, all or any of the acts, deeds
or things necessary or incidental to the bidding process, including submission of e-bid, participating in
conferences, responding to queries, submission of information / documents and generally to represent the
Companies in all its dealings with PURCHASER, any other Government Agency or any person, in
connection with the bidding process until culmination of the process of bidding.
We hereby agree to ratify all acts, deeds and things lawfully done by the Lead Member pursuant to this
Power of Attorney and that all acts deeds and things done by our aforesaid attorney shall and shall always be
deemed to have been done by us.
Dated this the ……Day of …….2018
…………………………………
(Executants)
(To be executed by all the members)
Common Seal
Place:
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 31
ANNEXURE –B-V
FORMAT FOR MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING
This Memorandum of Understanding (“MoU”) entered into this ___day of_______ 2018 at ______
Between
________________(hereinafter referred as”__________”) and having office at ______________, India
Party of the First Part
AND
________________ (hereinafter referred as”__________”) and having office at ______________, India
Party of the Second Part
AND
________________ (hereinafter referred as”__________”) and having office at ______________, India
Party of the Third Part
AND
________________ (hereinafter referred as”__________”) and having office at ______________, India
Party of the Fourth Part
The Party of the First Part, Party of the Second Part, Party of the Third Part, and the Party of the Fourth Part
are individually referred to as “Party” and collectively as “Parties”.
WHEREAS The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd., (Purchaser) has invited bids for Engineering,
Procurement and Construction (EPC) for supply, erection and commissioning of molasses based new
Greenfield 60 KLPD distillery for production of anhydrous Ethanol along with CO2 recovery and
liquefaction plant, 20 TPH Incineration boiler , 2.5 MW Turbo alternator and condensate treatment
units to achieve Zero Liquid discharge as per CPCB/HSPCB norms including construction of
foundations, Factory and Non-Factory buildings etc. along with operation and maintenance of the
same for two years from the date of commissioning at The Shahabad Co-operative Sugar Mills Ltd.,
Shahabad (M), Distt. Kurukshetra, Haryana-136135 as per technical specifications and scope of work given in
the bid document.
AND WHEREAS the Parties have had discussions for formation of a Group of Companies between their
Holding Company and Subsidiaries Companies for participating in bidding for above bid and have reached an
understanding on the following points with respect to the Parties’ rights and obligations towards each other
and their working relationship.
IT IS HEREBY AS MUTUAL UNDERSTANDING OF THE PARTIES AGREED AND DECLARED
AS FOLLOWS:
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 32
In consideration of the above premises and agreements all the parties to this Group do here by now
agrees as follows:-
1) In consideration of the award of the Contract, we, the members do hereby agree that M/s----------------
---------------------shall act as Lead member and shall have at least 26% of the Interest. We further
declare and confirm that we shall jointly and severally be bound for the successful performance of the
Contract. Lead member will be fully responsible for Supply, Erection and commissioning, civil
works and to operate and maintain the plant for two years from the date of start of commercial
production of the distillery with ZLD system, boiler & turbines etc..
2) Lead Member shall participate in the bidding process and shall submit e-bid document fees, EMD
and other related documents required as per the bid document.
3) The ___% of interest of the Group by the other Members shall be as under :
………………….
4) That the shareholding commitments shall be recorded in this MOU and no changes shall be allowed
thereof, except in accordance with the provisions as laid down in Tender document.
5) In case of any breach of the said Contract by the Lead Member or other Constituent of the agreement,
the Lead Member do hereby agree to be fully responsible for the successful performance of the
Contract and to carry out all the obligations and responsibilities under the Contract in accordance with
the requirements of the Contract.
6) Further, if the owner suffers any loss or damage on account of any breach in the Contract the Lead
Company of these presents undertake to promptly make good such loss or damages caused to the
Purchaser, on its demand without any demur. It shall not be necessary or obligatory for the Purchaser
to proceed against Lead Member to these presents before proceeding against or dealing with the other
Partner(s).
7) The financial liability of the members of this Group to the Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd.,
with respect to any of the claims arising out of the performance or non performance of the obligations
set forth in the said Group, read in conjunction with the relevant conditions of the Contract shall,
however, not be limited in any way so as to restrict or limit the liabilities of any of the members of the
agreement.
8) This group shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of India and the courts of
Kurukshetra/Chandigarh shall have the exclusive jurisdiction in all matters arising there under.
9) In case of an award of a Contract, we the group do hereby agree that we shall be jointly and severally
responsible for the scope of the tender respectively executed and Lead Member shall furnishing a Bank
guarantee for Performance Security and Timely Delivery in favour of the PURCHASER in the forms
acceptable to purchaser.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 33
10) All the agreements shall be executed with the Lead member. All the payments etc will be made to the
Lead Member by Purchaser as per the terms of agreement.
11) It is further agreed that the Group shall be irrevocable and shall form an integral part of the Contract,
and shall continue to be enforceable all the owner discharges the same. It shall be effective from the
date first mentioned above for all purposes and intents.
In witness whereof the Parties affirm that the information provided is accurate and true and have caused this
MoU to be duly executed on the date and year hereinabove mentioned.
…………………. ………………
(Party of the First Part) (Party of the Second part)
…………… ……………
(Party of the Third Part) (Party of the Fourth Part)
Witnesses:
1.
2.
Note: The members may add any other terms and conditions as may be mutually decided by them and
which are not inconsistent with the terms & conditions mentioned above.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 34
SECTION II (C): SCHEDULE OF REQUIREMENTS
Item Code Brief Description Destination Period of
Commissioning
e-Bid
E.M.D.
Engineering, Procurement and Construction
(EPC) for Supply, erection and commissioning
of molasses based new Greenfield 60 KLPD
distillery for production of anhydrous
Ethanol along with CO2 recovery and
liquefaction plant, 20 TPH Incineration
boiler , 2.5 MW Turbo alternator and
condensate treatment units to achieve Zero
Liquid discharge as per CPCB/HSPCB
norms including construction of
foundations, Factory and Non-Factory
buildings etc. along with operation and
maintenance of the same for two years
from the date of commissioning at The
Shahabad Co-operative Sugar Mills Ltd.,
Shahabad (M), Distt. Kurukshetra, Haryana-
136135 as per technical specifications and scope
of work given in the bid document
The Shahabad
Cooperative Sugar
Mills Ltd., Ladwa
Road, Shahabad(M)
Distt. Kurukshetra,
Haryana – 136135
Within 11 months
from the date of
receipt of first full
advance
Rs.
75,00,000/-
(Rs. Seventy
Five lakhs
only)
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 35
SECTION II (D)- DRAFT AGREEMENT FOR SUPPLY, ERECTION AND
COMMISSIONING INCLUDING CIVIL WORKS
THIS AGREEMENT MADE on the day of ………………….………….. between The Shahabad
Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd., Ladwa Road, Shahabad(M), Distt. Kurukshetra (HARYANA)(A Cooperative
Society registered under Haryana Cooperative Society Act 1984 hereinafter referred to as the
‘PURCHASER’ represented by Mr.______________, Managing Director, The Shahabad Coop. Sugar Mill
Ltd., Ladwa Road, Tehsil Shahabad(M), Distt. Kurukshetra, Haryana – 136135. which expression shall,
unless repugnant to the subject or context include their successors and assignees represented by authorized
representatives of the purchasers of the One Part and ......................................................................, a company/
Firm/ LLP registered under the respective Acts/Constitution having its registered office at
..........................................., and work place of business at ................................, hereinafter referred to as the
“Seller” which expression shall unless repugnant to the subject or context include their legal representatives,
administrators, successors or permitted assignees represented by Shri
................................................................of the Seller, of the other part.
WHEREAS the Bid of the ‘Seller’ contained in their bid document dated ......................... as modified after
subsequent techno commercial discussion with the ‘Purchaser’ in the meeting of the State Level Advisory
Committee/High Power Purchase Committee, held on .................(if any) Supply, erection and commissioning
(including design, preparation of engineering layout, manufacturing, procurement of bought out items,
construction of civil foundation of plant machinery and equipments, factory and non-factory buildings with
all necessary infrastructure, landscaping etc.) of 60 KLPD molasses based distillery for production of 60
KLPD anhydrous ethanol on EPC basis at The Shahabad Co-operative Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M), Distt.
Kurukshetra, Haryana-136135 has been accepted by the Purchaser and the Seller has been awarded the Letter of
Intent No. ……… dated................., according to specifications etc. given in Annexure I to V & XVII forming part of
this Agreement on the terms and conditions hereinafter appearing.
AND WHEREAS the contract price hereinafter mentioned is based on the Seller’s undertaking Supply,
Erection and Commissioning (including design, preparation of engineering layout, manufacturing, procurement of
bought out items etc.) of Supply, erection and commissioning (including design, preparation of engineering
layout, manufacturing, procurement of bought out items, construction of civil foundation of plant machinery
and equipments, factory and non-factory buildings with all necessary infrastructure, landscaping etc.) of 60
KLPD molasses based distillery for production of 60 KLPD anhydrous ethanol on EPC basis at The Shahabad
Co-operative Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M), Distt. Kurukshetra, Haryana-136135 including trials by
…………(date)………….. in which time is the essence of the contract and if the seller fails to do so, the Seller shall pay
liquidated damages as hereinafter provided, as per terms of the Agreement, subject to the Purchaser fulfilling their
obligation on time except under Force Majeure conditions.
NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto have agreed on the following terms for procuring,
manufacturing, supplying the said Machinery and Equipment & proving performance and other matters
connected therewith referred to herein.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 36
1.0 DEFINITION
1.1.1 Site: Site shall mean the location of The Shahabad Coop. Sugar Mill Ltd., Ladwa Road, Tehsil
Shahabad(M), Distt. Kurukshetra, Haryana – 136135. Where the distillery/Ethanol Plant is to be
set up.
1.2 Machinery and Equipment : The Machinery and Equipment shall mean the plant and machinery
of concerned for Supply, erection and commissioning (including design, preparation of engineering
layout, manufacturing, procurement of bought out items, construction of civil foundation of plant
machinery and equipments, factory and non-factory buildings with all necessary infrastructure,
landscaping etc.) of 60 KLPD molasses based distillery for production of 60 KLPD anhydrous
ethanol on EPC basis work as per technical specification and scope of works given in the bid
document as per annexure – I to V & XVII forming part of this agreement.
Purchaser: Purchaser means The Shahabad Co-operative Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M), Distt.
Kurukshetra, Haryana-136135 and their representatives including Haryana State Federation of
Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd., Bay No. 49-52, Sector-2, Panchkula - 134109 (HARYANA) and the
legal successors in title to the Purchaser but not (except with the consent of the seller) any assignee of
the Purchaser.
1.4 Seller: Seller means M/s. (name of distillery plant & machinery supplier) India, whose bid has been
accepted by the Purchaser and legal successor in title to the Sellers but not any assignee of the
Sellers.
1.5 Contract Price: Contract price means the sum stated in the Contract mentioned in clause 3.1.2
sellers for the Supply, Erection and Commissioning (including design, of engineering,
manufacturing, procurement of bought out items etc.) of for Supply, erection and commissioning
(including design, preparation of engineering layout, manufacturing, procurement of bought out
items, construction of civil foundation of plant machinery and equipments, factory and non-factory
buildings with all necessary infrastructure, landscaping etc.) of 60 KLPD capacity molasses based
distillery for production of 60 KLPD anhydrous ethanol on EPC basis work and forwarding,
Loading/Unloading charges, GST, insurance and other relevant miscellaneous expenses, including
transportation charges etc. (according to specifications etc. given in Annexure I to V & XVII
forming part of this Agreement).
1.6 Bid: Bid means the sellers price offer to the Purchaser for the supply of the distillery plant and
machinery.
1.7 Commissioning
The commissioning shall mean assuring of designing, manufacturing, procuring and supply of all
Machinery and Equipment including Civil Works and erection of Machinery and Equipments as per
specifications are completed to the entire satisfaction of the Purchaser. All the trials viz water, steam
and vacuum trials have been conducted to the entire satisfaction of the Purchaser and the distillery is
ready for commercial production.
1.8 Effective Date/Zero date
The Effective Date/Zero Date shall mean the date of signing of the Agreement or receipt of 10% of
the Contract Price, as advance whichever is later.
1.9 KLPD : Kilo liters per day
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 37
2.0 SCOPE OF WORKS
The scope of works shall include supply erection, commissioning, Proving performance of the
plant from the date of start of commercial production as detailed in Annexure-I forming part
of this Agreement.
3.0 CONTRACT PRICE
3.1.1 The Seller agrees to carry out the activities Design, engineering, procurement, manufacturing, supply, erection
& commissioning and proving performance the s etc.) of for Supply, erection and commissioning
(including design, preparation of engineering layout, manufacturing, procurement of bought out
items, construction of civil foundation of plant machinery and equipments, factory and non-factory
buildings with all necessary infrastructure, landscaping etc.) of 60 KLPD capacity molasses based
distillery for production of 60 KLPD anhydrous ethanol on EPC basis work specified in Annexure I to
V & XVII annexed to and forming part of this agreement and do other related works herein mentioned at a
total price of Rs............ lakhs (Rupees ............................. only) hereinafter referred to as the ‘Contract Price’
subject to terms and conditions, hereinafter, provided.
Price includes F.O.R. site including packing and forwarding charges) price, necessary facilities,
freight to site, GST and all other taxes and duties and insurance as per the break-up give below:
Sl.
No. Particulars Basic Price
(Rs. in lakhs)
CGST/SGCT/
IGSCT
(Rs. in lakhs)
Total
(Rs. in
lakhs)
i) Ex-works Basic (ex-bidder’s or their sub-
contractor’s workshop or place of supply)
price of the plant and machinery in
accordance with specifications & details of
Draft Agreement excluding following
ii) GST
iii) Freight to distillery site
iv) Packing and forwarding charges
v) Insurance
vi) Necessary facilities including lagging,
painting, material including primary & final
coating as per colour scheme of purchaser,
cost of pipelines etc.
vii) Erection and commissioning of plant and
machinery.
viii construction of foundations and buildings
Total Contract Price 3.1 (i) to (viii) above
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 38
3.1.2 Total of 3.1.1 (i) to (viii) above : Rs.................
Total contract price Rs. _______Lacs______________________________)
3.2 It is to be clearly understood that the total contract price is Rs....... lakhs
(Rupees ........................ only) inclusive the following:
i) Foundation bolts and packing plates
ii) Cost of all other items which are necessary for completing supply of the plant as per scope of supply.
iii) All other taxes, duties and octroi paid by the Sellers or their sub-contractors on raw materials,
components and other material for their own manufacturer of finished equipments or part of finished
equipments.
iv) Custom duty on imported machinery, equipment, raw material and finished goods.
v) Freight and insurance costs.
vi) Lagging, first filling of lubricants transformer & turbine oil. Painting materials, cost of pipeline etc.
3.3 Civil works as per specifications mentioned in Annexure-XVII
3.4 The total contract price amounting to Rs............. lakhs above at 3.1.2 is firm upto satisfactory
performance of the plant and machinery.
3.4.1 The total price offered at above is inclusive of the total amount in respect of GST and other
applicable taxes and duties if any which shall be payable by the purchasers from time to time. The
total price offered is also inclusive of single point GST at the destination point, on finished bought
out items supplied directly to site from sub-contractors works. The goods will be sent duly insured
by a Insurance Companies regulated by IRDA as mentioned in clause 4.0.
All the above details of taxes, duties actually paid by the Sellers shall be shown separately
for own manufactured items and for bought out items and claimed by the Sellers from the Purchasers
as a reimbursement of the same, in each invoice/bills to be submitted by the Sellers limited to the
amount shown against column no. 3.1.1 (i) to (viii). The amount shown in Seller’s bill for payment of
all such taxes, sur-charges and duties will be computed on the basis of relevant statutory provisions in
force on the date of despatch and shall be the actual amount as paid by the Sellers. The Sellers shall
furnish to the Purchasers with their bills for claiming GST credit and supporting documents.
The Sellers shall within one month from the date of finalisation of Agreement furnish the
Purchasers with an indication of the approximate incidence of GST, Other tax in relation to goods
supplied in execution of works contract and any other taxes payable by the Purchasers under the
contract based on the rates prevailing on the date of Agreement. Any changes in Duties/ tax structure
will be on account of seller. Purchaser shall be responsible for payment of taxes etc subject to the
maximum as provided in the price breakup.
3.4.2 PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT the Purchaser or their authorised representatives shall be shown all
original documents and accounting records in support of GST, customs duties on imported
machinery/components and original bills of the sub-contractors for satisfying that as aforesaid has
actually been paid to the sub-contractors including taxes and duties charged in bills.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 39
3.4.3 Provided that not later than 30 days of the date of signing of the Agreement, the Seller shall furnish
to the Purchaser a statement for price breakup in the form of Annexure-VII as per which the
purchaser shall pay to seller.
3.4.4 Likewise seller shall also furnish to purchaser, Billing Schedule within 45 days of signing the
agreement with details along with month wise cash flow requirement.
3.5 The sale of Machinery and Equipment under this agreement shall be governed by GST Act.
4.0 INSURANCE
The Contract Price mentioned in clause 3.1.2 is inclusive of the charges for comprehensive risk
insurance of all Machinery and Equipment and other consumables including Transit Insurance,
storage till commissioning. Machinery and Equipments shall be directly despatched to the
Purchaser’s distillery plant site from Seller/sub-contractors or sub-suppliers respective places of
manufacture and despatch and the transit cum storage cum commissioning insurance policy in respect
thereof shall be arranged by the Seller at such premium rates with such insurance company as may be
approved by the Purchaser and kept in full force and effect until commissioning of the plant.
The Sellers shall have the interest of the Purchasers and its financers noted upon such
policies of insurance. The insurance policies shall be taken by the Sellers in the joint name of the
Sellers and the Purchaser.
If any consignment is received at the place of destination in damaged condition or is lost in
transit, the representative of the Purchaser will take open delivery from the carriers and will give
suitable remarks in the delivery book maintained by the Station Master or other carriers about the
loss or breakage in transit. The representative of the Seller shall lodge claims with the Railways or
other carriers on behalf of the Purchaser in time with a copy to the Sellers Head Office to enable
them to lodge claim with the insurance company. All realisations of claims from the carrier/railway
and insurance company, whether in the name of the Seller or the Purchaser, shall be to the account of
the Seller. The Seller shall supply the replacement of Machinery and Equipment, goods or parts lost
or damaged in transit, free of cost delivered at ‘site’ to the Purchaser within the time so as to adhere
to the date of commissioning i.e. ……….
It shall be responsibility of the Sellers to lodge the claims, if any, with the Insurance
Company and to replace the items of plant and machinery lost or damaged. Such replacement to be
done by the Sellers free of cost delivery at site within stipulated time so as to suit the date of
commissioning. All moneys received against claims shall be to the account of the Sellers. In case of
replacement no amount either in form of price or duty or tax or anything shall be paid to the Sellers,
and GST, if again paid by the Sellers/their sub-contractors/sub-suppliers on replacement shall not be
reimbursed.
5.0 DELIVERY ,ERECTION AN CIVIL WORKS
5.1 Seller agree to start the supply of Machinery and Equipments, construction of foundations &
buildings and erection and commission of machinery and Equipments specified in accordance with
Annexure-II forming part of this Agreement from ………, so that the supply of Machinery and
Equipment and construction of foundations and buildings is completed by ………and commissioning
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 40
of Machinery and Equipment completed by_____i.e. the distillery Plant is made ready for
commercial production …….. in which respect time is the essence of the contract, subject to the
terms and conditions of this Agreement.
5.2 The Seller shall submit regularly and punctually to the purchaser, with a copy to authorized agency
the monthly progress report in terms of the progress made in connection with items detailed in
Annexure I to V & XVII Example: The progress of placement of orders for long delivery and
bought out items, submission of drawings and approving of design drawings of machinery
foundations ( by Purchaser architect ) submitted by the supplier’s architect, (appointed by the
supplier) for the execution of the civil works should be submitted before 10th of every month from
the date of signing of the agreement. This report should also mention clearly if the progress made is
satisfactory and suggestions further to realize the targets mentioned at clause 5.1 above.
5.3 The seller shall prepare and submit following to the purchaser/authorized agency in consultation with
the first within one month of the date of signing of this Agreement,
a) Finalise the plant (Building) lay out including all allied units, engineering layout for purchaser’s
approval to facilitate the suppliers architect to commence his duties of designing, for the timely
execution of the later subjected to purchaser’s approval.
b) A time schedule for construction of foundations in the sequence required for the erection of the
Machinery and Equipment to ensure commissioning of Machinery and Equipment.
c) A delivery schedule of Machinery and Equipments, the Seller shall ensure that the machinery
and equipment are delivered in sequence of priority for erection so that the items which are to be
erected first as per erection schedule shall be sent first and with the same order of priority the
progress of delivery shall be maintained thereafter accordingly.
5.4 The seller shall place orders and furnish to the purchasers the order acceptance copies from respective
sub-vendors (on their official letter heads) in case of bought out items for supply progressively of
long delivery items, subject to the approval of purchaser, before claiming the advance and shall keep
the purchaser informed about the same.
5.5 The Seller shall provide to the purchaser load data, coordinating drawings etc. along with foundation
drawing to purchaser for the purpose of approval of design and construction of machinery
foundations to enable the Purchaser to inspect/check machinery foundations according to schedule
referred to therein to ensure commissioning of the distillery by ......................
5.6 The foundation drawings of machinery equipments prepared by the Architect of the Seller shall be
vetted by the Purchaser before execution. The seller, with their stamp of approval or comments, shall
return the drawings within 10 days of submission by the Architect of Purchaser.
5.7 The checking of the machinery foundations shall be done jointly by the seller and the purchaser at
distillery plant site. All civil works shall be constructed as per specifications mentioned in Annexure
XVII.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 41
6.0 The erection, commissioning & performance work to be carried out to the satisfaction of Purchasers.
Since time is the essence of the contract, Seller shall ensure that erection work is completed in such a
manner that Machinery & Equipments is commissioned by………………
7.0 VISIT TO WORKSHOP AND INSPECTION:
7.1 The quality and design features and workmanship of the distillery plant and machinery shall be
strictly in accordance with Annexure-I to V and XVII forming part of this agreement and standard
engineering practices. The Purchaser shall inspect the items, as per inspection procedure laid down in
Annexure – IX & X.
Inspection team will visit the place of manufacture, assembly of the machinery and also
Purchaser plant site and inspect the same. The Seller and their sub-contractors for bought out items
shall offer the plant and machinery for inspection during the course of manufacture as well as before
dispatch. Scheduled visits may be fixed by the Inspection team. The Seller shall give at least 7 days
clear notice to the purchaser and their nominated consultant before the dispatch of the machinery to
the site. In case the Inspection Agency feels that inspection will be delayed before despatch, they will
accordingly send a certificate to the Seller with an instruction to despatch the material attaching the
certificate itself. Such materials will be inspected at site. The Seller shall supply necessary details of
designs with calculations and drawings wherever required by the inspection agency for the
verification of the details of specifications and for the purpose of inspection as incorporated in the
Agreement. Details of items to be inspected and procedure there of etc. are enclosed as Annexure –
IX & X. The purchaser or their Inspection Agency shall have the right to reject any material or
assemblies or sub-assemblies if these are not of the specified quality and workmanship on the ground
that they cannot be rectified.
7.2.1 The purchaser or their nominee shall be within their rights to bring to the notice of the seller any
deviation observed from the specifications or standard engineering practices and the seller shall be
required to rectify such defects and deviations, if any, at their own cost. Such inspection by the
purchaser or their nominees shall not absolve the seller from their responsibility of supplying the
plant and machinery in accordance with the Annexures and terms of the Agreement. Seller shall
provide the necessary facilities to the inspecting agency for proper inspection and testing of the
equipment at seller’s or his sub-contractors works.
PROVIDED THAT in case of any major change in procedure, the Inspection Agency shall give
sufficient advance intimation to the Seller. The Seller shall also provide inspection facilities normally
available at the plant site for machinery inspection.
7.2.2 The seller or their sub-contractors shall also satisfy the purchaser and/or their Inspection Agency that
adequate provisions have been made (a) to carry out instructions of the purchaser and/or the
Inspection Agency fully and with promptitude (b) to ensure that parts or materials required to be
inspected are not used before inspection and (c) to prevent rejected materials or parts from being
used.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 42
7.2.3 Where parts, assemblies or sub-assemblies not approved/passed by the Inspection Agency have been
rectified or altered, such parts, assemblies or sub-assemblies shall be segregated for separate
inspection and approved before being incorporated in the plant and machinery.
7.2.4 The purchaser or their Inspection Agency shall have the right to give their inspection mark on all
items inspected by them.
8.0 TRIALS
8.1 PROVIDED THAT the water, steam and vacuum trials shall be conducted by the seller, for a
period of seven days before the commissioning of the Machinery and Equipment after complete
delivery and the erection by the seller to the entire satisfaction of the purchaser.
Before starting the trials the seller shall notify, in writing, the purchaser/authorized agency at
least 7 days in advance to enable them (purchaser) to appoint the required team of personnel, arrange
fuels etc.
If the tests are being unreasonably delayed by the seller, the purchaser through a notice
require the seller to make the tests within 7 days of receipt of such a notice from purchaser. The seller
shall then make the test on such day within that period as notified by the purchaser and to that effect
notify the purchaser in writing.
If the seller fails to make the tests within7 days after receipt of the notice, the purchaser may
himself proceed with the tests. The tests so made by the purchaser shall be at the risk and cost of the
seller and the cost thereof shall be deducted from the contract price. The tests shall then be deemed to
have been made in the presence of the seller and the results of the tests shall be accepted as accurate.
8.2 On completion of the steam, water and vacuum trials to the entire satisfaction of the purchaser and to
that effect the purchaser furnishes a certificate to the seller that all the Machinery and Equipment
mentioned in Annexure I to V have been inspected and approved by the Inspection Agency,
delivered as per detailed part list of material referred to above, erection and trials have been
conducted satisfactorily under the supervision of seller in accordance with the terms and condition of
the agreement.
8.3.1 PROVIDED THAT if, before the performance trial as stipulated under clause 9.0 and its sub-clauses,
the distillery is operated continuously for 7 days satisfactorily and has produced commercial Ethanol
for seven consecutive days, the plant and machinery will be deemed to have been taken over by the
purchaser but such taking over shall not absolve or relieve the Seller from fulfilling the guaranteed
performance as provided by Clause 9.0 & its sub-clauses.
9.0 PERFORMANCE TRIAL AND GUARANTEE:
9.1 The seller hereby guarantee:
a) That all the Machinery and Equipment are supplied as specified in Annexure I to V and XVII
forming part of this Agreement.
b) The capacity and efficiency of the Machinery & Equipment supplied by the Sellers have to be
achieved after successful running of three month from the start of the operations, during performance
trial on any seven consecutive full working days,
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 43
i) Minimum 60 kilo litre per day of Ethanol production for seven consecutive days is achieved.
If there is any stoppage continuously for more than two hours, the stoppage hours has to be
excluded from arriving the said production.
iii) The plant should produce Ethanol as per standards given at Annexure VI
All performance parameters as mentioned in Annexure-VI need to be achieved.
c) That all the machinery and equipment will be brand new of latest design and state of art technology
and first class material and workmanship. Any part found defective within two year i.e. warrantee
period from the date of commissioning it shall be replaced fully or satisfactorily rectified by the seller
free of cost. In this effect the purchaser shall retain Performance Bank Guarantee as per clause
16.1(iii).
d) Entire Machinery and Equipment shall perform to establish the parameters detailed, under
Annexure-VI (Performance Parameters.) In effect of the same the seller shall issue to the purchaser
bank guarantees as detailed at 16.1. (iii)
9.2 To get the above performance, the seller shall conduct the performance tests as per terms of
agreement. The Purchaser shall give twenty days clear notice to the Seller for witnessing the
performance trial. The performance trial should be conducted in the presence of representative of:
1. Purchaser
2. Seller
3. Haryana State Federation of Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd., Panchkula, (Haryana),
4. National Federation of Coop. Sugar Factories Limited, New Delhi
5. National Sugar Institute, Kanpur
Out of five four shall constitute quorum.
9.3 If the trials referred to in clause 9.2 are completed according to Clause 9.1(b) and to the satisfaction
of the representatives mentioned above, or in their absence to the satisfaction of Committee
constituted of persons mutually agreed upon by the purchaser and the seller, a certificate to that effect
shall be issued by the purchaser to the Seller. On furnishing of such a certificate by the purchaser, the
Machinery and Equipment shall be deemed to have achieved the guaranteed performance.
9.4 The performance trial shall be given in the first year after the start of commercial production for the
process parameters.
9.5 If the purchaser fails to make necessary arrangements including the supply of molasses, fuel and
other consumables after the date of commissioning, the Machinery and Equipment and buildings will
be deemed to have been taken over by the purchaser and the trial will be presumed to have been
performed in accordance with the standards laid down in the Agreement.
10.0 PURCHASER’S RESPONSIBILITIES:
a) The purchaser shall handover the site for installation of the plant and construction of buildings within
30 days from the date of agreement.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 44
b) The purchaser may, on the request of seller, provide suitable area for site fabrication of items
provided that the details of essential fabrication works to be done at factory site shall be furnished by
the seller to the purchaser well in advance.
c) Timely approval of layout, drawings, PERT/CPM, price breakup, delivery schedule, payment
schedule etc. subject to timely submission by the Seller.
d) The purchaser shall provide an electricity metered connection for site fabrication and construction in
accordance with above, for which a separate energy meter will be installed by the purchaser so that
the seller pays to the purchaser the actual cost of electricity consumed for site fabrication purpose.
e) The purchaser shall provide adequate water supply free of cost to the seller at one point in distillery
site. The necessary pipeline connection shall be arranged by the supplier.
f) The purchaser shall provide electricity, water and necessary chemicals, etc., for start up of machinery
and equipment for the distillery plant.
g) The purchaser shall pay the required statutory inspection or other fees and charges payable under the
claims of any Act or Regulation in respect of the installation; operation or use of machinery and
equipment and submit the required application but the follow-up-work to get the approval is to be
done by the Seller for which they would be solely responsible. Purchaser will extend all cooperation
in this respect.
h) The purchaser shall obtain from concerned authorities, necessary clearance in respect of water,
effluent disposal, layout of factory buildings and any other matter related to this plant and pay
necessary fees. For such purpose, the seller shall extend necessary assistance wherever required.
Purchaser will provide requisites such as fuel, power, water and utilities, raw material etc as required
by the seller for operating equipment during testing and start up period.
1. The section-wise and for the overall project, the proposed water balance, Power balance, Steam balance should
be attached by the tenderer along with the technical bid.
2. For all the installations, PESO Compliance requisites should be fulfilled by supplier.
I) The purchaser shall arrange adequate supply of fuel, molasses during trials, commissioning and the
performance trial.
11.0 SELLER’S RESPONSIBILITIES:
a) To get approved by authorized agency after submission by seller (within 30 days of signing of the
agreement) drawings/arrangements plant with rating & make of each equipment as detailed in
inspection procedure. (Annexure-IX).
b) Before signing of the contract, the seller shall provide the equipment-wise break-up prices for major
items of equipments /buildings mutually agreed between purchasers & sellers. The quarterly billing
schedule should also be submitted within 45 days of signing of agreement.
c) Within 30 days from the date of receipt of advance payment, the seller shall hand-over the list of
basic tools, tackles and stores needed for the maintenance of the distillery Plant and machinery to be
used by the Purchaser.
d) The seller undertake to hand-over before the date of signing of this Agreement, a time schedule of
deliveries relating to major equipment’s and erection work as detailed at Annexure -VII which if
adhered to, will enable completion of erection and putting into operation of the distillery on
scheduled date. The seller will get delivery schedule approved from the purchaser within 30 days.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 45
e) The seller shall attend monthly and fortnightly site meetings as required from time to time to review
the total work progress in respect of supply to ensure the commissioning of the entire Machinery and
Equipment by the stipulated date. PROVIDED FURTHER THAT if, before or during the time of
reviews, any extension of time is granted by the purchaser as per “Force Majeure Clause”, the same
shall be taken into account.
f) The Seller undertakes to hand-over to the purchaser 6 copies of the drawings and maintenance
manuals with description and detailed instruction as per Annexure—XI attached herein.
g) A PERT/CPM/Composite bar chart shall be finalised, with the mutual consultation between the
Purchaser and Seller and authorized agency, before singing of this agreement. Thereafter, before 10th
day of month, necessary details shall be furnished by the Seller to the Purchaser for the preparation of
revised PERT/CPM network/composite bar chart if necessity arises after consent of both the seller
and purchaser/authorized agency. The seller will get PERT/CPM/Composite bar charts approved
from the purchaser within 30 days.
h) The seller shall furnish to the purchaser, before 30 days of starting the despatch of Machinery and
Equipments finalised by mutual consent of seller & purchaser/ authorized agency, an insurance
coverage by a insurance company regulated by IRDA for the transit cum storage cum erection policy,
safety of equipment from place/s of concerned manufacturer/s to the purchaser site at Shahabad
Coop. Sugar Mill Ltd., Ladwa Road, Shahabad Distt. Kurukshetra, Haryana. .This insurance
coverage shall be valid till 30 days of commissioning of the distillery.
i) The seller shall place orders for bought out long delivery items and the order acceptance by the
concerned party on whom the orders are placed to the satisfaction of the purchaser within 45 days of
signing of agreement. Seller shall furnish to the Purchaser photo state copies of unpriced purchase
orders. If the purchaser finds that the orders placed are not as per specifications then necessary
modifications in their orders has to be revised as per specifications by the Seller.
j) The seller shall adhere to schedules, submission of drawings, manual and other documents as
mentioned in Annexure XI.
K) The seller shall ensure that all the major and important machinery items, equipments, plant and
machinery dispatched from the Sellers works/their sub-contractors works are encased in packing
boxes to prevent from any losses, damage etc.
l) The Sellers shall within one month from the date of finalisation of Agreement furnish the Purchasers
with an indication of the approximate incidence of GST, custom duty, local taxes, payable by the
Purchasers under the contract based on the rates prevailing on the date of Agreement.
m) The Sellers shall provide comprehensive risk insurance of all Machinery and Equipment and other
consumables including Transit Insurance.
12.0 PATENT:
Patent and/or Copyrights
The Seller shall hold and save the purchaser, its officers, agents, servants and employees from
liability of any nature or kind including costs and expenses for or on account of any copyright or un-
copyright, composition, secret processes, patented or appliance unpatented, articles or manufactured
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 46
or used in the performance of this contract including their use by the Purchaser unless otherwise
specifically stipulated in this Agreement.
In the event of any claim or demand being made or action being brought against the
purchaser for infringement of patent in respect of any machine, plant used or supplied by the Seller
under this Agreement or in respect of any method of using or working by the purchaser or such
machine, plant or thing, the Seller will indemnify the purchaser against such claims or demand and
all costs and expenses arising from or incurred by reason or such claim or demand.
PROVIDED THAT the purchaser shall notify in writing the seller immediately if any claim
is made and that they shall be at liberty, if they so desire with the assistance of the purchaser, if
required, but at the Seller’s own expenses, to conduct all negotiations for the settlement of the same
or any litigation that may arise there from; and
PROVIDED THAT no such machine, plant or thing shall be used by the purchaser for any
purpose or in any manner other than that for which they have been supplied by the Seller as specified
in this Agreement.
13.0 FORCE MAJEURE:
The right of the seller to proceed with the work shall not be terminated as provided in Clause
21 because of any delay in the completion of the work due to unforeseen causes beyond the control
and without the fault or negligence of the Seller or their sub-contractors including (but not restricted
to) act of God or Public, enemy, action of Government in its Sovereign Capacity, floods, epidemics,
quarantine, strike, lock-outs, fires, explosives, accident, civil commotion, riots etc. In the event of
any of the aforesaid contingencies, unusual or extraordinarily prolonged, the Purchaser will be
promptly kept informed by the Seller by FAX/E-Mail followed by Confirmation in writing through a
registered letter with AD, with documentary proof within 10 days of the commencement and
completion of force majeure circumstances. This force majeure clause shall also apply to sub-
contractors.
a) Force majeure clause shall be applied only to the machinery equipment fall in the period as
per delivery schedule.
b) This clause shall not be applicable if an order is placed by the seller at the time of buying; the
sub-supplier factory/workshop is under force majeure condition.
c) Any loss/damage on account of delay in delivery of Ethanol Plant and equipments beyond
and period of delivery schedule due to force majeure will be borne by the seller.
d) Extension of Time – Any period, within which the seller shall, pursuant to this Agreement,
complete any action or task, shall be extended by the Purchaser if satisfied, for a period equal
to the time during which the Seller was unable to perform such action as a result of Force
Majeure.
e) Measures to be taken – Seller affected by an event of Force Majeure shall take all
reasonable measures to remove such Seller’s inability to fulfil its obligation hereunder with a
minimum of delay. The parties shall take all reasonable measures to minimize the
consequences of any event of Force Majeure.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 47
14.0 TERMS OF PAYMENT:
Based on completion of mile stones, payment will be made by the Purchaser. The payment terms for
design & engineering, civil works, supply and erection & commissioning activities are as given
below:
14(i) Payment terms for civil works
14(i) (a) Ten percent (10%) of the civil works price will be paid as advance, within 30 days from the
Effective Date of agreement, against submission of irrevocable bank guarantee being an
advance at Annexure-XIII obtained from any nationalized bank, valid for the entire
contract period The advance given shall carry interest @ 8 % per annum on reducing
balance from the date of issue of cheque/bank draft till the progressive adjustment in the
bills.
14(i) (b) Eighty percent (80%) of the civil works price including 100% applicable taxes and duties
will be paid on pro-rata completion of civil works, against agreed milestones. The 10%
paid as an advance will be adjusted on pro-rata basis in this 80%. Within 15 days from the
date of completion of advance adjustment the irrevocable advance bank guarantee will be
returned back to the seller.
14(i) (c) Ten percent (10%) of the civil works price will be paid after issue of final Acceptance
Certificate of the project by the mill on successful completion of civil works.
14(i) d) Ten Percent (10%) of the civil works price on the completion of successful performance trial
and against the performance bank guarantee at Annexure-XV obtained from any
nationalized bank for ten percent (10%) of the Contract Price valid for the entire warranty
period. The earnest money will be converted into security deposit and the same will be
returned on submission of Performance guarantee after successful performance trials of the
plant.
14 (ii) Payment terms of supply
14(ii) (a) Ten percent (10%) of the supply price will be paid as advance, within 30 days from the
Effective Date of agreement, against submission of irrevocable bank guarantee being an
advance at Annexure-XIII obtained from any nationalized bank valid for the entire contract
period by the supplier The advance given shall carry interest @ 8% per annum on reducing
balance from the date of issue of cheque/bank draft till the progressive adjustment in the
bills.
14(ii) (b) Eighty percent (80%) of the supply price including 100 % applicable taxes & duties will be
paid as per the agreed billing schedule on pro-rata receipt of materials at site against original
documentary evidence. The 10% paid as an advance will be adjusted on pro-rata basis in this
80%. Within 15 days from the date of completion of advance adjustment the irrevocable
advance bank guarantee will be returned back to the seller.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 48
14(ii) (c) Ten percent (10%) of the supply price will be paid after issue of final acceptance certificate
of the project by the mill on successful supply of material.
14(ii) (d) Ten Percent (10%) of supply price on completion of the successful performance trial and
against the performance bank guarantee at Annexure- XV for ten percent (10%) of the
Contract Price obtained from any nationalized bank valid for the entire warranty period. The
earnest money will be converted into security deposit and the same will be returned on
submission of Performance guarantee after successful performance trials of the plant.
14(iii) Payment terms for erection and commissioning
14(iii)(a) Ten percent (10%) of the basic price of erection & commissioning as advance will be paid
within 30 days from the date of agreement, against submission of irrevocable bank guarantee
being an advance at Annexure-XIII an equivalent amount obtained from any nationalized
bank, valid for the entire contract period by the supplier. The advance given shall carry
interest @ 8 % per annum on reducing balance from the date of issue of cheque/bank draft
till the progressive adjustment in the bills.
14(iii) (b) Eighty percent (80%) of the erection & commissioning price including 100% applicable
taxes and duties will be paid against pro-rata completion of erection of the plant and
equipment, against agreed milestones. The 10% paid as an advance will be adjusted on pro-
rata basis in this 80%. Within 15 days from the date of completion of advance adjustment
the irrevocable advance bank guarantee will be returned back to the seller.
14(iii) (c) Ten percent (10%) of the erection & commissioning price (including training charges, if
any) on issue of final Acceptance Certificate of the project by the mill on successful
completion of the erection and commissioning.
14(iii) d) Ten Percent (10%) of the erection & commissioning price on completion of successful
performance trial and against the performance bank guarantee at Annexure- XV for ten
percent (10%) of the Contract Price obtained from any nationalized bank valid for the entire
warranty period. The earnest money will be converted into security deposit and the same will
be returned on submission of Performance guarantee after successful performance trials of
the plant.
14(iv) The price mentioned in this contract is firm and no escalation whatsoever is applicable, except
for any statutory variations in the taxes and duties applicable on price within the contract
period.
14(v) All Payments shall be made in Indian Rupees only.
14(vi) Payment for all invoices shall be made within 15 days from the date of acceptance of the
invoices by the mill. Acceptance of invoices shall mean submission of the invoices along
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 49
with all necessary documents by the Contractor and Joint certification by mill for the receipt
of the related materials / completion of work at site.
14(vii) The Seller’s invoices shall be paid in full inclusive of taxes and duties, after the deduction of
advances, TDS (if any) and the retention money etc.
14(viii) Purchaser Right to with hold Payment: Purchaser shall have the right to withhold or
nullify the whole or a part of any application of contractor for payment or any approval for
payment to such extent as may be necessary to protect Purchaser from sustaining any loss on
account of:
Short supply not made good by Seller
Defective supply not rectified /replaced by Seller
Defective work not remedied/replaced by Seller
Failure of Seller to fulfill and discharge promptly all his monetary obligations to his sub-
contractors either for material and/or for labour and/or other account.
Unauthorized deviations by Seller from the specifications, terms and conditions of
supply/service.
Erroneous statements or invoices of Seller for the value of supply made/work done.
14(ix) No Interest for Delayed Payments for supply of equipment and spare parts/services
rendered: No claim for interest will be entertained by Purchaser in respect of any money or
balance which may be in Purchaser hand owing to any dispute or difference or
misunderstanding between Purchaser and Seller or due to reasons beyond the reasonable
control of Purchaser will however make its best efforts to effect payments as per agreed terms
and conditions.
14(x) The seller shall provide the proof of GST claimed in the invoices so that the purchaser do not
face any difficulty in taking GST credit. The total amount of GST payment will be restricted
to the amount provided in the clause 3.1. However if the seller claims GST amounts more
than the amount provided in the clause 3.1, the GST payment will be restricted to the break-
up given in the clause 3.1 subject to the Clause 14 (iv).
Taxes and Duties:
i. Bidder must declare the leviable taxes and duties clearly and the purchaser on documentary proof of payment
made will pay the same.
ii. The price mentioned in this contract is firm and no escalation whatsoever is applicable, except for any statutory
variations in the taxes and duties applicable on the contract price within the contract period.
iii. The rate of CGST/SGST/IGST or any other tax payable will be as applicable at the time of delivery. Payment is
subject to the condition and the supplier’s written undertakings that the same is statutorily payable by the
supplier’s to the government and actually will be paid to the Government.
iv. Income Tax, TDS if applicable, will be deducted as per Govt. rules.
In case the sellers fail
to supply and delivery of all the said equipment and construct foundations and buildings within the time agreed
herein as per Annexure –I to V & XVII, the Sellers shall be liable to pay to the purchasers interest at the rate on
PLR of State Bank of India on the amount of unadjusted amount paid to the Sellers reckoned from the stipulated
date of completion of delivery of the said equipments as specified in Annexure-I to V & XVII the date of
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 50
payment in respect thereof is made to the sellers by the purchasers then interest at bank lending rate shall be paid
by the sellers to the purchasers from the date of payment as aforesaid is made till the date the material or
equipment concerned is received at site.
14.1 All taxes & duties such as GST etc. are to be paid at actual as charged in Invoices & proof of same
within 45 days is to be furnished subject to the maximum amount as specified in clause 3.1.1 (i) to
(viii)
14.2 The advance given shall carry interest @ 8 % per annum on reducing balance from the date of issue of
cheque/ bank draft till the progressive adjustment in the bills
15.0 PENALTIES
15.1 To secure the contractual obligations under this agreement, the seller shall be liable to pay the
following penalties, if the sellers
a) Fail to deliver any or all the machinery & equipment within the delivery scheduled time
specified in the contract, they shall pay liquidated damages by an amount equal to 0.5% (Half
per cent) per week or part thereof, of the contract price of any or all equipments but not
exceeding 5% (Five percent) of the supply price mentioned as at clause 3.1.1 (i).
b) Fail to construct the Foundations & Buildings as per scheduled dates. The seller shall be liable to
liquidated damages to purchaser equal to 0.5% per week subject to the maximum of 5% (Five
percent) of civil price provided in clause 3.1.1( viii)
c) Fail to complete the erection & commissioning as per scheduled dates. The seller shall be liable
to liquidated damages to purchaser equal to 0.5% per week subject to the maximum of 5% (Five
percent) of erection and commissioning price provided in clause 3.1.1( vii )
16.0 BANK GUARANTEE
16.1 To secure the contractual obligations as per this agreement the seller at their own cost shall furnish to
the purchaser, the following bank guarantees, by a Nationalised bank. All the guarantees shall be in
the formats enclosed as Annexure XIII, XIV and XV respectively.
(i) A bank guarantee against receiving the advance of 10% of the contract price mentioned at
clause No 3.1.2 amounting to Rs........... lakhs (Rupees ....................................... only)against
supply , erection, civil works This guarantee will be adjusted and reduced with the progress of
supply of Machinery and Equipment / milestone payments for erection, construction and civil
works. This guarantee shall be furnished within 10 days of signing the agreement. The
advance given shall carry interest @ 8% per annum on reducing balance from the date of issue
of cheque/bank draft till the progressive adjustment in the bills. The Guarantee will be valid
upto 30 Days after adjustment of advances.
(ii) A bank guarantee within 30 days of receiving the above advance or start of delivery of
machinery & equipment whichever is earlier for 5% (Five percent) of total contract price
mentioned at clause 3.1.2 amounting to Rs. ______lacs (Rs. ________________lacs). This
guarantee shall be against timely delivery of machinery & equipment, completion of erection,
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 51
commission and civil works. This guarantee will be valid upto 6 months after the schedule
date of completion of supply & commissioning of entire machinery and equipment.
(iii) A bank guarantee on or before 150 day of signing of the agreement for 10% (Ten percent) of
the total contract price mentioned at clause 3.1.2 amounting to Rs……………lakhs
(Rupees……………………………….only). This guarantee shall be in respect of guaranteed
performance of machinery and equipment and completion of erection, commission and civil
works as detailed at Annexure I to VI) and shall be valid upto 60 days after the end of 24
months ( Warrantee Period ) of commissioning of plant.
16.2 If the seller shall abandon this contract or otherwise fail to supply, deliver, erect and commission the
Machinery and Equipment, construction of Civil works within the scheduled period or any extension
thereof granted by the purchaser, or if the work or any part thereof is taken out of the seller's hands
under Clause 13.0 and in any such case the seller shall refund to the purchaser within 30 days of
demand such part of the advance payments there under made to them. The purchaser shall have the
right to proceed in any manner, as deemed fit, to protect their interest.
16.3 The bank guarantee or guarantees required to be furnished by the seller under the provision hereof to
secure establishment of performance parameters of Machinery and Equipment supplied by them or for
any other purpose under the provisions hereof shall be in the form of the purchaser, as at Annexures –
VI & XVII, which form(s) shall invariably include the provision that the decision of the purchaser as to
whether there has been any loss or damage or default and or negligence on the part of the seller will be
final and binding on the guarantor, that the right of the purchaser shall not be affected or suspended by
reason of the fact that any dispute or disputes have been raised by the seller with regard to their
liability or that proceedings are pending before any tribunal, arbitrator(s) or court with regard thereto or
in connection therewith, that the guarantor shall pay to the purchaser the sum under the guarantee(s)
without demur on first demand and without requiring the purchaser to invoke any legal remedy that
may be available to them, that it shall not be open to the guarantor to know the reasons of or to
investigate or to go into the merits of the demand or to question or to challenge the demand or to know
any facts affecting the demand or to require proof of the liability of the seller before paying the amount
demanded by the purchaser under the guarantee(s). In case of invocation of any bank guarantee/s the
purchaser.
16.4 The bank guarantee or guarantees required to be furnished by the Sellers under the provisions hereof to
secure the performance of the Plant, equipment and machinery supplied by the Seller or for any other
purpose under the provisions hereof shall be for such period as may cover establishment of
performance parameters respectively as stipulated under the Agreement. If, however, the period of
Agreement is extended due to force majeure or Seller not fulfilling their obligations under the
Agreement or for any other reasons whatsoever, Seller shall have such guarantees extended upto the
corresponding extended period. Failure of the Sellers to do so will amount to a breach of the contract
and in no case the extension of the period of the contract shall be construed as waiver of the right of the
Purchasers to enforce the guarantee.
16.5 All guarantees will be irrevocable except with the written consent of the purchaser.
The Bank guarantee required to be furnished by the Sellers under the provisions hereof to secure the
advance payment or bank guarantee to secure the timely delivery of machinery or the bank guarantee
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 52
for any other purpose under the provisions hereof shall be in the form (s) approved by the purchasers
which form (s) shall inter-alia invariably include the provisions that the decision of the purchasers as to
whether there has been any loss or damage or default and /or negligence on the part of the sellers will
be final and binding on the guarantor, that the right of the purchaser to recover from suspended by
reasons of the fact that any dispute or disputes have been raised by the Sellers with regard to their
liability or that proceedings are pending before any Tribunal Arbitrator(S) or Court with regard thereto
or in connection therewith, that the guarantor shall pay to the Purchasers the sum under the guarantee
without demur on first demand and without requiring the purchasers to invoke any legal remedy that
may be available to them that it shall not be open to guarantor to know the reasons of or to investigate
or to go into the merits of the demand or to question or to challenge the demand or to know any facts
affecting the demand or to require proof of the liability of the Sellers before paying the amount
demanded by the purchaser under the guarantee (s) and that the guarantee shall be invoked only when
the invocation letter is signed by the Managing Director of Purchasers, countersigned by the Dy.
Commissioner/Chairman, Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Limited Shahabad Distt Kurukshetra
(HARYANA) The guarantee required to be furnished by the sellers under the provisions hereof to
secure the advance payment, performance of Plant & timely erection and commissioning, the
guarantee or any amount due to the Purchaser shall not be affected for any other purpose under the
provisions hereof shall be for such period as may cover the period of supply erection and
commissioning, or the guaranteed performance respectively as the case may be, as stipulated under this
agreement and shall also provide a minimum of three months invocation period after expiry of date of
validity of the guarantee. If, however, the period of this agreement is extended under provisions hereof
or due to Sellers not fulfilling their obligations under this agreement, the Sellers shall have such
guarantees extended upto the corresponding extended period at their cost and in no case the extension
of the period of the contract shall be construed as waiver of the right of the Purchasers to enforce the
guarantees.
17.0 PACKING MATERIALS
Since the cost of packing materials will be borne by the Purchaser, all containers (including packing
cases, boxes, tins, drums and wrapping, etc.) in which machinery and equipment and stores will be
supplied shall be considered non-refundable to the Seller.
18.0 EXCESS MATERIALS
Not to hamper the erection work, the Seller may bring on the site materials such as piping, valves
fittings, consumables, cables, and wires, hardwares, insulation materials, refractory bricks, lubricants,
paints, electrodes, gases, emery papers, kerosene oil, grease, cotton waste, asbestos rope, red/white
lead, shims etc. for completion of work as per this agreement. Such material as are found surplus after
completion of erection shall be treated as the property of Seller and shall be taken back with prior
approval of the Purchaser. Any material including tools & tackles etc., brought by the seller at the site
and not paid for by the purchaser can be taken out by the Seller after the Purchaser’s approval.
19 SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES
19.1 Amicable settlement
The Parties shall use their best efforts to settle amicably all disputes arising out of or in connection
with this Agreement or the interpretation thereof.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 53
19.2 Dispute resolution
19.2.1 Any dispute, difference or controversy of whatever nature howsoever arising under or out of or in
relation to this Agreement (including its interpretation) between the Parties, and so notified in writing
by either Party to the other Party (the “Dispute”) shall, in the first instance, be attempted to be resolved
amicably in accordance with the conciliation procedure set forth in Clause 19.3.
19.2.2 The Parties agree to use their best efforts for resolving all Disputes arising under or in respect of this
Agreement promptly, equitably and in good faith, and further agree to provide each other with
reasonable access during normal business hours to all non-privileged records, information and data
pertaining to any Dispute.
19.3 Conciliation
In the event of any Dispute between the Parties, either Party may call upon, Dy. Commissioner/
Chairman The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Limited, Shahabad (M), Distt Kurukshetra and upon
such reference, the said persons shall meet no later than 10 (ten) days from the date of reference to
discuss and attempt to amicably resolve the Dispute. If such meeting does not take place within the 10
(ten) day period or the Dispute is not amicably settled within 15 (fifteen) days of the meeting or the
Dispute is not resolved as evidenced by the signing of written terms of settlement within 30 (thirty)
days of the notice in writing referred to in Clause 19.2.1 or such longer period as may be mutually
agreed by the Parties, either Party may refer the Dispute to arbitration in accordance with the
provisions of Clause 20.
20.0 ARBITRATION:
If at any time there should be any question, dispute or difference between the parties in respect of any
matter arising out of or in relation to this Agreement, either party may give to the other party notice in
writing of the existence of such question, dispute or difference and the same shall be referred to
arbitration of a sole arbitrator. The Managing Director, Haryana State Federation of Cooperative Sugar
Mills Limited, Panchkula shall be the sole Arbitrator. The award of the sole arbitrator shall be final and
binding on the parties and be accepted by them.
This reference to the arbitrators shall be deemed to be a reference, under the provision of The
Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 and the rules made there under and any statutory modifications
thereof that may be made from time to time and actually in force at the time of reference.
The cost of arbitration shall be borne by the parties as may be decided upon by the sole arbitrator.
Jurisdiction for arbitration will be Panchkula (HARYANA).
.
21.0 TRANSFERABILITY OF THE CONTRACT
Either party shall not transfer their right and obligations arising out of or in relation to this Agreement
except with the written consent of the other party.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 54
22.0 NEGLIGENCE OF THE SELLER
If the Seller shall neglect to manufacture or supply the all plant, machinery and equipment and factory
buildings with due diligence and expedition or refuse or neglect to comply with any reasonable orders
given to them in writing by the Purchaser in connection therewith, the Purchaser may give notice
intimating to the Seller to make good within a reasonably specified time, the failure, neglect or
contravention complained of, and if the seller still without reasonable cause fails to comply with the
notice within the time specified in the notice to be reckoned from the date of receipt of notice by the
Seller, the Purchaser may take over the work of manufacture and supply of the Machinery and
Equipment as a whole or in part out of the seller’s hands and/or may give it to another person on
contract at a reasonable price and are entitled to recover any excess cost thus incurred by the purchaser
or make it good from any bills or dues of the seller pertaining to this Agreement or recover such
amount from the Seller.
23.0 MAINTENANCE / WARRANTY
23.1 The period of warranty shall be twenty four months from the date of commissioning. All distillery
Machineries and Equipments shall be deemed to be under maintenance/warranty period and the Seller
shall remain liable to rectify/replace any Machinery and Equipment or parts thereof, such may be
found to be defective or below the rated capacity under proper use and arising due to faulty design,
materials or workmanship during the warranty period. The Purchaser shall give the Seller notice in
writing setting out the particulars of the defects or failures and the Seller shall thereupon make good
the defective or underrated equipments or replace the same free of cost to make it comply with the
requirements of the Agreement. If the Seller fails to do so within a period of 10 days so as to reduce the
production loss to the minimum as required by the Purchaser, the Purchaser may rectify/replace at the
cost of the Seller the whole or any portion of Machinery and Equipment, as the case may be, which is
defective or under rated or fails to fulfil the requirements of the Agreement and may recover the actual
cost thereof from the Seller or adjust the same from any balance payment to be made to the seller or
adjust it against the amount of security deposit. The Purchaser shall also have the right to charge an
additional amount up to maximum of 50% of the actual cost of replacement. Such
rectification/replacement shall be carried out by the purchaser within as short a time as possible and at
a reasonable price and under advice to the seller. In case of such rectification/replacement by the
purchaser, the seller shall be liable to pay the purchaser the whole cost of such
rectification/replacement done and The Purchaser shall also have the right to charge an additional
amount up to maximum of 50% of the actual cost of replacement the defective equipments on being
replaced shall be taken away by the seller at their own cost. The purchaser shall have the right to
operate the Machinery and Equipment after the commissioning date except that this shall not be
considered to permit operation of any part which may be materially damaged by such operation before
any required rectification or alteration have been carried out.
23.2 If it becomes necessary for the seller to replace or renew any defective part of the machinery under this
clause, the provisions of the first paragraph of this clause shall apply to the parts of the machinery and
equipments so replaced or renewed until the expiration of six months from the date of such
replacement or renewal or until the end of the aforesaid maintenance period of two crushing seasons,
whichever is later.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 55
23.3 The rectification of new parts will be delivered F.O.R. Purchaser’s factory site. The Seller shall also
bear the cost of rectification/replacement carried out on their behalf by the purchaser as mentioned
above at the plant site. At the end of the maintenance period, seller’s liability shall cease. In respect of
machinery and equipment not covered by the first paragraph of this clause, the purchaser shall be
entitled to the benefit of any guarantee given to the seller by the original suppliers of the manufacturer
of such machinery and equipment. However, in case of diesel set the maintenance period shall be
reckoned from the actual date of commissioning of the said equipment.
23.4 The responsibility of the seller for rectification/replacement under this clause shall extend to the actual
cost of rectification/replacement of the defective items of machinery and equipment and shall not be in
any way be deemed to be limited to the amount of performance guarantee and security deposit.
24.0 FOREIGN EXCHANGE
Any foreign exchange required for import of raw materials or equipment shall be arranged by the
seller. Non-availability of foreign exchange shall not entitle the seller any extension of time for
delivery of the Machinery and Equipment.
25.0 GENERAL LIGHTING
The power required for fabrication & erection shall be provided by purchaser on actual cost basis. All
necessary cables for power connection including the LED tubes, LED bulbs, LED flood lights and
fixtures etc., shall arranged by the seller on their own cost.
26.0 RIGHTS UNDER THE AGREEMENT
Unless otherwise specifically agreed, any concession shown by the parties to the Agreement to one
another shall not prejudice their individual rights under this Agreement.
27.0 GROUNDS ENTITLING THE SELLER FOR EXTENSION OF TIME FOR DELIVERY OF
THE MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT
The seller shall not be entitled to any extension of time mentioned in Clause 5.1 for any reason
whatsoever expecting the following:
27.1 If the purchaser expressly in writing for the supply and/or execution of the work by the seller to be
suspended for a substantial period of time for no fault of the seller, the seller shall be entitled to a
reasonable extension of time.
27.2 If the purchaser fail to fulfil the responsibility as detailed at clause 10.0 for a substantial period the
seller shall be entitled to a reasonable extension of time.
27.3 If the purchaser fails to make financial arrangements as detailed at Clause 14.0 for making payments
for a substantial period, the seller shall be entitled to a reasonable extension of time, provided the seller
have complied with all contractual obligations which have become due up to that time.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 56
27.4 The seller shall be entitled to a reasonable extension of time due to Force Majeure Clause 13.0 of this
Agreement.
27.5 If the purchaser fails to make payment of advance to the seller within the time stipulated in this
agreement and the seller have fulfilled all their due contractual obligations, the extension of time as
may be mutually agreed upon will be granted to the seller by the purchaser.
28.0 POWER TO CLOSE WORK
28.1 If at any time after signing this agreement, the Purchaser shall, in order to comply with any directives
of the Government of Haryana not require the whole or any part of the work relating to designing,
preparing engineering lay out, manufacturing, procuring, supplying of the proposed said distillery Plant
under the terms of this agreement , to be carried out, the purchaser shall give notice in writing of the
fact to the sellers who shall have no claim to any payment by way of compensation or otherwise on
account of any profit or advantage which they might have derived from the execution of the said work
in full but which they could not derive in consequence of the giving up of the work before completion.
The sellers shall be paid at contract rates for the full amount of work, any labour and material
collected at site or arrangement made for execution of the work which could not be utilised either fully
or partially on the work on account of the giving up of work as aforesaid. Where partial utilisations of
material and arrangements as aforesaid have been made, the payment will be made in proportion to the
value of the work done to the satisfaction of the purchaser to the value of the whole work covered by
the contract.
In the event of the closing of the work as above the sellers undertake to refund within 120 days all
outstanding unutilised and unadjusted amount of the advance payment, if any, thereafter with interest
at the lending rate of banks prevailing at that time.
28.2 Termination of Contract
The Purchaser reserves the right to terminate the whole or part of this Contract due to any or all the following
conditions :
28.2.1 If the Seller assigns the contract, or sub-let the whole of the Contract without the consent of
the Purchaser and Sellers has failed or refused to take remedial steps, or the Purchaser shall
certify that the Sellers:
a) Has abandoned the contract, or
b) has without reasonable excuse suspended performance of the contract for 30 days after
receiving from the Purchaser written notice to proceed, or
c) Despite previous warnings in writing from the Purchaser is not
manufacturing/supplying/erecting the Plant and equipment in accordance with the Contract,
or is failing to proceed with due diligence or is neglecting to carry out his obligations so as to
affect adversely the Performance of the Contract.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 57
28.2.2 The Purchaser may give 21 days’ notice to the Sellers of its intention to proceed in accordance with
the provisions of this Clause. Upon the expiry of such notice the Purchaser may without prejudice to
any other remedy under the contract and without affecting the rights and powers conferred by the
contract on the Purchaser, terminate the Contract. Upon such termination the Purchaser shall be
entitled to purchase Plant and equipment in substitution for the Plant and equipment or may itself
complete the Plant and equipment, in which event the Sellers shall deliver the Plant and equipment in
its then state to the Purchaser or as the Purchaser may direct, at the Sellers’s expense.
28.2.3 As soon as practicable after the Purchaser has terminated the Contract the Purchaser shall, by or after
reference to the Parties and after making such enquiries as he thinks fit, determine the amount then
due to the Sellers as at the date of termination and certify the amount thereof. The amount so certified
is herein called ‘Termination Value’.
28.2.4 Payment and termination - The Purchaser shall not be liable to make any further payments to the
Sellers until the costs of completing the Plant and equipment or obtaining substitute Plant and
equipment elsewhere and all other expenses incurred by the Purchaser have been ascertained and the
amount payable certified by the Purchaser (herein called ‘the Cost of Completion’). If the Cost of
Completion when added to the total amounts already paid to the Contract as at the date of termination
exceeds the total amount which the Purchaser certifies would have been payable to the Sellers under
the Contract on completion the Purchaser shall certify such excess and the Sellers shall upon demand
pay to the Purchaser the amount of such excess. Any such excess shall be deemed a debt due by the
Sellers to the Purchaser and shall be recoverable accordingly. If there is no such excess the Sellers
shall be entitled to be paid the difference (if any) between the Termination Value and the total of all
payments received by the Sellers as at the date of termination.
28.2.5 If the Purchaser have any information that the Seller has become bankrupt or insolvent, or have a
receiving order made against him, or compound with his creditors, or being a corporation commence
to be would up, not being a members’ voluntary winding up for the purpose or amalgamation or
reconstruction, or have an administration order made against him or carry on his business under an
administrator or a receiver or manager for the benefit of his creditors or any of them, the Purchaser
may be entitled to:
a) To terminate the Contract forthwith by 21 days’ notice to the Sellers or to the receiver,
manager, administrator or liquidator or to any person in whom the contract may become
vested, or
b) To give such receiver, manager, administrator or liquidator or other person the option of
carrying out the Contract subject to his providing a guarantee for the due and faithful
performance of the Contract up to an amount to be agreed.
29 TEMPORARY SUSPENSION
29.1 Purchaser may at any time temporarily suspend or stop the execution of the contract or any part
thereof by notice in writing to contactor. All works so suspended or stopped shall be resumed by the
seller based on a schedule to be mutually agreed upon between the Purchaser and the Seller.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 58
29.2 Purchaser will not pay the seller for any work which is performed during such an interval of
suspension/stoppage the purchaser shall not be liable to the seller for any damage or loss caused by
suspension/stoppage of work.
30. CANCELLATION OF CONTRACT
30.1 The purchaser may, at its option and without prejudice to its rights under the contract, cancel the
contract either in full or in part at any time by simple written notice to the seller in case of the seller’s
non-compliance with the various obligations/responsibilities undertaken by him under the contract and
more particularly in case of any of the following circumstances. If the seller shall become bankrupt or
insolvent; or assign or sublet the contract without prior approval or any part thereof, or abandon the
contract ; or without reasonable cause fail to commence execution of the contract within the stipulated
period or suspend the progress of the execution of the contract after receiving written notice from the
purchaser to proceed; or fail to proceed with the execution of the contract with due diligence according
to the agreed time schedule; or if during the work, it appears that the design, specifications,
recommendations or supplies provided by seller do not conform to good engineering or
fabrication/manufacturing practices; or fail to employ competent staff and labour; or disregarded the
instructions of the purchaser in relation to the execution of the contract; or fail to execute the contract
in accordance with the agreed terms or neglect to carry out his obligations and responsibilities under
the contract.
30.2 In case of cancellation of the unexecuted portion of the contract in part, seller shall continue
performance of the contract to the extent not cancelled by the purchaser. In case of cancellation of the
unexecuted portion of the contract in full, the seller shall immediately stop all work in the contract. The
purchaser shall be at liberty to obtain the balance of the Equipment/part thereof without prejudice from
any other agency and also carry out the residual portion of the services with its own personnel and/or
through any other agency even if it be in excess of the original contract price, at the risk and cost of the
seller.
30.3 In addition to the rights provided under this Clause, the purchaser may exercise any other rights or
remedies provided by Law or under the contract for any breach or default of seller.
31 WAIVER
Failure on any occasion of either party to insist upon strict adherence to any of the provisions of the
contract or to enforce any of his rights under the contract or to report to or enforce any of his rights
under the Laws shall not be construed to be waiver of such provisions or right in any manner. A
waiver by either party shall not be effective unless given in writing. An effective waiver shall not
extend to or affect any provision or right not expressly waived nor shall an effective waiver on one
occasion operate as a waiver of any provision or right in the event of the occurrence on a future
occasion of the same cause which gave rise to such effective waiver.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 59
32 AMOUNTS DUE FROM THE SELLER
32.1 Any and all costs, charges, damages or expenses which the purchaser may have paid for which the
seller is liable under the contract shall be recovered/ adjusted by the purchaser from any money due
or becoming due by the purchaser to the seller under the contract or from any other contract which
purchaser may have entered into with the seller..
32.2 In the event of recovery/ adjustment to the extent necessary becoming impossible owing to
insufficient amount realizable by the purchaser on enforcement of the Performance Bank Guarantee
and the amounts already withheld, the balance amount due with the seller shall be recovered by
action of Law or in any other manner as the purchaser may deem fit.
33 DEATH, BANKRUPTCY ETC.
If the sellers shall die or commit any act of bankruptcy, or being a corporation commenced to be
wound up except for re-construction purposes or carry on its business under a Receiver, the
executors, successors, or other representatives in law of the state of the sellers or any such receiver,
liquidator, or any person in whom the contract may become vested shall forthwith give notice thereof
in writing to the purchasers and shall for one month during which he shall take all reasonable steps to
present stoppage of the execution of this contract have the option of carrying out the contract subject
to his or their providing such guarantee as may be required by the purchaser but not exceeding the
value of the distillery Plant for the time being remaining unexecuted. In the event of stoppage of the
manufacturer of the distillery Plant the period of the option under this clause shall be 14 days only.
Provided that, should the above optioned not be exercised, the contact may be determined by the
purchaser by notice in writing to the sellers and the purchasers may exercise the same power which
they could exercise and will have the same rights which they would have under the clause 21 if the
work had been taken out of the sellers hands under the clause. Further the claims of the purchaser
shall be preferred over the claims of other secured and unsecured creditors.
34. PARTIES TO INFORM THEMSELVES FULLY
Either Party shall be deemed to have noted that time is the essence of the contract and have carefully
examined and satisfied themselves as to the terms and conditions, specifications, schedules,
appendices and drawings etc. mentioned in Annexure -XI, other formats and appendices attached to
this Agreement.
35 EFFECT AND JURISDICTION OF THE CONTRACT
35.1 The laws applicable to this contract shall be the laws in force in India.
For the purpose of jurisdiction, the courts at Chandigarh / Kurukshetra have the jurisdiction to
entertain suit or legal proceedings arising of this contract, subject to the arbitration clause 19 under
this contract.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 60
36 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
The liquidated damages and replacement shall be limited to the Performance Guarantee under Clause
16.1(iii) of this Agreement and the Warranty under Clause 23.0 of this Agreement and beyond this,
the Purchaser shall have no right to any other claims.
37 COMPLETION OF CONTRACT
Unless otherwise terminated under the provisions of any other relevant clause(s), the Contract shall
be deemed to have been completed at the expiration of the warranty period as provided for under the
warranty clause.
38. This Agreement including the Annexure, formats and appendices annexed hereto has been executed
in two copies, the original remains with the purchaser and the second copy will remain with the
Seller. By signing this Agreement, both the parties -the purchaser and the seller agree to abide by its
Clauses. Any alterations amendments or changes in this Agreement or its Annexure etc. will be valid
only if agreed to by and between the purchaser and the seller in writing.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 61
39. This document consists of the following Annexure:-
Annexure – I : Scope of Work
Annexure – II : Technical Specifications
Annexure – III : General Engineering Specifications
Annexure – IV : General Specifications & Standards
Annexure – V : Electricals & Instrumentation & Automation
Annexure – VI : Performance Parameters
Annexure – VII : Price Breakup of various equipment for cash flow and delivery schedules
Annexure – VIII : List of Approved Suppliers
Annexure – IX : Inspection Procedure
Annexure – X : Parameters for Inspection of Manufacture’s work
Annexure – XI : Schedule of submission of drawings, Manual & Other Documents
Annexure – XII : Performance Certificates
Annexure – XIII : Draft of Bank Gaurantee against advance payments
Annexure – XIV : Draft of Bank Gaurantee for timely delivery
Annexure – XV : Bank Gaurantee for Performance
Annexure – XVI : Guidelines
Annexure-XVII : Specification Of Foundations And Buildings
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 62
ANNEXURE I
SCOPE OF WORK
1. Design, manufacturing, procurement, supply, erection & commissioning upto satisfactory performance as per
given parameters as mentioned in Annexure–VI of this agreement for Molasses based 60 KLPD Ethanol Plant,
2.5 MW captive power plant, 20 TPH slop fired incineration Boiler, 30 TPD Carbon Dioxide, along with
various other auxiliary plants and all civil works including relevant factory and non-factory buildings &
structures on Turnkey Basis complete in all respects. The capacity, efficiency and performance of the said
plant & individual units should be guaranteed as per performance parameters for individual items/guarantees.
2. All the machinery and equipments supplied should be brand new of latest design, fabricated as per ISI
Standard and tested construction of first class material and workmanship along with material test certificates
including bought out items according to technical specifications and as per given Engineering standards (of
tender document) for construction material and latest design model.
3. The work is to be executed as per the terms & conditions stipulated in the tender document and this
Agreement.
4. Scope of Supply includes all the necessary equipments, plant & machinery with structural staging, platforms,
approach ladders, walkway, sheds, supports of every section and the various civil works, buildings etc.,
electrical, instrumentation duly coated with protective paints both internally and externally and insulation
as applicable. This also includes other tools & tackles required for the fabrication, erection at site and
adequate manpower quite conversant with the fabrication & erection work of such plant and machinery at
site. It also includes:
i) All spare parts required for erection and commissioning. ii) Spare parts required for 24 months of trouble free operation from the date of start of commercial
production.
iii) Special tool and tackles required for operation and maintenance, inspection and repair of the
equipment/systems offered.
iv) Painting, Lagging and cladding of new machinery.
5. All foundation bolts, foundation wedges, alignment packings, liners etc. are also included in the scope of
supply.
6. After the finalization of the order, the supplier will prepare all civil works and civil foundations, structural
and the detailed fabrication drawings and loading data of each and every plant & machinery, piping,
electrical cabling, instrumentation, circuit drawing, layout drawing, isometric drawings, equipment layout
drawings, elevation drawings for approval from Purchaser as well as by concerned Govt. Authority and
shall be submitted well in advance to purchaser for prior examination and approval thereof.
7. All the consumables required for erection & commissioning like gas, all types of welding/ brazing or soldering
rods, emery papers, grinding paste, hold lights, graphite, Kerosene Oil, Rustburg, back joints, steam
packings etc. are also included in the scope of supply.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 63
8. All types of tools & tackles like hoisting tools, chain blocks, pulleys, wire rope hooks, tube
expanders, hydraulic pumps and all special tools etc. shall be arranged by supplier. All staff including
engineers, technicians, skilled, unskilled workers, Khalasi required for loading/unloading, fabrication,
erection, testing and trials etc. shall be arranged by supplier. The machinery & other equipments delivered at
site should be properly stored at site. The transportation of machinery and equipments from the stored place to
their respective position shall also be in the scope of supplier.
9. The supplier should also need to complete all associated electrical, mechanical, DSC/PLC system,
instrumentation work including all control room required for installation, commissioning of entire
equipment and proving performance at site within 11 months from the effective date.
10. The supplier will be responsible for providing an efficient, reliable and state of art technology equipments.
The specifications in this agreement, attempt to define the scope and specifications. However, the onus of
providing the appropriate equipment and auxiliaries for successful commissioning, operation and proving
performance entirely rests with the supplier.
11. All civil works including constructions of foundations, factory and non-factory buildings, Molasses tank,
RCC Chimney and all factory related civil works, offices, factory boundary, internal roads, drainage etc.
and shifting of waste(if any) to designated place as per technical specifications shall be in the scope of
supplier.
12. To carry out operation, repair and maintenance of plant and machinery of 60 KLPD Ethanol plant with
Boiler, Turbine and ZLD system including Co2 liquefaction plant for two years in accordance with terms
and condition as detailed under “Draft Agreement for Operation & Maintenance”.
13. Supplies and services within the scope shall rendered inclusive of all appliances and interconnecting
arrangements necessary for installation of all accessories and for satisfactory operation, maintenance and
repair.
14. The scope of supply shall include all necessary work and supply of equipment and material whether
mentioned in these specifications or not, but which are necessary for the satisfactory, reliable, safe and
easy operation, maintenance and also reqired for achieving guaranteed performance parameters.
15. Design and drawing of machinery foundation, building and all other related civil works shall be in the
scope of supplier. Supplier should provide all drawings duly signed by authorised person to purchaser for
vetting and approval.
16. Services- Design and Engineering:
16.1 Preparation of design, calculations and detailed drawings.
16.2 Preparation of load data, coordinating drawings etc. along with foundation drawing to purchaser for the purpose of approval of design and construction of machinery foundations.
16.3 Preparation of Price Break-up, Billing Schedule, Delivery Schedule, Time Schedule for preparation of foundations.
16.4 Preparation of Bills of Quantity. 16.5 Preparation of manufacturing drawings. 16.6 Preparation of quality assurance and inspection plans and implementation schedule. 16.7 Preparation of schedule for site testing and commissioning including system auditing. 16.8 General layout and machinery layout.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 64
17. Plant and machinery shall be under roof except storage warehouse. No other unit shall be outside in open
Roofing except in non plant machinery will be done by colour coated sheets with transparent sheets, laouvers etc. as per I.S. specifications.
18. Air & Effluent treatment Plant with online monitoring system shall be in the scope of supplier as per requirement of Centre and State Pollution Control Boards of India including statutory approvals from pollution control boards.
19. Erection & Commissioning
� Unloading, unpacking, shifting to locations, positioning, aligning and fixing of equipment which are
included in contract. � Pre-commissioning checks. � Commissioning, testing and trials runs and performance proving � Completion of documentation and records.
20. Testing of materials shall be carried out in Government authorized laboratories apart from manufacturer’s laboratories at the cost of the seller.
21. Inspections / Review Meetings
Making the arrangements for periodical and final inspection of all major equipment at own or sub-contractor’s works.Attending the periodical review meetings at site or at the agreed locations.
22. While preparing the delivery schedule, the Seller shall ensure that the machinery and equipment are delivered in sequence of priority for erection so that the items which are to be erected first as per erection schedule shall be sent first and with the same order of priority the progress of delivery shall be maintained thereafter accordingly. It shall be the responsibility of supplier to supervise the constructions of foundations in the same order so that the smooth erection work is carried out.
23. The performance of the plant and machinery shall have to be demonstrated as per details given in
Annexure – VI of this agreement. 24. Provided further that in case the Purchaser requires any additional items related to the machinery &
equipment or ask for any major changes in the specifications as given in Annexure-I to V and XVII forming part of this Agreement, the Seller hereby agree to make such supplies, additions, modifications, alterations or changes and the purchaser shall bear the cost of the same.
25. The makes of the critical equipments to be supplied by the Seller will be strictly according to the
alternative given in the Annexure VIII. 26. The Seller shall furnish month-wise (approx.) money requirement towards supply of machinery and
equipment within one month from the date of signing of this Agreement. 27. The ethanol plant is to be commissioned on the desired date finalized by the purchaser without any price
escalation. The price and date of delivery and commissioning of the machinery is firm. 28. The makes of the critical equipments can be changed on the request of Seller and after approval of the
purchaser
29. Project In charge: Supplier will retain a qualified, experienced and responsible project
engineer/manager to supervise the installation and erection/ commissioning of the plant at site.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 65
30. Training of the purchaser’s personnel: Supplier shall arrange to train the purchaser’s personnel in the
process, operation and maintenance of the plant being set up under the agreement at supplier’s cost.
31. After sales Services: Supplier will provide routine operation, field review and training updates. Supplier
will also provide a qualified field staff to review unit operations and provide additional on-site training on
demand by purchaser.
32. All equipments including bought out items shall be offered for inspection before dispatch.
33. The supplier shall prepare and submit to purchaser the time schedule as per PERT/CPM chart. Supplier
s h o u l d ensure that it will maintain the time schedule as per the chart. The equipment delivery shall
strictly be in the order of priority as per erection requirements.
34. All materials of construction and fabrication shall be as per relevant ASME / ASA / AISI/ ASTM
/ANSI /BS /IS / Standards and acceptable equivalent standards referred to in the Technical
Specifications herein and in the tender document. They should also comply with standard and good
engineering practices acceptable to the Purchaser and its expert consultant.
35. The supplier shall be fully responsible for any mishaps/casualty/fatal accidents of their employees during
the contract period of project. The Shahabad Coop Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M), Distt. Kurukshetra
shall not be responsible at all for such mishaps whatsoever. The supplier shall also be fully responsible for
any mishaps/casualty/fatal accidents of purchaser employees/machinery during erection and
commissioning.
36. Final layout plan for plant & machinery has to be provided by the supplier within 15 days period after signing
of Agreement of Contract.
37. Plant, Yard and Street Lighting (only LED) within the Ethanol complex are in the scope of supply.
38. Appropriate and approved fire fighting system including Foam system and other accessories such as
electronically driven pumps, jockey pumps, diesel driven pumps, hydrant valves, RRL, hose pipes, MS
pipes, hose boxes, hose reel, drum etc. complete in all respect, and all types of fire extinguishers as per
safety norms are also in the scope of supply. Fire fighting system should be as per the OSD-117 norms and cover all areas where alcohol is
produced, handled and stored along with the fuel storage yard. Provision of foam system for fire fighting
should be made to control fire from the alcohol storage tank.
39. Any equipment, devices or material or services even if not included in specifications or specifically mentioned in the scope but found necessary for the safe and satisfactory functioning of the unit, shall deemed be in the scope of the seller at no extra cost to the purchaser, as though, such equipment, material or work were originally specified and formed part of the scope of work.
40. Any other items or activities not specifically mentioned in the scope of work and equipment list and required
for completion of project are in the scope of work.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 66
Following shall also be in the scope of supply:-
41. Painting – General and as per Central and Excise rules. (if any).
All steel structures shall be given red oxide primer coating followed by appropriate final coating.
42. Railings and staircases, wherever required as per the factory act., duly coated.
43. First filling of lubricants: It shall include oils, grease and oil used for all the equipment, wherever
required.
44. All designs with respect to civil, structures, tank foundations etc. should follow the standard code practice
for earth quake resistant designs viz. as per IS 1893.
45. First oil filling of transformers.
46. Insulation, lagging with aluminium cladding wherever necessary, earthing, lightening arrester, flame proof
connections/lighting arrangement (LED only) as per the rules in Ethanol Plant.
47. List of Equipments (Annexure-II) is also within scope of supply.
48. CCTV cameras for supervision in the complete Ethanol plant shall also be in the scope of supplier as per
specification in the annexures.
49. All internal roads, boundary walls, technical and admin buildings are in the scope of supplier.
50. It also includes assisting and furnishing required information/document to the purchaser for obtaining
necessary approvals required for setting up of distillery plant and machineries from Haryana Excise
department, Approval of drawings and licence from Petroleum and Explosive Safety Organization
(PESO) for Ethanol Storage and issue system and NOCs from Haryana excise, pollution control board
etc. However all approvals/NOC’s required for Directorate of boilers, Electrical and factory inspector
etc. will be exclusively in the scope of seller.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 67
ANNEXURE –II
Technical Specifications of Plant & Machinery Comprising Process Plant for Ethanol from Molasses,
Steam Generation & Power Plant, Effluent Treatment Plant, Carbon Dioxide Plant & Other Utilities,
to Produce :
60 KLPD Ethanol from Molasses & 30 TPD liquid carbon dioxide plant along with Effluent Treatment Plant to give
zero effluent discharge comprising the following :
Multi effect Evaporator for spent wash
20 TPH Slops incineration boiler, condensate and waste water purification and reclamation plant.
30TPD Carbon dioxide plant.
2.5 MW Power plant
Condensate Treatment Unit (CTU)
Clean in place (CIP) for process plant equipment is to be provided so as to maintain good working conditions in the
distillation and evaporation plant cleaning schedules of continuous operation process plants.
1. PROCESS DESCRIPTION
The proposed Ethanol plant is to produce ethanol in wash to ethanol mode having fed-batch fermentation system ,
MPR distillation ,online MSDH plant and stand alone five effect evaporation plant together with 30 TPD co2 recovery
plant.
1.1 Rectified Spirit
Rectified spirit production is by fermentation of molasses using sachramyces cervisiae or equivalent yeast
developed from slant supplied by vendor. Fermentation process shall be Fed- batch mode to get 9.5% v/v
alcohol in the wash. Total fermentation comprises yeast development from strain in about three stages
followed by prefermenter stage and then final fermentation. At the end of fermentation, the wash, after
due sepa ra t i on of s l udge th r ough a cen tr i fuga l decan t er is pumped to distillation section to
recover alcohol as Rectified Spirit of minimum 95% v/v strength and impure spirit. The impurities are
removed as Heads/Technical spirit/Impure spirit. Distillation operation is conducted in multi pressure
vacuum distillation mode in order to keep the temperatures low and also conserve on steam consumption.
Adequate condenser capacities along with vent absorber shall be provided in order to eliminate alcohol
losses. Products of distillation are fed to MSDH plant through a buffer tank.
1.2 Absolute Alcohol ( Ethanol )
Production of Absolute alcohol (99.9%v/v) from Rectified spirit of 95%v/v strength is done by
dehydration in molecular sieve beds where moisture is trapped while releasing water free alcohol. This
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 68
process called adsorption is basically batch operation and the sieve bed is regenerated by flushing with
pure alcohol vapours. Alcohol is recovered from the tower exhaust by rectification in recovery column where
water is ultimately rejected .The whole operation is made continuous by providing two or more towers
functioning in cyclic mode. The product vapours from molecular sieve beds are condensed, cooled and
transferred to storage via day receivers.
1.3 Carbon Dioxide recovery
Carbon Dioxide (CO2), evolved from fermentation step in the production of alcohol, is scrubbed in packed
towers to remove the minor impurities and compressed to 18 ata after duly removing the moisture,
purifying and deodorizing to the desired level,( in stages ) and cooled and condensed to get liquid carbon
dioxide using a refrigerant , preferably Ammonia. The liquid carbon dioxide is further purified in a
stripping column to get 99.9% pure, food grade as the final product and stored in bullet under cryogenic
conditions.
1.4 Captive Power plant
The Ethanol Plant is equipped with a captive power plant through the process steam generating plant and
turbo alternator. Steam is generated at 45 ata pressure and 410 deg. C in a steam boiler using concentrated
spent wash (Slops),coal and bio mass (bagasse or rice husk ) as fuels. Capacity of the boiler is 20 TPH.
Steam is expanded in a back pressure multi stage turbine connected to a 2.5 MW alternator. Exhaust steam
goes to process and duly returned to boiler as condensate.
1.5 Evaporation plant
As mentioned above spent wash from distillation is used as fuel in the boiler. In this context spent wash is
concentrated from approximately 12% TDS to 60 % TDS to be able to fire the same as liquid fuel in the
boiler. This concentration is done in a quintuple effect evaporation plant either as a stand alone or
integrated cum stand alone plant. Steam shall be available at 45 ata and saturated for stand alone system.
In the integrated evaporation, initial concentration is effected by using the primary distillation column
vapours in the distillation section.
The steam condensate from the evaporation plant is returned to boiler as feed water. The process condensate
from the evaporators is duly treated for removing the BOD/COD to be suitable for recirculation to
process steps including Boiler.
1.6 Controls
The control system shall include the following instrumentation for the process plant and the other plants.
These are further detailed in individual sections of equipment specifications.
Fermentation parameters measurement and controls
Distillation plants parameters measurement ,recording /indicating and controls
CO2 plant instrumentation for measurement , recording and controls
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 69
Boiler instrumentation for measurement , indication and recording and controls
Turbine instrumentation for measurement ,indication, recording and controls
Evaporation plant control
On / Off indicators for pump, blowers etc
Safety systems and alarms
Following facilities shall be provided in the control panel:
PID Control
Trends for parameters
Set point control
Over view
Alarm summary
History and trends
The various displays (Plant mimics) shall be available for the operation using keys on the computer keyboard
and shall also be made available on the group/area overview page. The operator shall select any particular loop
from the overview page or by typing a tag number.
The report can be made available on hourly/shift basis and this will be available on the background (non-
controlling screen). The operator shall be able to parallel control the plant and observe the real time trend,
dynamic graphics etc.
Based on sampling for the real time trend and historical trend as defined by the operator.
The system shall be designed to carry out various operations in the distillation and fermentation section
effectively in an operator friendly manner. The system shall be located in the control room and shall comprise of
the following:-
Intel Core I-7 Processor, 3.2 GHZ, 4 GB RAM PC (All in One) with each
* 2 TB hard disc & 52X CD/DVD R/W drive.
* 2 N Serial Ports – 1 parallel port and 1 Mouse
* 1 N 24”inch LED color monitor
* 3 USB Ports, 2 Nos. Ethernet ports
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 70
* 1 No. color Laser printer
* 1 N Wireless (keyboard/Mouse)
*1 No. PLC/DCS System panel floor mounted, powder coated consisting of:
* I/O Rack 1 set * Digital I/P modules 1 set * Digital O/P modules 1 set
* Analog I/P modules 1 set * Analog O/P modules 1 set * Power supply modules 1 set * Processor Modules /CPU 1 No.
The PLC/DCS System panel shall be complete in respect of mounting, wiring and testing of PLC/DCS System
hardware.
2 EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS:
2.0 The specifications are indicative and shall be confirmed by supplier. The seller shall supply all the
equipments/machineries or any other items required for smooth and trouble free operation of the plant to achieve
the performance parameters even if the same is not mentioned in the specifications. Such items are deemed to
have been included in the specifications.
2.1 RECTIFIED SPIRIT PLANT
2.1.1. Fermentation Section:
A. Molasses Weighing Section
S. No.
Particulars
Capacity
M.O.C.
Dim./Thk (mm) straight; bottom;
top
Qty
Remark
1
Molasses day
storage tank 250 MT/
M.S.
6 / 6 / 6
1 No.
2
Automatic
Weighing system for molasses
with duplex
Strainer
10 MT/Hr
M.S., Load Cell
type
___
1 No.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 71
3
Molasses
weighing
(receiving) tank
5 M3
M.S.
6 / 6
1 No
4
Weighed
molasses tank /
Molasses feed
tank
100 M3
M.S.
8 / 8 Vertical, Cylindrical, Flat bottom, open
top
1 No.
5. Molasses
unloading pits
RCC with MS
tank insert
80 ton
B. Process equipment
S. No.
Particulars
Capacity
M.O.C.
Dia
m./Thk
(mm)
S/B/T
Qty
Remark
1.
Molasses magnetic flow meter with
totalizer
Suitable 15
T/hr.
capacity
__
__
1Nos. with
each
fermenter
and
prefermenter.
-------
2.
Molasses diluter for pre-fermenter & fermenter (static
mixer with non- clogging mixing
element)
------
SS-304
Pipe with
mixing
element
3mm
* Pipe
Sch.10
element
3mm
01 Nos. for
each for PF
and FER.
-----
3.
2 train of Yeast propagation vessels
cylindrical / vertical, dish ends (Culture vessels) – I, II, III in each
train with sterilizing, cooling and air sparging arrangement, sight and
light glass & other necessary
fittings.
I-0.5 M3
II-1.5 M3
III-7.5 M3
SS-304
3 mm
shell and 4
mm dish.
one each
4.
Pre-fermenter cylindrical, vertical,
dish ends with external PHE, air
sparging arrangement & necessary
fittings such as sight & light
glasses, manhole, relief valves temp.
measuring systems, etc; with 360
degree rotating pressure jet type
cleaning system
IV-45 M3
V-45 M3
S.S 304
4mm shell
5 mm
bottom
2
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 72
5.
Fermenters, Type cylindrical
/vertical shell with conical top and
sloping bottom. with agitator
assembly, sight and light glass,
manholes, level indicators,
mechanical pressure relief device
with 360 degree rotating pressure
jet type cleaning system & other necessary fittings &
nozzles. Type cylindrical /vertical
shell with conical top and sloping
bottom
350 M3
each
304 S.S.
Duly
reinforced
4 Nos.
6.
CO2 scrubber & internals 6 trays
with 250 mm plate spacing
* mm dia
304 S.S.
3 mm shell 4 mm dish
ends 2 mm
plates
1 No.
Tray type
absorber.
7. Centrifugal decanter Capacity
20 KLPH
02 Nos
8
Wash holding tank, vertical
,cylindrical, closed top
50 m3
Carbon
steel
epoxy
8/8/6
epoxy
1No.
Sloping
bottom
C. Other tanks & receivers S. No
Particulars Capacity M.O.C
Dim/Thk/(mm) /
S/B/T Qty Remark
1
Tank for antifoam agent
2.0 M3
MS
6/6/6
1 No
2.
Nutrient mixing tank
with agitator, gear box
and motor
2.5 M
SS-304
3/3/3
1 No
3 Conc. Acid Tank 3 M3 MS 8 x 8 x 8 1 No.
4. Acid dosing tank 1 M3 SS-304 3 thk 1 No.
5.
Biocide / Additive tank
with agitator 1 M
3
SS-304
3 thk
1 No
6.
Cleaning – in – place
tank
10 M3
SS-304
3 thk
2 No
D.
Process pumps (with motor)
S. No
Particulars
M.O.C
Capacity
Head in MLC
HP/
KW
QTY
Remark
1.
Molasses pump from
unloading pit to storage
tanks
Body – CI
Other wetted
parts SS-304
20 MT/h
* 2 + 1
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 73
2.
Molasses transfer Pump
from main tank today
storage tank, Rotary,
Sino pump
Body – CI
Other wetted
parts SS-304
20 MT/hr
*
*
1 + 1 Nos
3.
Molasses feed pump
from day tank to
Weighing section
Body – CI
Other wetted
parts SS-304
20
MT/hr.
*
*
1+1
Nos
4
Molasses feed pump
from Weighing section
to diluter Rotary, Sino pump
Body – CI
Other wetted
parts SS-304
20
MT/hr.
*
*
1+1
5
Fermenter wash
circulation pumps for
cooling, Type - Centrifugal
Body – CI
Other wetted
parts SS-304
300m3/hr
*
*
4+1
Nos.
1 pump for each
fermenter with one
common stand by.
6
Pre-fermenter wash
circulation for cooling
cum transfer Type – Centrifugal
Body – CI
Other wetted
parts SS-304
50 m3/hr
*
*
2+1
Nos
1 pump for each
prefermenter with
one common stand
by. 7
Wash transfer pump
from fermenter to
decanter Type-
Centrifugal
Body – CI
Other wetted
parts SS-304
20 m3/hr. *
*
1+1
Nos
In case of wash
clarification.
8. Clear wash transfer
pump from decanter to
wash holding tank
Body – CI
Other wetted
parts SS-304
20 m3/hr 1+1
9
C.I.P. pump . Type-
Centrifugal SS – 304
*
*
*
1+1
Nos
10
Process water pump
Body CI
Shaft &
impeller
SS304
200
M3/hr
*
*
1+1
Nos
11
Antifoam agent Pump
Type: centrifugal /
plunger / gear /
diaphragm.
SS – 304
3 M3/hr
1+1
Nos
12
Nutrient dosing pump.
Type- plunger. SS – 304
1 M
3/hr
1+1
no.
13
Acid dosing pump.
PTFE
2 M
3/hr
1+1
no.
14
Biocide/Additive dosing
SS – 304
1 M
3/hr 1+1
Pump. Type- plunger.
Nos
15
Wash transfer pump
Type : Centrifugal SS – 304
/CF-8 38 M3/hr
*
*
1
No.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 74
Note- All molasses pumps should be provided with suitable traps of same material of construction.
E.
Plate Heat Exchanger
S. No
Particulars
H.T.A. M2
M.O.C.
No. Size &
thickness of
plate
Qty
Remark
1.
Fermenter wash cooler
*
Plate-SS-304 Frame – MS
*
4
PTH
2.
Pre fermenter Cooler
*
Plate SS -304 Frame – MS
*
2
F.
Miscellaneous
Sr No
Particulars
Capacity
M.O.C.
Dim./ Thk
Qty
Remark
1.
Air Blower with motor: Water ring type
*
Body-CI
----
1+1
Nos.
Oil free
2.
Strainer for dil. Molasses
*
SS- 304
1 no
Duplex
3.
Air filters (Bacteria proof.)
*
Corrugated
HEPA: type
Frame-MS
2 Nos
4 Acid dilution mixer * FRP/PVC 1 No G.
Piping & Valves
Sr No Particulars M.O.C. Class Remark 1
Piping
General piping
Molasses Process & cooling water
Air C02 Fermented wash
Biocide Acid
Steam
CS
CS
CS
CS
CS SS-304
SS-304
P.P.
CS
IS-1239
‘C’ class
C class ----DO---
---DO--- -
-
- ERW/IBR
For SS-304, Piping-Up to 2” Sch 10 &
above that Sch 5.
2.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
Valves –
Molasses
Fermented wash Process & cooling water,
Air C02
Biocide
Acid
CS SS-304
CS CS
CS
PP
PP
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 75
2.2 DISTILLATION SECTION (RECTIFIED SPIRIT AND ABSOLUTE ALCOHOL)
2.2.1 Rectified Spirit Section.
A. Columns
S. NO
Title of Equipment
Dia MM
Moc
No.of plates/
type/ spacing
(mm)
THK Shell/ Plate/
Cap
Qty
Remarks
1 Analyzer column
*
SS-304
22 /tunnel/grid
750
5/3/2.0
1
Insulated
2 Degasifying column
*
SS-304
6/ tunnel/ 750
4/2.5/2.0
1
Insulated
3 Rectifying cum exhaust column
*
SS-304
72/bubble
cap/300
5/3.0/2.0
1
Insulated
4 Heads or aldehyde column
*
SS-304
45/bubble
cap/250 4/2.5/ 2
1
Insulated
5 Alcohol Scrubber
*
SS-304
6 sieve type tray
250 mm 3/2.5
1No
B.
Condensers /Coolers / Re-boilers
S. No.
Particulars
HTA
(M2)
MOC
Shell/TU
BE
Thk.tube, OD (mm)& Tube length(m)
Thk.
Shell
(mm)
Qty
Remark
1 Rectifier PCV Condenser * SS-304 25.4/1.2/3 3mm 1No 2 Analyzer Column Condenser (
beer heater) *
SS-304
1.2/3
3mm
1No.
3 Analyzer Vent Condenser * SS-304 25.4/1.2/3 3mm 1 no. 4 Aldehyde column Condenser I
SS 304
SS-304
25.4/1.2/3
3mm
1No
5 Aldehyde Colum codenser II
SS-304
SS 304
25.4/1.2/3
3mm
1No.
6 Analyzer column re-boiler * SS-316 1.6/38.1/2.5 4mm 2Nos 7 Product cooler * Dow. Cu 25.4/1.6/3 3mm 1No 8 Fusel Oil cooler (PRC) * SS-304 25.4/1.2/3 3 mm 2Nos 9
Rectifier cum exhaust column re-
boiler *
SS-304
25.4/1.6/3
5 mm
1No
10
Fermented wash Preheater
*
SS-316
PHE, wide gap
1+1
11 Rectifier feed Preheater * SS-316 PHE 1 12
Analyzer column vapors
condenser – I *
SS-304
25.4/1.2/3
4 mm
2 Nos
13
Analyzer column vapors
condenser – II
*
SS-304
25/1.2/3
4 mm
2 Nos
14.
Heads column
*
SS-304
25.4/1.6/3
4 mm
1
15.
Heads condenser I
*
SS-304
25.4/1.2/3
1
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 76
16.
Heads condenser II
*
SS-304
25.4/1.2/3
1
17.
Impure Spirit Cooler
*
SS-304
25.4/1.2/3
1
18.
Spent Wash Cooler
*
SS-304
PHE, Wide gap
1 No.
This is in case
spent wash is
recyc-led to
fermn-ter
NOTE-
1:- ALL CONDENSERS MUST BE PROVIDED WITH VAPOUR BOTTLES OF S.S. 2:- BIDDER MAY SUGGEST ANY ADDITIONAL HEAT EXCHANGER FOR WASTE HEAT RECOVERY.
C- TANK /VESSELS MOC DIMENSION(S/B/T/) QTY
20
Fusel Oil Decanter
--
SS-304
Vertical,
Cylindrical
D=mm, * H=mm.
*
1
21.
RS draw tank
--
SS- 304
Type Vertical,
Cylindrical D= mm, * H=
mm.*
1
22
Rectifier reflux tank
--
SS- 304
Type Vertical,
Cylindrical D= mm, * H=
mm.*
1
23
Steam Condensate tank
----
M.S
Type Vertical,
Cylindrical D= mm, * H=
mm.*
1
24.
Hot Water Return tank
----
M.S
Type Vertical,
Cylindrical D= mm, * H=
mm. *
1
D
PUMPS
Particulars
Capacity
MOC
Thk./tube, OD
(mm)& Tube
length(m)
Thk.
Shell
(mm)
Qty
Remark
01
Spent wash transfer pump
Wetted part
SS304
Type Centrifugal
---
1+1
Capacity, head, H.P.
& other details to be
provided by vendor.
02
Aldehyde Reflux Transfer pump
Wetted part
SS304
Type Centrifugal
----
1+1
-----
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 77
03
FO washing transfer pump
Wetted part
SS304
Type Centrifugal
with double
Mechanical seal
----
1+1
------
04
IS transfer pump
Wetted part
SS304
Type Centrifugal
with double
Mechanical seal
----
1+1
Flame Proof Motor
05
Rectifier bottom transfer pump
Wetted part
SS304
Type Centrifugal
with double
Mechanical seal
-----
1+1
Flame Proof Motor
06
Rectifier Reflux transfer pump
Wetted part
SS304
Type Centrifugal
with double
Mechanical seal
-----
1+1
Flame Proof Motor
07
Vacuum pump
*
C.I.
Water Ring Type
----
1+1
Capacity and * max.
vac. and H.P. 08
Steam condensate transfer pump
Wettedp art
SS304
Type Centrifugal
with double
Mechanical seal
1
(Condensate *
extraction pump
H.P.)
E.
Piping Fitting & Valves
S. No
Particulars
Capacity
M.O.C.
Class
Remark
1
Piping-
Fermented Mash
Water Steam
Rectified spirit
Impure spirit
Fusel oil
Spent wash
Spent lees
SS-304
MS
CS SS-304
SS-304 SS-304
C Class
-
For SS-304 Piping upto
50 NB Sch 10 & above
that Sch. 5.
2
Valves –
Fermented wash
Water Steam
Rectified sprit
Impure spirit
Fusel oil g-Spent wash / Spentlees
SS-304
Butter fly
CS SS-304
SS-304
SS-304
SS-304
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 78
F. LABORATORY
Laboratory shall be air conditioned with suitable capacity of split type air conditioners Laboratory equipped with
fully latest equipment such as weighing balance, ovens, incubators, COD/BOD analyzers, brix hydro meters,
conductivity and viscosity meter, yeast count microscope and other required items, standards glass ware, measuring
cylinders, measuring flasks, pipettes, burettes ,titration stands etc.
Vender to supply the complete equipment required for a green field Ethanol plant. Following is a list, but not limited
to, of the representative equipment for a full fledge bio-chemical laboratory.
1. Refrigerator 300 ML
2. PH meter 0-14 Digital readout
3. Electronic balance with Tare-off facility.
4. Ordinary balancing scale with weights
5. Oven 50-300 oC, digital temp. readout
6. Scrubber 450*450*450 mm digital indication and control.
7. Auto clave: 125 oC, stainless steel with fittings, steam heated, timer etc.
8. Centrifuge 7000-8000 rpm swing out type, digital Pm indicating with tubes.
9. Magnetic stirrer boiling plate
10. Electric heating plate of 2KW
11. Laminar airflow inoculation chamber
12. Binocular Microscope
13. Water bath with lid
14. Ebuliometer
15. Hand held refractometers 2nos. each of different ranges upto 90 brix
16. Bonsai burner 3 nos.
17. Neuroses cells counting chamber
18. Sp. Gravity hydrometer upto 1500 range 3 nos. each
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 79
19. Thermometers of various ranges 50nos. each
20. Skypes hydrometers 6 nos.
21. Botanical inoculation loop holder.
22. Distilled water still.
23. Pycnometers
24. Test tube rack 4 nos.
25. Pipette canisters
26. Desiccators 2 nos.
27. Measuring Cylinder – Glass and plastic various ranges upto 2000 ml
28. Beakers flat bottom conical flasks
29. Stainless steel clamps
30. Borosel glass and plastic, various sizes
31. Glass capillaries 0.5 mm
32. Distillation assembly for all 6 nos. with round bottom flask, heating masks, Liepzi, condensers 6 sets
33. Buckman filters
34. Funnels
35. Glass rods
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 80
G. INSTRUMENTS & CONTROLLERS
Instrumentation for Distillation Section (Multi-pressure & Absolute Plant System): The instruments listed
below are indicative. These may increase if necessary on actual respective P&I diagrams to be prepared by
vendor and approved by purchaser in order to make the operations complete and quantity maintained.
Purchaser’s decision is final and binding on seller.
1. FERMENTATION
Sr. No. Particulars Type QTY 1.
Level indicator for fermenters
1
2.
Foam sensor for fermenters / PF
4
2. FLOW, PRESSURE, LEVELMETERS & CONTROLS
S. No. Particulars Type
1 Ferm. Wash to Analyzer Column Flow Control Globe Type Control Valve
2 Analyzer Column Bottom Level Control Globe Type Control Valve
3 Degasifying Column Pressure Control Globe Type Control Valve
4. Aldehytde column bottom level control valve Globe Type Control Valve
5 Rectifier Column Reboiler Steam Flow Control Globe Type Control Valve
6 Rectifier Column Bottom Level Control Globe Type Control Valve
7 Rectifier Column Pressure Control Globe Type Control Valve
8 Analyser condensate tank level control Globe Type Control Valve
Measurements, Indicators
Impure Spirit Density Meter
Rectified Spirit Density Meter
3. FLOW METERS
S. No. Particulars Type
1 Rectifier Column Reboiler Steam Flow Flow Transmitter (DPT)
2 Fermented Wash to Analyzer Flow Magnetic Flow Meter
3 Spent Wash Out Flow from analyzer Magnetic Flow Meter
4 Various other Flow Meters (Clear liquid or gases) Glass Tube Rota meter
4. LEVEL METERS
S. No. Particulars Type 1 Analyzer Column Bottom Level
Smart Level Transmitter (DPT)
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 81
2. Aldehyde column bottom level
Smart Level Transmitter (DPT)
3. Exhaust column bottom level
Smart Level Transmitter (DPT)
4 Rectifier Column Bottom Level
Smart Level Transmitter (DPT)
5 Rectifier Reflux Tank Level
Smart Level Transmitter (DPT)
6 FO Tank Level
Smart Level Transmitter (DPT)
7. Analyser condensate tank level
Smart Level Transmitter (DPT)
5. PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS
S. No.
Particulars
Type
1 Analyzer Column Bottom Pressure Smart Pressure Transmitter
2 Degasifying Column Top Pressure Smart Pressure Transmitter
3 Rectifier Column Top Pressure Smart Pressure Transmitter
4 Rectifier Column Bottom Pressure Smart Pressure Transmitter
5 Steam Header Pressure Smart Pressure Transmitter
6 Pumps discharge pressure gauges As required
7 Instrument Air Pressure Switch
6. TEMPERATURE TRANSMITERS
S. No.
Particulars
Type
1 Ferm. Wash Feed to Analyzer Column Temp. RTD with Transmitter
2. Analyzer column bottom temp. RTD with Transmitter
3 Analyzer Column Feed Tray Temp. RTD with Transmitter
4 Degassifier Column Top Temp. RTD with Transmitter
5. Aldehyde column bottom temp. RTD with Transmitter
6. Aldehyde column top temp. RTD with Transmitter
7. Aldehyde column top temp. on tray 12 RTD with Transmitter
8. Aldehyde Reflux tank temp. RTD with Transmitter
9. Exhaust column bottom temp. RTD with Transmitter
10. Rectifier Reflux Tank Temp. RTD with Transmitter
11 Analyzer Column Vent Condenser CWR Temp. RTD with Transmitter
12. PVC condenser CWR Temp. RTD with Transmitter
13 Degasser column condenser CWR Temp. RTD with Transmitter
14. Rectifier Column HFO Tray Temp. RTD with Transmitter 15. Rectifier Column LFO Tray 1 Temp. RTD with Transmitter
16. Rectifier Column Draw Tray 1 Temp. RTD with Transmitter
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 82
17 Rectifier Column Top Temp. RTD with Transmitter
18 Rectifier Column Bottom Temp RTD with Transmitter
19 CWS header temp. RTD with Transmitter
20 Steam Header Temp. RTD with Transmitter
7. RELIEF VALVES
S. No. Particulars Type
1
For Rectifier Column
Pressure Safety Valve Vacuum
Relief Valve
8. MISC. INSTRUMENT.
Field Instruments such as Pressure gauges, Temperature indicators, Flow indicators, Level indicators as
required for smooth process operations.
9. EQUIPMENT / OTHER INSTRUMENTS
S. No.
Particulars
Type
Qty
Make
1
Sykes hydrometer
2
Eureka
2
Sykes table for determining strength of
alcohol
1
3
Safe & tester for rectified spirit, impure
spirit
2
Eureka
4
Anti – vacuum / pressure relief valves
(distillation column)
4
Fainger
5
Manometer
Eureka
6
Motor & Instrument control panel
1
ABB/Siemens
7
PLC/DCS System modules pack, software
and communication cable PC with monitor
& printer SCADA- PLC/DCS System
instrumentation system for fermentation &
distillation
1
ABB/Siemens/ Honeywell/Allen Bradley
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 83
H. Electrical:
I. Insulation & Painting: Insulation & painting for fermentation and distillation section
Insulation :
Adequate Insulation for distillation columns & other related equipment & piping
like Steam chest, hot water tank, steam piping, CIP tank etc shall be provided with
Aluminum cladding of 24 SWG (more than 200 NB)/26 SWG( up to 150 NB) (As
per IS code)
Painting:
Painting as per the relevant code to all MS equipments, MS/CS piping, structure
and Supports etc .
Electrical Work For Fermentation & Distillation House, Tank farm & Utility section
Complete electric supply of plant equipments, including design, manufacture,
procure, supply, erection testing & commissioning of MCC, electrical motors, all
flameproof equipment, power cables, control cables, Instrument cables, surge
arrestor, cable trays, local push button station for each & every pump, blower,
vacuum pump, agitator etc.
It also including cables laying, earthing of motor, MCC, push button station etc.
In MCC, 3 No. vacant compartments suitable for – HP starters shall be provided.
Panel MCC boxes should be as per Indian Electric Rule (thickness) switch, starter,
relay, and conductors, ACB etc. should be of L&T / Siemens Volt, Ampere meter
& energy meter/Multifunction Meter for each panel. Copper thimbles shall only
be used. Earthing should be as per Indian Electrical Rule standard only.
1 Set
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 84
J. Fabricated (Tanks & Receivers) :
S. No
Name
Working Capacity
MOC
Thk. (mm)
Shell/ Bot. /Top
Qty
Remarks
1
Molasses storage tank
3000 m
3,vert.,cylin.,flat bottom,
conical top MS
As per standard
2 No.
2
A A (ethanol) storage tank
with vent condenser
1000 m3,vert.,cylin.,flat bottom,
conical top
MS
As per API
standard with
2mm corrosion
2 Nos
3
RS storage tank with vent
condenser 500 m
3 “ “
MS
AS per standard
1No
4
SDS storage tanks
100 m3 “ “” 25m3
MS
As per standard
1Nos
each
5. Ethanol denaturation and
issue tank
200m3/hr MS As per standard 02 Nos
5
Fusel oil storage tank
10 M
3 “” “” MS
6/6/6
2 Nos
6
Flow meter with Totalizer
for issue to be approved by
Weight & Measure Dept.
1. Nos. each for R.S. , Impure spirit
and A.A
7 a
b
RS/AA receivers
Impure Receiver 75 m3,vert.,cylin.,dish ends
15m3 MS
8,8
06 Nos
02 Nos
K. Pump with flameproof motor & double mechanical seal
S.No
Particulars
M.O.C
Type
Capacity
M3/Hr Head in
MLC HP/K
W
Qty
Remark
1
R.S pump (From receiver to
storage tank)
Body- CI
Other
wetted
Centrifugal
40
25
*
1+1
Nos.
Gland
less,expp
roof 2. Storage Tank to
Denaturation Tank and Issue
Body- CI
Other
wetted
Centrifugal 40 25 * 1+1
Nos.
3. Issue pump for SDS Body- CI
Other
wetted
Centrifugal 40 * 1+1 Nos
4
AA pump (From receiver to
storage tank) Body- CI
Other
Centrifugal
40
25
*
1+1
Nos. “”
5. AA Storage tank to
denaturation tank
Body- CI
Other
Centrifugal 40 * 1+1 Nos
6. AA issue pump for Ethanol Body- CI
Other
Centrifugal 40 * 1+1 Nos
7
I.S. / TA pump (From
receiver to storage tank to
issue)
Body- CI
Other
wetted
Centrifugal
10
25
*
1 No
“”
8
Fusel oil transfer pump
(from storage tank to issue) Body- CI
Other
Centrifugal
10
25
*
1 No.
“”
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 85
L. Utility
No. Description Tech. Data MOC Qty. Remark 1.
Cooling Towers with accessories as per
detailed given at 2.8.1
, *
2.
Piping & Valves and Instruments
As per Standard
Norms
LOT
3
Electricals for above
As per Standard
Norms
LOT
4
Air compressor with dryer, Oil free for
instrumentation Air with 1000 Ltrs Air
receiver
* CFM
-
1+1 Nos.
5
Water Softening plant
25 M3/hr
1 No
Regene cycle 24
hrs
11.
DM water unit
5 m3/hr
1 No
Regene cycle 24
hrs.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 86
2.2 ABSOLUTE ALCOHOL (ETHANOL) PLANT
(A) MSDH PLANT & MACHINERY
Sr. No. Description Specifications MOC 1.
Recovery / Evaporation column
Quantity: 1 No. Tray type : Sieve/Bubble cap type trays Diameter : * Thk : > 5 No. of trays : 45 Nos. Tray spacing :
250 mm
SS-304
2.
Recovery column Re-boiler
Quantity : 1 No. Type : Shell & Tube
HTA : * m2 SS-304
3. Feed Pre-heater Feed Pre-heater Quantity : 1 No.
Type : Shell & Tube HTA : *
m2
SS-304
4.
Super-heater
Quantity : 1 No. Type : Shell & Tube
(30 m2) HTA : *
SS-304
5.
Molecular Sieve Tower with internal
and fittings
Quantity : 2 Nos. Type : Vertical, Cylindrical, dished
ends Capacity : *
SS-304 Pressure
vessel
6.
Molecular Sieve and support balls
Sieves : (description) & quantity *
SS-304
7.
Molecular Sieve vapor condenser
Quantity : 1 No. Type : Shell & Tube
HTA : * m2
SS-304
Recovery column condenser
Quantity : 1 No. Type : Shell & Tube
HTA : * m2
SS-304
9.
Product Cooler
Quantity : 1 No. Type : Shell & Tube
HTA : * m2
SS-304
10.
Weak Alcohol regeneration condenser
Quantity : 1 No. Type : Shell & Tube
HTA : * m2
SS-304
(B) Pumps with motor
Sr. No. Description Specifications MOC 1.
Weak Alcohol Tank
Quantity : 1 No. Type : Vertical / Clindrical/distingends Capacity :
* m3
SS-304
2. Weak Alcohol Recirculation cooler Quantity : 1 No. Type : Shell &
tube HTA : Suitable SS-304
3. Vacuum Drum Quantity : 1 No. Capacity - * Type : Vertical cylindrical
SS-304
4.
Product Receiver Tank
Quantity : 3 Nos. Capacity – 75
M3 Type : Vertical cylindrical/distinedends
CI
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 87
5.
Feed Pump + Motor
Quantity : 1 + 1 No. Capacity &
Head * Type : Centrifugal horizontal
Wetted Parts CF -8
6.
Weak Alcohol Recirculation pump + motor
Quantity : 1 + 1 No. Capacity &
Head * Type : Centrifugal horizontal
Wetted Parts CF -8
7.
Vacuum Pump + motor (or Eductor)
Quantity : 1 + 1 No. Capacity & Head * 10 M3/hr.
head * Type : Water ring type
Wetted Parts CF -8
8.
Ethanol product pump + motor
Quantity : 1 + 1 No. Capacity &
Head * Type : Centrifugal horizontal
Wetted Parts CF -8
Note : All motors mentioned above are flame proof type. All pumps are glanddess, centrifugal
pumps.
(C). COOLING TOWER DETAILS:
SPECIFICATIONS: As per Clause 2.8.1
D) AIR COMPRESSOR
Capacity : Working Pressure : kg/cm2 g)
Quantity : Air Dryer : Air Receiver :
* CFM (oil free compressor)
8.5 kg/cm2 (g) (compressed) from atm pr. To 8.5
1+1 with standby mode PSA dryer
1000 liters x 1 No.
Note :-All specifications are indicative and shall be confirmed by supplier. The seller shall supply all
the equipments/machineries or any other items required for smooth and trouble free operation
of the plant to achieve the performance parameters even if the same is not mentioned in the
specifications. Such items are deemed to have been included in the specifications.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 88
E) INSTRUMENTATION
Instrument list given below is only indicative and supplier has to specify
actual requirement.
� Flow meter
Sr.
No. Particulars
Type
Make
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10
11.
R.S feed to recovery column
Absolute alcohol draw Reflux to alcohol recovery column
Feed flow control system Steam flow control system Electronic steam flow meter with indicator & integrator
Electronic flow meters with totalizer for alcohol Pressure
swing adsorption control system PLC control system of the total plant Temperatures indicators- (distillation columns, super
heater, condensers molecular sieves towers and cooling
water system) Pressure gauges- pressure controllers on distillation
column, molecular sieves towers, steam supply, process
pumps etc.
Rotameter
Rotameter
Rotameter
Rotameter
Rotameter
Rotameter
Specify
Specify
* as per list
* as per list
Rosemont / J.N.
Marshall
12.
Level indicators and level control loops of distillation
columns, condensate drums, etc. Specify
13.
Any other instruments such as hydrometer and safe and
tester etc Specify
Note: All instruments will both local and panel mounted are to be hooked into PLC system with
mimicry diagrams.
� Temperature indicators:
Sr.
No. Particulars
Type
Make
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Alcohol recovery column bottom
Alcohol recovery column top
Alcohol feed to recovery column Regenerated alcohol feed to recovery column
Alcohol superheater Dehydration towers Cooling water supply header Cooling water outlet from condensers Cooling water outlet from dehydration coloumn – vent
condenser Product cooler
Steam Others Eight point scanner Temp. control loop for columns, mol sieve towers, etc
Dial
thermometers
(mercury filled
type for local and
sensing and
transmission
system for PLC
system
Specify
Specify
RTD
Radix/ Radicon/
J. N. Marshall
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 89
� Pressure Gauges
S. No. Particulars Type Make 1.
Dehydration tonnes, alcohol recovery column, Vacuum
system Specify
H. Guru/ Feibig/Universal
2. Product cooler Specify 3. On all process pumps Specify 4. Cooling water recirculation pump Specify 5. Steam line to all re-boilers Specify 6. Steam header Specify 7. Others Specify
� Level Instruments
S. No. Particulars Type Make 1.
Level control loops for a. Regenerant holding tank b. Alcohol feed tank c. Alcohol recovery column bottom
Specify
Specify
Specify
Specify
2. Level switch on cooling water (for low water alarm) Specify Specify
� Other Instruments
S. No. Particulars Type Make 1.
Pressure switch on steam line (for low steam pressure
alarm) Specify
Specify
2. Hydrometer Specif Specify 3. Safe & Tester Specify Specify 4. Instrument panel Specify Specify
Specify all the control loops in detail.
If RTD is used instead of dial thermometers, local indication should be provided.
�Electrical Work for Absolute Alcohol plant & Tank farm
Complete electrification of plant including design, manufacture, procure, supply, erection, testing
& commissioning of MCC, electrical motors, all flameproof equipments, power cables, control
cables, instrument cables, lightening arrestor, cable trays, local push button stations for each &
every pump, blower, vacuum pump, agitator etc., lighting of all sections of plant including light
fittings, earthing pits etc. It also includes cable laying, earthing of motors, MCC, push button stations etc. In MCC, 5 No.
vacant compartments suitable____ HP starters shall be provided
Specify
details
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 90
� Insulation & Painting:
Insulation & painting for distillation section Insulation : Insulation for distillation columns & other related
equipments & piping like steam chest, hot water,
etc. Painting : Painting as per the relevant code to all MS
equipments, CS piping, supports etc.
To be provided as per specifications for hot
insulation. LRB with Aluminum cladding as
per IS Standard
Note: Pumps, piping fittings, pipe supports, valves, instrumentation & electrical items required for
all utilities as per battery limit should be in the scope of supplier. Supplier should specify all
the details for this particular requirement.
Piping and Bought out items to be specified by Vendor:
Vendors shall specify the make and standard specifications of the bought out items and piping
materials supplied with the plant as per the General Guidelines mentioned below:
1. All the copper material should be deoxidized copper manufactured by approved and reputed
firms only.
2. All the PHEs should be Alfa Laval /GEA make.
3. All process pumps shall be Kirloskar/KSB/Alfa Laval make only and utility pumps shall be
Kirloskar/KSB make only.
4. All motors shall be Crompton/Kirloskar/Siemens/ Bharat Bijlee make only.
5. All C.S. Pipes should be as per respective BSI specifications IS 1239 ‘C’ class; preferably
TATA/Jindal make.
6. All stainless steel pipes and sheets shall be as per AISI type 304 or AISI type 316.
TATA/Tube India/SAIL/Jindal/Devine make.
7. All HDPE pipes shall be Nocil or equivalent make and rated to 10Kg/cm2
pressure. 8. All the
valves should be Audco/KSB make only.
9. SS and GI nuts & bolts shall be TATA/GKW make.
10. All the cables used for electrification shall be Finolex/ Havells/Polycab make only.
11. All lighting (distillation) material should be flame proof and of Philips /Crompton Greaves/Syska
make only.
Vendors may give equivalent specifications, with the approval of the Purchaser.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 91
2.3 30 TPD CO2 RECOVERY PLANT
2.3.1 Basis of Design
Clean carbon dioxide formed during molasses fermentation in the fermenters and duly scrubbed using
fresh water in CO2 scrubber using fresh water to trap foam and recover entrained alcohol, forms the raw
material for the carbon dioxide plant.
The following design basis and the equipment specifications shall be applied to the proposed CO2 Gas Production
System.
2.3.1.1 CO2 Production Rate – ........................... 30 TPD
2.3.1.2 Power:..................................................... 415 Volt, 3 Phase, 50 Hertz,
Control: ………………………………………….……..Volts DC and/or 220 Volt
............................................................. Single phase, AC, 50 Hertz
2.3.1.3 Pressure Vessel Design:............................. ASME Code for Unfired Pressure ..... ....................... Vessels, Section VIII, Div. I, latest ........................... revision applicable
2.3.1.4 Elevation at Plant Site: 143 mtr MSL
2.3.1.5 Electrical Design: ....................................... National Electrical Code USA (NEC) Motors:...................................................... Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled (TEFC)
Motor Starters: .......................................... 22.4 kW (30 HP) & Over: Wye-Delta
2.3.1.6 Cooling Water: ……………… closed circuit from and to cooling tower
Supply Temperature: .................................. 32 °C
Wet Bulb:.................................................... 30 oC
2.3.2 Scope of Equipment and Technical Descriptions
2.3.2.1 BASIC SYSTEM
CO2 FROM ALCOHOL RECOVERY SCRUBBER IN THE FERMENTATION SECTION IS
COLLECTED IN A BALLOON OF ABOUT 40 M3 CAPACITY and Low Pressure CO2 Gas Scrubber to remove water-soluble impurities in a highly efficient operation in a
structured packing tower. Design features of the tower are given below:-
• Scrubber Fully automatic operation.
• MOC is SS 304 shell, with SS internals • STAINLESS STEEL liquid distributor. • STAINLESS STEEL “Structured packing”.
• Piping, valves, and make-up water flow indicator.
• STAINLESS STEEL demister as well as in-line moisture separator to prevent water carryover to the balance
of the system.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 92
2.3.2.2 CO2 GAS BOOSTER COMPRESSOR
Capacity: 30 TPD or (650 NM3/hr.)
The booster draws feed CO2 gas from the alcohol recovery scrubber in the fermentation section
and increases its pressure to overcome recovery piping and equipment pressure losses and deliver elevated
suction pressure to the main CO2 Compressor. The booster is equipped with a Variable frequency Drive
that is automatically modulated so as to maintain a constant pressure in fermenters even with
changing CO2 production rates, to facilitate remote location of the balance of the CO2 recovery equipment
and improve CO2 Compressor performance.
2.3.2.3 CO2 GAS COMPRESSION SYSTEM
Capacity: 30 TPD
CO2 Compressor is a compact, easily installed, durable and smooth running machine, non-
lubricated (oil-free), two (2) stage, machine, specifically designed for use in CO2 applications where the
slightest petroleum lubricant cannot be tolerated. It includes: “V” section belt drive assembly, flywheel,
motor pulley, matched set of “V” belts and belt guard.
• STAINLESS STEEL intercooler and combination high pressure after cooler/ precooler complete with
moisture separators and traps. • Teflon piston rings and Teflon piston rod packing.
• STAINLESS STEEL cushioned valves for quiet, smooth valve action. • Valves easily accessible for routine
inspection/maintenance. • Crankcase of high strength cast iron.
• Completely enclosed frame with oil tight/dust proof cover plates for easy access to interior. • 3-step capacity control via valve unloading arrangement. • supplied completely piped, assembled and wired.
2.3.2.4 HIGH PRESSURE CO2 GAS SCRUBBER – STAINLESS STEEL
Designed to perform with a high impurity removal efficiency due to use of once though potable water
scrubbing. A continuously pumped feed of potable water, manually adjusted proportional to the CO2
collection rate, is evenly distributed over the top of a stainless steel structured packed bed. The water is
collected in the sump and drained to sewer through an automatic level control valve. At the top of the tower
the entrained moisture is removed in the demister pad and the CO2 exits the tower. A high pressure pump to
be provided for high pressure water supply to scrubber.
2.3.2.5 CO2 GAS PURIFIER/DEODORIZER
Capacity: ........................................................ 30 TPD
The Purifier/Deoderizer is a PSA type dual tower absorber unit. The CO2 Purifier/Deodorizer is
designed to remove impurities including dimethyl sulfide, alcohols, esters and ketones not fully removed
in wet scrubbing.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 93
� Dual tower arrangement - one tower operating while the other is regenerating. � Stainless Steel construction. � Initial charge of specially prepared activated carbon as deodorant. � Stainless Steel piping and valves. � Safety relief valves and pressure gauges.
� Full automation to allow for auto switchover of towers and operation of hot air regeneration equipment
as per preset cycle time. � Hot air reactivation system including air blower and heater to allow for proper regeneration.) � Carbon dust
filter at the exit of deodorizing tower assembly.
2.3.2.6 DUAL TOWER CO2 GAS DEHYDRATOR
Capacity: ........................................................ 30 TPD Dual tower desiccant type dryer with internal reactivation dries the CO2 gas, thereby eliminating the formation
of frost and possible freeze-up in the CO2 condenser and operates at about 19 ata, and comprises:
� Desiccant type, dual tower, electrically reactivated CO2 Dehydrator to give a maximum outlet dewpoint % –––
62.2°C. � Towers are automatically alternated on a dewpoint demand cycle with the off-stream tower being reactivated
while the on-stream tower is drying the CO2 gas. � Automatic cycle time of reactivating, purging, and cool down. � Coalescing prefilter on the inlet side of the CO2 dehydrator to ensure liquid droplet-free CO2 gas entering the
desiccant beds. � Desiccant Dust Afterfilter on the outlet side of the CO2 dehydrator to ensure dust- free CO2 condenser
operation. � Automatic on-line and Manual Dewpoint Tester to be provided.
2.3.2.7 CO2 LIQUEFYING SYSTEM WITH STRIPPER COLUMN (NH3 refrigeration system)
Capacity: ........................................................ 30 TPD
CO2 Liquefying System comprises an ammonia-cooled, cascade type Co2 liquifier. The following equipment
is to be provided:
A. CO2 CONDENSER
� Flooded ammonia-type condenser. � Complete with ammonia accumulator mounted on top of condenser. � Complete with dual relief assembly for NH3 side and single relief valve for CO2 side.
B. ONE AMMONIA COMPRESSOR-
� Direct driven economized single stage NH3 screw/ reciprocating compressor.
� Suction scale trap with removable strainer. � Fully modulated automatic capacity control.
� Oil separator receiver with integral oil heaters and access port
� Suction and discharge stop check valves. � Elapsed time meter.
� Pressure and temperature indicators for the lube and refrigeration circuits.
� Direct drive positive displacement type oil pump with filter (replaceable media)
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 94
� Water-cooled shell and tube oil cooler with automatic lube temperature control. C. ONE AMMONIA CONDENSER
� Shell and tube type heat exchanger complete with NH3 Suction accumulator.
� Complete with liquid level float control, manual by-pass and electric solenoid valve, and the required
safety valves.
D. ONE AMMONIA RECEIVER
� Complete with mounting stands, ammonia valves, sight glass, and safety valves.
� Ammonia condenser shall be mounted above the ammonia receiver on a common structural steel
base.
E. CO2 CONDENSER - INSULATION MATERIAL:
� Supplied loose for mounting after all equipment is installed and pressure tested.
� LRB material furnished in precut, curved section along with accessories. � For indoor or outdoor installation.
F. CONTROLS
� Control panel on NH3 compressor with NH3 suction and discharge pressure gauges, pressure, and
relays. � Master CO2 System “Y” Switch and Relays
� Safety controls for operation and equipment protection.
G. INTERCONNECTING PIPING
The necessary interconnecting CO2 gas & liquid, NH3 refrigerant, NH3 relief vent, cooling water (supply
and return), steam, effluent (discharge) and make-up water piping between all components described above is
to be furnished.
H. PLC BASED CONTROL SYSTEM
The PLC system shall be provided to remote control and monitoring of system operation utilizing Siemens S7
Programmable Logic Controller or equivalent. It should also have, inter-alia, following features:
� Touch screen operator interface.
� On-off equipment status. � Temperature and pressure indication of key process variables.
� Data logging. � Screen printout of status and alarms.
� Control of equipment via remote control panel.
� Junction boxes.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 95
I. ELECTRICAL WIRING AND CONDUIT
The necessary electrical wiring, conduit and wireway between components and the customer supplied
motor control center will be supplied. The amount of materials included may be based on all equipment
being centrally located in accordance with vendor’s requirement our, and in close proximity to the
customer supplied motor control center.
J. AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT & CHEMICALS
� Dew point Tester for periodical check of the CO2 Dehydrator performance.
� CO2 Gas Purity Tester (manual) for periodical check of CO2 gas purity.
K. INITIAL OPERATION KIT
Should includes first charge of: � CO2 compressor oil, refrigerant compressor oil, filters elements.
� Carbon and desiccant. � Liquid Ammonia charge. � Chemicals with specifications
While our proposal includes in its price the chemicals listed above, THE ACI reserves the right to ask our
valued customer to procure such chemicals from local sources of supply where available, and where quality and
content meet ACI’S specifications. When our valued customer procures such chemicals, THE ACI will issue a
credit equal to the amount of the purchase, but not to exceed the amount included within this proposal.
L. FIELD ENGINEERING SERVICES
Site supervision for installation and then for equipment startup supervising the installation
contractor, ‘inspection of the equipment after installation’, start-up of the plant, and training of operators.
M. 1 x 110 METRIC TON LIQUID CO2 STORAGE TANK INSTALLATION ACCESORIES
Design Code As per IS 2825 Class I + SMPV (U) Rules 1981 With all amendments
Capacity(Net) 110 M.T.
-Water Capacity(Gross) 110000 Ltrs
-Design Pressure 24 kg/cm2 g
-Design temperature (-) 45 deg c
-Radiography 100 %
-Hydro test Pressure 31.2 Kg/cm2g
P.W.H.T. Stress Relieving Type of Dish end Deep Torrispherical / Ellipsoidal
Mounting Horizontal vessel supported on saddles
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 96
Material of SA-516 Gr. 70 Shell & Dish ends
construction SA-350 LF-2 Flanges & Couplings
SA-333 Gr.-6 Nozzles Necks SA-350 L7 / SA-194 Gr.4
Connections Liquid inlet, outlet, vapor balance, manway, Pressure gauge,
safety valve, full try cock, liquid Level, thermo well, vapourizer,
cylinder filling Pump, gas outlet etc.
Insulation Polyurethane Foam Rigid PUF –cast insulation of 200mm thk Minimum with 20G. Bright aluminium
sheet Cladding to cover insulation using self tapping Screws. The insulation to be
injection moulding i.e. Polyurethane chemicals poured with high pressure insitu
foaming machine and. pouring gun
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 97
2.3.2.8 Utility Requirements
The vendor shall specify the following utilities and power consumption:
B. Cooling water @ 32°C CO2 Compressors (Total) * M3/hour
CO2 Liquefying System * M3/hour
C. Make-Up Water @ 32ºC CO2 Gas Scrubber 1.0 M3/hour
D. Steam ______________Pressure Temperature Kg/hr. Ata
Temperature °C
Quantity Kg/hr.
A.Electrical Connected Consumed
CO2 Booster Compressor
CO2 Gas Scrubber
KW
KW
KW
KW
CO2 Compressor
CO2 Gas Deodorizer
KW
KW
KW
KW
CO2 Gas Dryer (heater)
CO2 Liquefying System
KW
KW
KW
KW
CO2 Product Pump (Stripper) KW KW
Liquid CO2
Storage Tank (Refrig. Unit)
KW
KW
KW
KW
Liquid CO2
Transfer Pump
KW
KW
KW
KW
Total KW KW
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 98
2.4 EVAPORATION SECTION :
2.4.1 Design Basis:-
The spent wash generated from R.S. Plant distillation unit (for molasses distillation) is 520 m3/day and is
rich in mineral content and organics. In order to make the spent wash suitable for in the boiler as fuel,
the same is to be concentrated to 60 Brix from its original b r i x o f 1 2 t o 16 d egr e e . Thus the water
to be evaporated is 500 m3/day. This is done in a quadruple / quintuple effect evaporator system with
heating medium in the first effect as steam at ata pressure. The evaporation system shall also
include the condensate flash system to reduce steam consumption. In evaporation economy of about
approximately 5.0 i.e. 50 tonnes of evaporation per tonne of steam is to be achieved.
2.4.2. EQUIPMENT LIST: Standalone Evaporation plant
S.N. Equipment Description MOC Qty
1.
Evaporator Calendrias
Designed on basis of Falling film/rising
film principle Construction: Shell & Tube Type.
Shell: AISI 304 Tubes
: AISI 316 Tube sheet:
AISI 304
5
2.
Vapour Liquid Separators
Construction: Vertical, with tangential
entry for effective vapour separation.
AISI 304
5
3. Pre Heaters Shell and Tube heat exchanger AISI 304 5
4.
Surface Condenser
Shell & Tube Type
Shell : AISI 304 Tubes:
AISI 304 Tube sheet:
AISI 304
1
5. Flash vessel /vapour body Vertical / cylindrical Construction AISI 304 4 6.
Feed Tank(Capacity : 100 m3)
Type : Vertical/Cylindrical – conical bottom
AISI 304
1
7. Process Condensate Tank Vertical Construction AISI 304 1 8. CIP tank Vertical Construction AISI 304 1 9. Steam Condensate Tank Vertical Construction MS 1 10.
Product tank(24 hours storage
capacity)
Vertical Construction
AISI 304
1
11.
Thin / lean spent wash
holding Tank
Vertical Construction
MS + Epoxy
1
12.
Feed pump + motor
Centrifugal Type
(Wetted parts CF8)
1
13.
Recirculation cum transfer
Pump + motor
Centrifugal Type
(Wetted parts CF8
4
14 CIP Pump + motor Centrifugal Type Wetted parts CF 8 1
15.
Process Condensate Pump +
motor
Centrifugal Type
Wetted parts CF 8
1
16. Condensate flash tanks Vertical, Cylindrical AISI - 304
17.
Steam Condensate Pump +
motor
Centrifugal Type
CI
1
18.
Product Transfer pump +
motor
Centrifugal Type
Wetted parts CF 8
1
19. Vacuum Pump + Motor Water Ring Type CI 1+1
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 99
20. Piping + Valves Standard Lot
21.
Instrumentation
Mimic based Instrumentation panel will be
provided. Along with locally mounted
instruments.
Lot
22.
Electrical
Control panel Std.
Lot
23.
Cooling Tower with fans and
cooling water circulation
pumps and complete piping.
As per clause 2.8.1
Note : Control Loops, Temperature Indications etc. to be added in PLC/DCS System - SCADA system. Evaporation Plant will
be on common PLC/DCS System / SCADA system with Distillation.
Syrup tank shall be well insulated and provided with steam coil to maintain the temperature of syrup at 80 degree centigrade.
Note: Equipment shell thickness as per IS/ASME Standard.
*CIP Tank along with Pump & Motor will be common for Distillation & Evaporation.
*Sealing water tank for Process pump along with Pump & Motor will be common for
Distillation & Evaporation section.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 100
2.5 STEAM GENERATION PLANT:
Steam generation plant comprises, the boiler, fuel handling and feeding equipment, feed water system,
environmental equipment, boiler feed water deaerator alongwith all accessory plants and chimney make the
boiler fully functional and operative efficiently.
The boiler is basically a single drum, natural circulation, balanced draft, water walled furnace type water
take type boiler with distillery slops (Concentrated spent wash) and other biomass as the fuels. Fuel
burning arrangement comprised slop burner and spreader stroker fitted with travelling grate in the furnace.
The brief specification as given in the following paras:-
2.5.1 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE STEAM GENERATOR PROPOSED
Design Features
1. Travelling grate design suitable for combustion of concentrated spent wash (slops) with Bagasse, Rice Husk
and coal or any other Biomass as support fuel to slops to sustain combustion.
2. Liberal grate area and loading to ensure efficient combustion of fuel.
3. Single drum design.
4. Boiler configuration with three pass design having water cooled membrane wall construction to ensure low fuel gas temperature at the inlet of super heater.
5. No heat transfer surfaces located in first & second pass of boiler. Convective heating surface areas are located
in 3rd horizontal pass.
6. High volumetric loading of furnace.
a. Ensures adequate residence time hence efficient fuel combustion.
b. Ensures lower furnace exit gas temperature to avoid fouling due to alkali content in the fuel.
7. Spray nozzles to be provided on the side wall of furnace for atomization of Spent wash(slops). One No.
additional spent wash gun to be provided on the front wall of furnace to ensure operation of boiler at low load,
while guns provided on side walls are under maintenance. The slop gun should be designed to handle slope at
brix upto 65 degree.
8. Two stage integral super heater along with inter stage attemperator. (If required)
9. Convective Super heater to be designed to avoid fouling problems.
a. Super heater shall be placed in convective zone. b. Operating metal temperature should be maintained to eliminate the problem of super heater
overheating.
10. Proper split of primary and secondary air for efficient fuel combustion in the upper furnace to ensure proper
prediction of furnace exit gas temperature for down steam sizing of heating surface areas.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 101
11. Flue gas temperature at superheater inlet should be less than 650˚ C to avoid fouling due to alkalies in ash
(Na20) + K20) and corrosion of Superheater tubes due to chlorides in ash.
12. A single stoker with one number of riddling hopper with dampers in the connecting air duct. The hoppers to
be provided with proper valley angle to avoid choking of ash.
13. Temperature elements to be provided on the skid bar, cross beam and riddling hoppers with temperature
indication facilities in the control room. Also an alarm to be provided to alert when the temperature rises
above the limits prescribed by supplier.
14. Bush bearing to be provided for rotary air damper, considering high secondary air temperature.
15. Design drum
a. To keep drum steam loading rate low and
b. To enable boiler operation with rapid load swings and fast response to load changes.
16. Efficient drum internal consisting of cyclone separators and chevron drier to ensure high steam purity at all
loads.
17. Over fire air system with higher secondary air pressure to provide better air penetration across furnace cross
section thereby minimizing unburnt carbon loss. The secondary air nozzles are to be staggered providing
turbulence and air curtain to minimize escape of unburnt fuel particles.
18. Optimum steam side pressure drop in superheater circuit to ensure proper steam distribution and cooling of
superheater coils.
19. Optimum flue gas velocity levels in pressure parts to minimize erosion due to ash and also due to presence of
sand in fuel.
20. Air heater is provided with air through tube arrangement to prevent choking of tubes during combustion of
sticky fuels like slops.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 102
2.5 2 CONSTRUCTION FEATURE
1. Self lubricated graphite bearings shall be provided for the stoker shaft.
2. Water-cooled membrane wall construction with optimum fin width as to
a. give maximum absorption of heat
b. provide lower fin tip to base differential temperature
c. give structural rigidity.
3. Wide pitching of superheater to minimize fouling/bridging due to alkali constituents (Na2O_ K2O) in ash &
also due to chlorides in ash.
4. Economizer will be plain tape type with layout ensuring ease of cleaning and inspection and good heat transfer.
5. Pressure parts tubes made of seamless alloy steel construction.
6. Provide adequate access doors/observation doors for inspection and repair.
7. All the pressure parts shall confirm IBR standard 1950.
2.5.3. DESIGN BASIS
Type of Boiler Single Drum, Slop fired (TG) Boiler Design code IBR 1950 with latest amendments Boiler capacity at MSSV outlet (Kg/hr) 20000 Steam pressure at MSSV outlet (Kg/cm (g) 45 Steam temperature at MSSV outlet (
OC) 415
Super Heater temp. control range % 5% to 10% variation Fuel
:
* Slops+ Rice Husk
* Slops+ Bagasse
* Slops+ Coal
* Slops+ any biomass fuel Water temp at Economiser inlet
(
OC)
140˚C
Ultimate Fuel analysis
Slop 60%
Brix Rice Husk *
Bagasse *
- Carbon % 22.93 36.70 23.25 - Hydrogen % 2.21 03.00 03.25 - Nitrogen % 1.91 00.40 00.00 - Sulphur % 0.63 00.08 00.00 - Moisture % 40 10.00 50.00 - Ash % 17.11 18.80 01.50 - Oxygen % 15.22 31.02 22.00 GCV (K.Cal/kg.)
Kcal/kg
1650 1750
3150 -3400
2270
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 103
Fuel sizing
:
as available
with 60% to
65 % Solids
As available
Mill wet
bagasse;
Flue gas temperature at Air heater outlet
°C
180 °C
Start up fuel : Fire wood, coal and diesel Ambient Temperature °C 30 Electrical data for motors - LT Volt (V) : 415 ± 10 - Frequency (Hz) : 50 - Type : AC 3 phase, 4 wire Electrical data for instruments - LT Volt (V) : 220 ± 10 % - Frequency (Hz) : 50 ± 5 % - Type : AC single phase Compressed air pressure : 7 Kg/cm
2 (Oil and Moisture free)
* Vendor to confirm.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 104
2.5.4 TECHNICAL DATASHEET
S.No DESCRIPTION UNIT SPECIFICATION 1.0 GENERAL
a.
Type of the boiler
Single drum, water tube, slop and bio mass fired
boiler. (Travelling Grate furnace) b. Type of circulation Natural Circulation c. Type of support Bottom support d. e. Design code As per IBR 1950 with its latest amendments
2.0 BOILER PREDICTED PERFORMANCE a. Steam output b. - MCR kg/hr 20,000 c.
PCR
110% of MCR (For ½ hour
per 8 Hours shift) d.
Steam pressure at stop valve
Outlet Kg/cm2(g)
45
e. Steam temp at stop valve outlet °C 415
f.
Feed water temp at economiser
inlet °C
140
g.
Feed water temp at deaerator
outlet °C
140
h. Spray water temp at Attemptrator °C 140 i.
Boiler efficiency
%
*
� Vendor to specify.
2.5.5. SCOPE OF SUPPLY FOR BOILER
SCOPE OF WORK
1.1 Complete engineering and preparation of all required data, drawings, calculations etc., as required for boiler
and its auxiliaries, which are under Vendor’s scope.
1.2 Co-ordination with Chief Inspector of Boilers for Design, Engineering, Manufacturing supply
erection, commissioning and passing of boiler.
SCOPE OF SUPPLY FOR BOILER
PRESSURE PARTS
1.1 Steam drum with internals.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 105
1.2 Membrane water wall furnace with headers.
1.3 Evaporator tube assembly with inlet and outlet headers and casing with stiffeners.
1.4 Down comers and risers.
1.5 Two Stage Superheater tube assemblies with inlet and outlet header & Coil supports.
1.6 Necessary piping connecting drum and superheater & super heater to main steam stop valve.
1.7 Economizer section with inlet & outlet headers and casing with stiffeners.
1.8 Inter stage Spray type De-superheater. (At temperature)
1.9 Feed Water Piping from Deaerator to Economizer.
Feed water system
2.1 Two nos. Boiler feed water complete pumps (1W+1S) at MCR rating including
automatic recirculation valves, coupling and base frame, motors.
2.2 Feed regulating station for maintaining uniform water level in steam drum.
2.3 Strainers at the suction of feed water pump.
2.4 Feed line from feed pump discharge to economizer.
2.5 Minimum recirculation flow piping and balance leak off line from individual BFWP station to
de-aerator.
2.6 Cooling water line to and from individual equipments from one point in boiler house.
2.7 All pressure and temperature gauges for local indications.
FUEL FEEDING SYSTEM(BAGASSE/HUSK/Coal/Biomass Fuel)
3.1 Fuel feeder discharge chutes upto furnace & surge hopper.
3.2 Extractor feeders with variable frequency drive for bagasse feeding along with forward and
reverse motion
3.3 Screw Feeders with VVFD speed drives for bagasse feeding with auto combustion control system
3.4 Screw feeder with VFD For husk feeding
3.5 Pneumatic distributor for bagasse/husk/Coal/Biomass fuel feeding
3.6 Secondary air system.
3.7 Inspection cum fire doors for furnace.
3.8 Boiler supported by coal as fuel along with Coal crusher(suitable capacity), conveying, metal
detection system, bunker for ½ hr. and spreader stoker etc.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 106
Slop Feeding System
4.1 Piping from slop tank to slop transfer pump, from slop transfer pump to common header & from
common header to slop nozzle.
4.2 Slop Burning System.
4.3 Bucket type strainer at inlet of slop transfer pump.
4.4 Magnetic type flow meter at the outlet of common header to measure Slop quantity.
4.5 Recirculation Slop line back upto Slop storage tank.
4.6 Safety valve at slop feeding header.
4.7 2 nos. slop pump with drive arrangement.
Draught System
5.1 1x 100% MCR FD Fan with base frame, coupling hardware and motor with VFD.
5.2 1 x 100% MCR ID Fan with base frame, coupling hardware and motor with VFD.
5.3 1 x 100% MCR SA Fan with base frame, coupling hardware and motor with VFD.
De-aerator cum storage tank
6.1 Deaerator with deaeration water storage tank (10M-3 capacity).
6.2 Essential valves and fittings. 6.3 Pressure control valve with required isolation valves.
6.4 Level control valve with required isolation valves. 6.5 Feed water line from deaerator outlet to feed pump suction.
6.6 R.O. Water storage tank capacity 250 M3
minimum
Steam Piping
7.1 Soot blower steam piping from primary super heater outlet header to individual soot blowers.
7.1 Steam piping from PRV outlet to SCAPH.
7.2 Steam Piping for SCAPH from TG Extraction line (Max. 30 m).
Soot Blowers
8.1 Wall blowers on the Water wall.
8.2 Long retractable at Furnace Outlet, Super heaters (rack and pinion type electrical driven).
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 107
8.3 Motorized rotary soot blowers at Evaporator & economizer zone.
8.4 Drive motors, PRV & Safety valve.
8.5 Sonic soot blowers at air heater.
8.6 Sequential panel for operation of soot blowers.
Travelling Grate Furnace
8.7 Traveling Grate Assembly with mechanical variable speed drive.
8.8 Front ash hopper with plate valve for ash discharge.
8.9 Riddling hopper with plate valve for ash discharge.
VALVES & MOUNTINGS
Main stream stop valve with bypass valve.
� Start – up vent valve.
� Spring loaded mechanical safety valve.
� Pressure gauges and remote pressure gauges.
� Flow nozzle in steam line loose supply .
� All isolation & drain valves.
� 1 x 100% Feed water control valve with manual isolation valve at upstream/down stream & manual bypass valve.
� Pressure gauge.
� Flow Orifice for feed flow measurement
� Associated piping / fittings.
� Spray nozzles, internals and headers.
� 1 x 100% Spray control valve with manual isolation valve at down stream/ upstream & bypass valve.
� Piping from downstream of FCV to SCV.
� Spray water piping from SCV outlet to De-Super heater.
� Water level gauges – 2 nos. (Transparent type)
� Pressure gauge and remote pressure gauge.
� Spring loaded mechanical safety valve.
� All isolation, drain valves, air vent valve
� Manual intermittent & continuous blow down valve.(Angle type)
� Valves in steam line, feed line, spray line & drain line including NRV at economizer inlet.
� All isolation & drain valves.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 108
� Air box drain valve.
� Air & gas line valves.
2.5.6. ELECTRICALS
415 V LT MCC for boiler & its auxiliaries (Non draw out type) consists of switches /relays for the
following equipments:
� Main Incomer(Air circuit breaker)
� FD / ID / SA fan Drives.
� Feed water pump drives.
� Fuel feeder drives.
� Slop pump drives.
� Travelling grate drive
� Soot Blower Drive
2.5.7. INSTRUMENTATIONS
The instrument control panel to be totally enclosed in a cubicle for dust free conditions with
smoke/fire alarm detector by providing an exhaust fan on the panel. The control panel shall be properly
wired, tubed and connected to all field transmitters and instruments as per standard instrumentation
practice. It should be housed in A.C. room, suitably sized, designed and constructed by the Seller.
The following instrumentation systems are to be provided:
� Steam flow meter of indicating, integrating and recording (in data logger) type
� Feed water flow meter of indicating, integrating and recording (in data logger) type.
� Drum water level indicating and recording ( in data logger) type. � Superheated pressure indicating and recording (in data logger) type.
Multipoint temperature scanner interface with ‘ K ’ type thermocouple and universal temperature
transmitters with linear output for each parameter as follows:
(a) Superheated steam at superheater outlet.
(b) Feed water at deaerator inlet (c) Feed water economizer inlet
(d) Feed water at economizer outlet
(e) Flue gas temp. at boiler outlet
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 109
(f) Flue gas temp. at economizer outlet
(g) Flue gas temp. at air heater outlet
(h) Flue gas at I.D fan inlet (i) Air temp. at air heater inlet.
(j) Air temp. at air heater outlet
(k) Furnace temp.
Draft gauges.
(a) F.D fan discharge
(b) I.D fan suction
(c) Furnace (d) Flue gas at boiler outlet
(e) Flue gas at economizer outlet
(f) Flue gas at air heater outlet (g) Flue gas at fly ash arrestor inlet
(h) Flue gas at fly ash arrestor outlet
(i) Air at air heater outlet
CO2 analyser with signal connection to datalogger PLC and local indication.
Pressure gauges of size 250 mm diameter with S.S. syphon and isolation valve to be provided at boiler
drum, super heater outlet steam and at fire door level for superheater outlet steam.
Pressure gauges of size 250 mm diameter with S.S. syphon and isolation valve to be provided at
economizer inlet, economizer outlet, at each feed water pump outlet and feed water pumps common
header.
Microprocessor based 24 channel data logger programmable to any type of inputs like current, mv, T/C and
digital for recording the following parameters with 80 column dot matrix printer and relay output for 8
channels for annunciation.
(a) Steam flow
(b) Feed water flow
(c) Superheater steam temp. at primary outlet
(d) Superheater steam temp. at secondary outlet (e) Superheater steam pressure at secondary outlet.
(f) Drum level (g) Deaerator level
(h) Deaerator pressure
(i) Furnace pressure
(j) Air flow (k) Feed water temperature at economizer inlet.
(l) Feed water temperature at economizer outlet
(m) Feed water temperature at deaerator inlet
(n) Flue gas temp. at boiler outlet (o) Flue gas temp. at economizer outlet
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 110
(p) Flue gas temp. at air heater outlet
(q) Flue gas temp. ID fan inlet (r) Air temp. at air heater inlet
(s) Air temp. at air heater outlet
(t) Furnace temp. (u) O2/CO2
Micro processor based annunciator with electronic hooter to be provided for the following(24 window):
(a) Feed water tank level low
(b) Deaerator tank level low
(c) Deaerator tank level high
(d) Drum water level low
(e) Drum water level high
(f) Superheater steam temp. high
(g) ID fan trip (h) FD fan trip
(i) SA fan trip (j) Feed water pump trip
(k) Bagasse feeder trip (l) Feed water transfer pump trip
(m) Drum water level low low (n) Drum water level high high
The following auto controller but not limited to, are to be provided with the boiler:
a) Three element drum level control system: Drum level shall be automatically controlled using the three
element control philosophy to ensure quick response of the system. In case of drum level falls below
minimum level, the feed water control valve will open fully. In case drum level rises above maximum
level, the feed water control valve will close fully. Single element switch during low load and at start up.
b) Deaerator pressure and level control system: Deaerator pressure shall be maintained by regulating the steam
flow to the deaerator so that temperature of boiler feed water is maintained at the desired set value.
Deaerator level shall be controlled so as to balance the inflow and out- flow of feed water.
c) Cascaded superheater steam temperature control system: based on measuring temperature at outlet of
primary superheater header and final superheater header.
d) Combustion control system: This will be an integrated control loop for maintaining the steam pressure.
According to the steam pressure the master controller will adjust rotary feeder speed to feed more or less
fuel to the boiler and FD/ID fan to control amount of primary air/flue gas respectively. To ensure that
this adjustment is correct, the signal of CO2 % in flue gases will be taken in the loop to make the final
correction in the combustion air/flue gas flow.
e) Furnace pressure control system: ID fan speed shall be controlled to maintain draft in side the furnace to
– 3-5mm WC.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 111
f) Two air compressors (one as standby) shall be provided to supply oil and moisture free air through suitable
dryer system, for pneumatically controlled instruments. Spare air filtering and drying system shall also
be provided along with standby compressor.
Computerized Boiler Automation
The computerized scalable process control system shall be provided to achieve the above referred measurements,
control & audio- visual alarms for the safe and smooth operation of the boiler. The system shall have the following
features and facilities :-
(a) Data acquisition and monitoring.
(b) Data logging. (c) Alarm and event logging.
(d) Dynamic trend for 32 channels.
(e) Three dimensional graphic display.
(f) Free format report generation for customized reports.
(g) Online mathematical computation for any physical and virtual channels.
(h) Printer hard copy. (i) Loop wise scan time selection.
(j) Card replacement without power shutdown.
(k) Latest communication standards like HART/Foundation field bus.
Note:- The complete boiler automation system should be PLC-SCADA and a separate control panel required
with data logger, indicators and totalizers with data storage capacity upto 30 days minimum.
2.5.8 Safety interlock system
LP Chemical Dosing System
� One no. Skid mounted Low Pressure dosing tank.
� Two nos. LP dosing pumps (1 Working + 1 Standby)
� One no. agitator for dosing system.
� Minimum and essential required valves and fittings.
HP Chemical Dosing System
� One no. Skid mounted High Pressure dosing tank.
� Two nos. HP dosing pumps (1 Working + 1 Standby)
� One no. agitator for dosing system.
� Minimum and essential required valves and fittings.
Sample Coolers
� Sample coolers for feed water, boiler water and superheated steam.
� Sample cooler piping with valves & fitting.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 112
UPS SYSTEM
� Redundant online UPS of suitable capacity for complete boiler system.
2.5.9 DUST COLLECTING SYSTEMS :
� One no. ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATOR– with special features for slop boiler
� Electrostatic Precipitator (3 fields) consists of collecting electrode, discharge electrode, inlet &
outlet ducting, casing hopper with stiffeners & its supports necessary manholes, discharge gate,
bye pass chute with its gate. � Scrapper with screw conveyor ash evacuation system. � Auxiliary control panel. � Transformers set (TR set). � LRB Insulation with 24 SWG Al cladding. � Supporting structure from ESP bearing level. � The complete dust collection, conveying shall be fully closed transportation through belts and
screw conveyor with adequate water splashing system to transport and load the collected dust/ash to
trolley automatically
� On line stack emission monitoring system with data uploading to CPCB/HSPCB server.
� ESP shall be suitably designed to achieve HSPCB norms of stack emission for any fuel ration with
slope firing.
2.5.10 Air Pre-Heater
� Multitubular air pre-heater tubes and tube sheets & casing with stiffeners.
� Ash hopper below airheater with rotary air lock valves electrical driven.
� SCAPH (Steam Coil Air Pre heater).
� The complete dust collection, conveying shall be fully closed transportation through belts and
screw conveyor with adequate water splashing system to transport and load the collected dust/ash to trolley
automatically
2.5.11 BOILER HOUSE ACCESSORIES
Supports and platform
- Supporting structure for the boiler from operating platform at 4500mm
- Supporting structure for air heater 2-3 meters from operating platform.
- Minimum and essential operating platforms with approach stairs/ ladders/ handrails for the equipments.
- Buck stays, foundation bolts & base plates
Air Ducting
- Air ducting from FD fan outlet to inlet of steam coil air preheater (SCAPH) & from
SCAPH to air heater & from air heater outlet to individual chamber.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 113
- SA ducting from SA fan outlet to SCAPH to fuel firing and SA nozzle in boiler furnace.
- Metallic expansion joints in air ducting & Air flow measuring device (aerofoil meter).
Flue gas Ducting
- Flue gas ducting from boiler outlet to chimney inlet (from ID fan to inlet of chimney max. 6 mtr).
- Damper & expansion joints in flue gas ducting.
Refractory & Furnace casing
- Supply of quality refractory materials as per standard code with Furnace casing.
Insulation & Cladding
- Supply of hot thermal insulation and aluminium cladding materials (24 SWG) as per standard IS norms.
- Blow down / Drain
- Blow down drain piping from valves outlet to common drain header & from header outlet to inlet of BD
tank.
-One no. common blow down tank for both IBD & CBD.
-Vent piping from individual vent connections on steam drum, Safety valve & main steam line upto safe
elevation.
Instrumentation Cabling
-Compensating cables, impulse piping, instrument cables and signal cables from field instruments to Junction
box and from junction box up to inlet marshalling panel (50m).
-Junction boxes for the instruments supplied by vendor.
-Instrument air piping from boiler battery limit to individual consuming point (from one point near boiler
column).
-All the instrument cable shall be provided with separate cable tray routing with adequate isolators to prevent
harmonics effect
Electrical cabling
-Incoming / outgoing LT power & control cables from MCC to the individual equipments, cable piping, trays
etc., supplied by vendor. This does not include the main power cable up to MCC.
- Earthing above ground level.
- Local push button station for fans and pumps.
Fuel Storage Bunker & Silo
-Fuel bunker for 1 hrs. rice husk/coal storage capacity. The bunker is provided complete with required
structure.
-Fuel silo of 18 m³ volume for 30 mins. Bagasse storage.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 114
ASH HANDLING SYSTEM
� Submerged belt conveyor for Grate zone
� Screw conveyor for economizer, APH, ESP � Common belt conveyor for grate & fly ash up to trolley.
� Impact idler at feed points � Carrying idlers
� Return roller � S. A. Carrying idlers
� S. A. Return roller � Head pulley (rubberised)
� Tail pulley � Snub pulley
� Stringer � Main trastle
FUEL HANDLING SYSTEM
� Final product conveyor from outlet of screen to inlet of bunker/SILO.
� Hood arrangement for conveyor
� LT MCC and LPBS
� Power and control cables between MCC & individual drives including local button stations
� Earthing above G.L.
2.5.12 ERECTION, COMMISSIONING & IBR APPROVAL
� The erection of the items supplied by supplier to the satisfaction of the customer. Erection shall be carried
out according to well-established practices.
� Providing erection tools tackles. Hoists, derricks, slings scaffolding, rigging tools, welding sets,
instruments, appliances, consumables etc. required for erection, inspection, testing and commissioning to
accomplish the work.
� Arranging necessary inspection and IBR approval of all site related activities. However all IBR fee is in
purchasers scope.
� Stress relieving of weld joints as required.
� Providing complete supervisory personnel.
� Ensuring pre-commissioning checks, mass flushing alkali boil out, trial run of all rotating equipment,
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 115
calibration of instruments, controls etc.,
� Special tool kits for routine repair and maintenance of equipment.
2.5.14: MISCELLENEOUS ITEMS
Water treatment plant
- Control valve and condensate piping up to inlet of dearator
- Steam piping beyond up to turbine.
- Slop storage tank
- Steam & condensate piping for Deaerator including pressure control valve.
- DCS/PLC/ control panel.
- Any VFD’s desired over an above those mentioned in the enquiry.
- Return conveyor system for bagasse if offered.
- Heating system for slop tank, Slop handling system up to slop tank.
- Lighting arrestor & illumination for Boiler, Chimney and Fire protection system.
- Control rooms for Boiler control panel and MCC, Air conditioners for the control rooms, CVT
/UPS for instruments. (excluding the civil works).
- Instrument air piping and cooling water piping.
- Compressor and compressed air required for instruments
- Electrical tracing in slop tank and up to feeding system
- Chimney, Lightening Arrestor, Aviation Lamp etc.
- Initial filling pump & piping, first fill of lubricants & chemicals for boil out, Final cleaning
and painting at site.
OTHER FEATURES
Boiler headers shall be constructed in accordance with IBR specifications with flanged ends to promote
cleaning and inspection.
The boiler shall be provided with super heater to achieve a final steam temp of 440 deg. C at 60 to 110%
MCR and complete with inter-connected pipelines between the boiler and superheater, mountings such as
safety valves, drain/air vent valves, pressure gauges etc. as per IBR.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 116
The tube elements of the superheater would be suitably thick constructed from seamless alloy steel tubes
specification. The tube elements of the superheater shall be expanded into the steam drum at one end and
butt welded/expanded to the outlet manifold at the other end.
The superheater manifold shall be fabricated from solid drawn seamless pipes. The manifold shall be
supplied complete with branches for main steam take off safety valve, air release connection etc.
A thermowell in the outlet manifold shall be provided to measure the temperature of superheated steam. The
superheater design should be such that the temperature of steam at superheater outlet should not go above
445 deg.C.
A spray attempertor at suitable location shall be provided to maintain automatically the temperature of
steam at superheater outlet 410ºC at steam flow rate between 60 to 110% of MCR and tube elements of the
superheater shall be constructed from seamless alloy steel tubes of SA 213 T 11/22 specification or
equivalent.
Travelling grate Furnace with pneumatic spreader stoker type to burn bagasse with 50 percent moisture
with preheated air shall be provided for the boiler. Furnace shall be designed to give maximum
continuous rating with bagasse/biomass firing.
Suitable rotary feeder coupled to variable speed drive of positive infinitely variable type for regulating the
quantity of bagasse to furnace shall be provided. The feeder shall have speed variation and maximum speed
not to exceed 25 RPM. Suitable bagasse storage bunker (bagasse silo) of thirty minutes storage
capacity (for each feeder) shall be provided.
For burning concentrated slops a suitable spray gum shall be provided with pre-heat arrangement of
slops. The slops circuit shall be a loop type returning the excess slops to slop tank after supplying the
regulated flow to the burner.
The ID fan shall be designed for at least 115% of rated capacity. The shaft of the fan shall conform to 40 C 8
of IS:1570-1978. Renewable hard faced wear pads on the blades shall be incorporated in the impeller. ID
Fan shall be driven by AC VVFD motor directly coupled. The Fan rated speed shall not be more than 750
RPM. The impeller of the fan shall be fabricated out of minimum 6 mm thick mild steel. The fan shall be
provided with dampers at the inlet as well as at the outlet. The impeller of the fan should be supported
bearing on both the ends the shaft.
Primary air for combustion shall be supplied by the forced draft fan DEDW type, through air heater and
shall be supplied to the plenum chamber underneath the grate. Variable inlet vane control damper in the
suction of the FD fan shall be provided. FD fan shall be driven by AC VVFD motor directly coupled. The
blades of fan rotor shall be fabricated out of minimum 5 mm thick mild steel plates. The rotors of the ID &
FD Fans shall be dynamically balanced. The rpm of the FD fan should not be more than 960 rpm. ID fan
should be interlocked so that FD runs only when ID fan is running.
Secondary air fan of suitable capacity along with TEFC squirrel cage motor shall be supplied. This will
supply air into the furnace as a secondary air at high pressure through heat resisting nozzles for ensuring
combustion completeness. The secondary air nozzles shall be installed in the furnace walls. At suitable
locations to give intimate mixing of slops fuel. From the same fan air shall be supplied to the pneumatic
distributors to distribute the bagasse / bomass on the grate uniformly. An isolating/and to atomize slops
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 117
thoroughly. controlling damper shall be provided at the fan suction and in the duct at a branching point.
Suction of fan shall have provision for cold air as well as hot air from air heater with two separate
dampers for hot air and cold air.
Ash handling system comprising of sub-merged belt conveyor should be provided suitable to the
approved lay out of boiler house and ash handling system..
Continuous blow down equipment as per IBR complete with all piping connected to the M.S blowdown
tank within 10 meters outside the boiler house. Vapour Recovery arrangement shall be provided from
blowdown water.
Suitable surplus bagasse/biomass storage and return feed conveyor system to be provided. Suitable slops
burning equipment complete in all respects with piping, control valves ,NRV’s, necessary instruments,
flow meter, air blower and safety system.
Steam operated hand controlled soot blowing equipment having minimum 4 nos. soot blowers for boiler at
appropriate places to cover bank of boiler tubes and one no. automatic motorized retractable soot blower
for superheater elements shall be provided. Additional steam operated hand controlled soot blower(s)
shall also be provided for the Economizer.
Economizer
An economizer having adequate heating surface with 4.0 mm thick tubes shall be provided. Economizer
shall be complete with coils, supports, thermo wells for measuring inlet and outlet water temperature,
casing and ducting, soot blower, lagging etc. The economizer shall be designed in accordance with the
requirement of IBR. The system should have Bye-pass arrangement for flue gas and water circulation.
Air pre-heater
Air heater having adequate heating surface to heat the air by flue gases required for combustion shall be
provided. Air heater shall be complete in all respects with 10 SWG thick ERW tubes, tube plates, support,
dampers, casing and ducting etc. Entry of cold air shall be distributed properly over the length of air
heater to avoid condensation of moisture. Tube plates thickness shall be minimum 25mm.
The air heater and economizer shall be designed so as to give final flue gas temp. of max. 160 deg.C. The air
outlet temp. should not exceed 150ºC.
1. With adequate air pressure cleaning arrangement
2. By Pass arrangement during startup
Boiler feed water tank
One cylindrical closed mild steel tank shall be of 1000 HL capacity with inlet connections for condensate,
treated water, chemical dosing arrangements, outlets connections, for transfer pumps, overflow
connection, air vent connection etc. Feed water tank shall be supported on steel supporting structure.
Bottom of the tank shall not be less than 8 meter height from the transfer pump suction.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 118
Two nos. transfer pumps (one as standby) each of 50 m³/hr capacity and 60M head to pump water from
boiler feed water tank to Deaerator to maintain 4 kg/cm2 g pressure at the nozzles of Deaerator shall be
provided.
De-aerator
Deaerater mounted on de-aerated water tank of 10 M3
capacity and suitable for maximum flow rate of 25 m³
per hour shall be provided to obtain a temperature rise of feed water from 85 deg.C to 140 deg.C by using
exhaust steam at 6 kg/cm2 gauge. The maximum dissolved oxygen in the deaerater water shall not be more
than 0.007 ppm. at 105 deg.C. temp. The deaerator tank shall be installed at a height of 9 metres from the
feed pump suction and shall have platform around the tank, it shall have high and low level alarm along
with gauge glasses.
Chemical dosing equipments
The boiler shall be supplied with chemical dosing systems one for high pressure dosing and other for low
pressure dosing. Each system shall consist of chemical proportioning tanks, two nos. positive
displacement type dosing pumps, valves and measuring instruments. Each mixing tank shall have rubber
linings from inside and shall be fitted with motorized stirrer. The capacity of each tank shall be of 400
litres. The chemical dosing system equipment shall be located near feed water station on the ground
floor.
Boiler feed water pumps
Two pumps (one as standby) each of 30 m³ per hour capacity of suitable head shall be provided.
Each multistage electrical driven pump shall be suitable for pumping hot water at 140 deg.C. from
deaerater to boiler. 2% leak-off connection shall be provided for each pump. Electric motor of TEFC sq.
cage type with auto transformer/soft starter shall be provided. The starting current should not exceed the
300% of full load current.
Chimney:
One RCC chimney having brick construction upto 1/3 height of appropriate inside diameter at top and of
height as per pollution board norms shall be constructed along with ladder with guard along with
refractory lining upto 10m height, lightening arrestor shall be provided.
Boiler Feed Water Treatment Plant
Boiler Feed water is made up by condensate return along with polished condensate from Evaporation
plant. R.O plant of 5 m3/hr treated water capacity shall be provided to the water requirement of the
boiler. Carbon steel storage tank of 1500 H.L capacity, shall be included to store the treated water from the
treatment plant. Two pumps of 30 m3/hr capacity and of 25 meters head shall be provided to pump the
water from treated water storage tank to feed water tank. An R.O. plant of 5 m³/hr capacity for
polishing the condensate from the evaporation plant shall be provided along with storage tanks
forevaporator condensate and polished condensate capacity of 2500 H.L. is to be provided .This also includes
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 119
any cooling system on the evaporator condensate.
High pressure Steam Distribution header
One no. steam distribution header of suitable size with same size flanged ends on either side and
provided with the following flanged tapings for collecting the steam and distribution it to various units to be
provided. All High pressure piping shall conform to IBR.
Material of construction and general instructions:
The boiler shall be manufactured in accordance with the requirements of Indian Boiler Rules and
Regulations/ISO. The boiler shall be provided with a steel supporting structure from rolled steel sections
and designed with adequate strength for the loads imposed by the boiler and associated equipments. The
boiler shall be complete with necessary tubes, manifolds, integral pipe works, mountings and fittings
with valves, gauges, high and low water alarm, maintenance tools consisting of expander, mandrills,
ratchets two grease guns and a set of spanners, water gauges, chemical injection valves etc.
The integral pipe work shall consist of blow-off bends, high and low pressure drains, water gauge piping,
water and steam connections to the feed water regulator, piping from feed control valve to
economizer inlet manifold, feed piping from economizer outlet manifold to the boiler steam drum,
pressure gauge piping soot blower steam supply pipe works, safety valves escape pipe work etc.
The boiler shall be provided with a three element type automatic feed water regulator of
the electric/pneumatic controller type, which shall respond to momentary fluctuations in steam demand
upto ± 5% of the rated MCR of the boiler. One hand operated control valve of cast steel (located such that
its operator can see water level in gauge glass) capable of passing the required amount of water shall also
be provided. The boiler shall have two water gauge glasses at the top drum independently connected.
Necessary mild steel ducting of 5 mm thick plate in case of air duct and 6 mm thick in case of gas duct
with stiffeners shall be provided for the boiler, comprising of cold air ducting extending between the
forced draft fan discharge and air inlet of air heater, hot air ducting from the air heater outlet to the
furnace , flue gas ducting from fly ash arrestor to the chimney. All ducts of mild steel shall be above the
ground.
Necessary regulating and isolating dampers at suitable points shall be provided for the efficient
operation and maintenance of boiler. All dampers will have an effective area not less than the specified for
the ducts they control.
Suitable galleries and ladders with grating or open steel flooring for affording access to the essential
levels of the boiler plant complete with hand railings, curb angles and supports shall be provided.
All supporting steel work, hangers, thrust brackets and castings for the furnace shall be provided for
boiler. All refractory tiles and bricks, adequate quantity of high grade refractory cement, special
shaped refractory tiles castable refractory bricks for furnace and high temperature zones shall be as per
IS-8 quality. All necessary high grade insulating materials for the exposed portion of the boiler, steam
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 120
and water drums, integral pipe work from the feed pumps to the boiler, steam piping, gas and hot air
ducting shall also be supplied. Reinforcement with wire mesh and supercoated with a hard setting
material so as to protect the high grade lagging materials against damage shall also be provided. Red bricks,
cement and sand also to be provided by Seller.
2.6 Captive Power Plant
The turbo set shall be extraction cum condensing type suitable for developing 2500 KW at 0.8 PF power
even when both the overload valves of the turbine are closed.
The steam turbine shall be designed for operation for the following ranges of steam parameters:
Inlet Steam parameters :
Maximum : 45 kg/cm2 g.
Normal : 44 kg/cm2g
Minimum : 42 kg/cm2g
Flow rate Max : 22.0 tph
Inlet Steam Temperature
Maximum : 400 deg. C. Normal : 390 deg. C Minimum : 380 deg. C.
Extraction steam Pressure: 4 Kg
Extraction quantity : Max. 18.0 tph
Condensor Condition Max. : Max. 0.09 Kg/cm2 g
Condensation quantity Max : 5.0 TPH
2.6.1 FEATURES
The turbine shall be bladed horizontal rotor with double pedestal multistage controlled extraction and back
pressure type design.
The turbine shall be capable of developing 2500 KW when steam pressure at inlet stop valve is 40
kg/cm²g and temperature 400 deg. C. and valves fully open.
The turbine shall be coupled to a suitable enclosed reduction gear box of hardened, ground and nitrided
gears designed to transmit 2500 KW. mech. continuously at turbine rated speed, and ambient
temperature of 50 deg. C. with a service factor of not less than 1.7. The gear box shall be coupled to the
alternator through a compatible coupling, capable of transmitting 2500 KW mech. continuously at turbine
rated speed. The gear box shall be designed as per relevant DIN/IS/BS/AGMA standard. Necessary
cooling arrangement with standby cooler & oil pumps for the gear box shall be provided.
The reduction gear box between the turbine and the generator shall be of double helical arrangement with
an acceptable service factor of minimum 1.7. The gear box shall be designed as per requirement of
DIN/IS/BS standard. Necessary cooling arrangement for the gear box shall be provided.
The turbine shall be provided with barring gear driven by AC motors to rotate the turbine and generator
after shut down to prevent thermal distortion of the rotor. The barring gear shall be capable of starting the
rotor from rest and run it continuously at low speed. The barring gear shall be interlocked with the
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 121
lubrication system to prevent its operation without lubrication.
The speed regulation of the turbine (Droop characteristic) shall not exceed 4 percent at 2500 KW full
load of the alternator. The turbine shall be provided with a suitable hydraulic/electronic governor of
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 122
latest ver sion and turbine shall be complete with high pressure stop and emergency valve, steam
strainer steam traps, sentinel valve, main oil pump, auxiliary electric motor driven oil pump, one
steam turbine driven standby oil pump, oil cooling system consisting of two Nos. Oil coolers with
necessary pipes, fittings and valves (so that one of the two coolers can be cleaned when the turbine is
working on load), steam and oil temperature and pressure gauges, spot mounted gauge type bearing
temperature indicators for turbine and gear box local/direct mounted speedometers and one remote
reading tachometer, oil pockets with stem type thermometers in the live steam inlet and exhaust steam
outlet lines, steam flow meter for measuring the steam consumption at the turbine. Necessary oil
reservoir, duplex micronic self cleaning test type oil filters, oil strainer, interconnecting oil, water and
steam pipe work with valves and non-return valves etc, and arrangement for automatic starting of auxiliary
oil pump in case of low oil pressure shall be provided The following safety devices shall be
provided for the turbine :-
� Over speed trip with audio visual alarm.
� Low oil pressure trip with audio visual alarm.
� The turbine should trip when the alternator ACB trips due to differential protection.
� Remote operated manual trip with audio visual alarm.
� Manual trip knob/handle on turbine
� Axial movement trip & High back pressure trip.
All special maintenance tools for the turbine shall be supplied along with the turbine.
The alternator shall be suitable for developing continuously 3125 KVA (2500 KW at 0.8 Power factor) 3-
phase, 50 Hz. at a normal voltage range of 400-440 V, and shall conform to IS-4722-1968
specifications. The alternator shall be suitable for 3125 KVA even at 0.8 power factor. It also shall be fitted
with two RTDs in each phase for thermo-protection of the alternator widings, space heaters, winding air
space temperature indicator, dial type spot mounted temperature gauge for alternator bearings etc. The
alternator shall be designed for an ambient temperature of 50 deg.C. The rotor as well as the stator of the
alternator shall have class F insulation. However, the temperature rise shall be limited to Class ‘B’. The
alternator shall be brushless exciter tube complete with base frame, couplings, water-cooled radiator with
admiral quality brass tubes, item connecting cabling etc. The alternator shall be provided with two
bearings (one at each end). Radiator shall be located at both sides of alternator body. Alternator
shall have cylindrical rotor and shall be brushless exciter type with CACW enclosure. Alternator efficiency
shall be not less than 96% at full load.
Note:- Provision of emergency lighting in control room shall be provided
2.6.2 Panels Controls
The following panels shall be provided for the turbo set :-
Desk control panel for the turbine fitted with temp. and pressure gauges for steam and oil, turbine
speed indicator and push buttons/rotary switch(inching type) for raising and lowering the turbine speed,
push button for starting of auxiliary oil pump, indicating lamps etc.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 123
One battery panel consisting of necessary number of DC storage batteries housed in clean glass or
rubber lined containers and complete with trickle charger and AC/DC fuses to supply DC control
voltage to the various control panels in the power house. Operational D.C. voltage shall be 24 V D.C.
AVR panel consisting of one operating and one standby (with auto change over facility) automatic
thyristor controlled voltage regulators with independent primary and secondary modes and complete with
other accessories. An over voltage relay shall also be provided in this panel. Suitable voltmeter and fine
adjustment devices shall also be provided. Quadrature droop adjustment shall be provided. Panel shall
incorporate safety features viz under / over excitation limit, under/ over voltage, excitation overload, etc.
Excitation Panel - This shall be fitted with suitable size air circuit breaker or suitable switching device
with brushless alternator for the excitation field circuit so that the field current is automatically cut off
from the circuit in case the turbine/alternator trips. It shall be fitted with DC Ammeter and DC
voltmeter, shunt field regulator for manual operation of the excitor with auto/manual selector switch,
winding temp. indicator with selector switch, suitable transformers, field discharge resistance, `ON-OFF'
indicating lamps, fuses etc.
Alternator breaker panel - This shall be fitted with 2 Nos. of Amps. rating for 2500 KW turbo set draw-
out type air circuit breaker having motorized 'ON-OFF' operation in addition to a handle projecting
outside the panel for manual operation. This breaker shall be provided with DC operated shunt trip coil.
The breaker shall be designed for a minimum symmetrical short circuit current of 100 KA (RMS) for one
second. The breaker shall have suitable number of auxiliary contacts for electrical inter locking with
auxiliary power supply breaker. The breaker shall be designed as per IS-2516 to be read along with
Part I -1977 and Part II -1972 specifications The panel shall be fitted with the following protective
devices for the alternator:-
� 3-element differential relay
� earth fault relay (inverse type) (three element )
� element over current relay � instantaneous over voltage relay
� 1 under-voltage relay. � 1 master tripping relay with necessary relay timers.
� Reverse power relay � Breaker discrepancy relay
(All these relays shall conform to IS-3231-1965 specifications & electromechanical type /microprocessor based relay
and draw out type air circuit breaker should have foolproof arrangement for proper contacts during operation and
proper cooling of isolating contracts )
Panel Composition
The panel shall be fitted with C.T. operated 3 Nos. ammeter 1 No: voltmeter with selector switch, one no
reed type frequency meter, one no. KW meter, one no 3 phase power factor meter, one no KWH meter of
integrating type, MDI/KVAH meter, one no. KVAR meter. The meters shall be Class 1.5 percent accuracy
and shall conform to IS-1248-1968 specifications. Meters shall be preferably digital type. All meters
shall be of square type of 144 mm sq with 90 per cent deflection. The panel shall be fitted with audio-
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 124
visual annunciator having suitable number of windows and the following indications : -
DC failure trip, earth fault trip, over current trip, over voltage trip, under voltage trip, turbine high
speed trip, turbine shut down, turbine governor oil pressure trip, lube oil pressure trip, high winding
temperature trip, axial movement trip, high back pressure trip. Suitable mechanical inter-locking with 2
Nos. spare castle key locks( loose ) shall be provided for interlocking of the main breaker with
emergency power supply breaker of sugar mill supply and Bus Coupler can be switched ‘ON’ only when
one incomer is ‘ON’. If both incomers are ‘ON’ then bus coupler must be ‘OFF. `1 No: lock shall be fitted
with alternator breaker panel and 2 Nos. loose locks shall be fitted in Main Distribution Panel for grid/
sugar mill set incomers. This will be in addition to the electrical interlocking of the same.
When sugar mill supply is taken, synchronising system and bus coupler (rating same as incomer of
alternator breaker) shall be provided with necessary meters and relays. Synchronising panel shall have
double volt meter, double frequency meter, lamps, synchroscope, P.T. fuses and selector switch etc.
The panel will be fitted with suitable number of indicating lamps alongwith sufficient spare kit in panel.
Alternator Panel
The alternator shall have neutral isolating air circuit breaker /contactor with interlocking facility and
mounted on front side of breaker/bus coupler panel. All the above panels shall be sheet steel fabricated
cubicle type made out of 14 SWG cold rolled steel sheets The cubicle shall be of totally enclosed floor
mounting type, dust, damp and vermin proof as far as possible and shall be fitted with louvers for air
circulation. Suitable size electric grade EC-91E copper bus bars shall be provided with SMC/DMC
supports etc.
The alternator breaker panel shall be designed for the ultimate capacity for withstanding symmetrical
short circuit current of 100 KA (RMS) for one second. The alternator breaker panel shall be designed for an
ambient temperature of 50 deg.C and the maximum operating temperature of bus bars at the ultimate
capacity shall not exceed 85 deg.C. The size of the neutral bus bars shall be half of that of the phase bus
bars. The earth bus bar shall be located at the bottom and shall be continuous throughout the length of
the panel. The panel shall be expandable at both ends.
Electrical Distribution System
The electrical distribution system shall include bus bar trunking connecting the alternator with the
alternator breaker panel, main distribution board in the power house, bus coupler panel (at ultimate
capacity) auxiliary panel, main and sub-lighting distribution boards, motor control centers, all electric
motors, starters and switches for all electrical motors, power factor improving capacitors, all power,
lighting and control electrical cables, earthing system, electrical erection materials etc. It will also
include distribution boards, cables and lighting fixtures (without bulbs, tube lights and
halogen lamps) for the lighting of the factory building, cooler towers house etc. The entire electrical system
and equipment shall conform to the Indian Electricity Act and its Rules. The detailed specifications are as
under:
Bus bar trunking : The bus bar shall be made of electric grade (EC-91E) aluminum The busbar trunking
enclosure shall be fabricated out of 50 x 50 x 6 mm angle and folded covers of 2 mm thick aluminum
sheets shall be provided on all four sides. The louvers shall be provided on side covers. The flexible
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 125
copper connections as alternator end and fixed connections at the breaker panel end shall be provided.
The bus bar trunking shall be designed for 4000 KVA continuous capacity at 0.9 power factor at an
ambient temperature of 50 deg.C. and the maximum temperature of the bus bar shall not exceed 85
deg.C. It shall be designed to withstand a symmetrical short Circuit current of 50 KA (RMS) for one
second. Busbar trunking have a neutral bus bar of half the size of the phase bus bars. Similar rating bus
trunking and tie trunking with bus coupler identical to is panel shall also be provided for the addition of 2nd
alternator in future.
Main distribution Panel :
This shall be designed for capacity of 2500 KW at unity load factor. The panel shall be fabricated from 14
SWG cold rolled sheet steel and shall be totally enclosed floor mounting type, dust, damp and vermin
proof. Louvers shall be provided in the panel for air circulation. The panel shall be designed for an ambient
temperature of 50 deg.C. and the maximum operating temperature of the bus bar shall not exceed 85
deg.C. The panel shall be designed to withstand symmetrical short circuit current of 100 KA (RMS)
for one second. The operating heights of the panels shall be about 2000 mm. The panel doors
compartment shall be interlocked in such a way that it shall not be possible to open them when the
switch/circuit breaker is in closed on position. The bus bars provided in the panel shall be of aluminum EC-
91E grade. The size of the neutral bus bar shall be half of that of phase bus bar. The earth bus bar shall
be located at the bottom and shall be continuous throughout the length of the panel. Removable sheet steel
gland plates shall be provided at the bottom of the panels for cable entry. The panel shall have
individual air circuit breaker for outgoing feeders for motor control centers installed for cane preparation
,boilers and centrifugals. The panel shall also have individual switch fuse unit for outgoing feeders for all
other motor control centers. The panel shall also have individual switch fuse unit for feeders for auxiliary
panel, and electric oil pump for turbo set. The panel shall also have one bus section coupler consisting of
3200 amp. four pole air circuit breaker connected in such a way that some of the load can be transferred
from the turbo set supply and be fed from the emergency/other power supply. Coupler and emergency
supply incomer breaker shall have four pole, (3 phase, neutral) air circuit breaker or 3 pole air circuit
breaker and neutral isolating contactor including an ammeter, volt meter with selector switch fuses of
suitable rating and indicating lamps.
One four pole air circuit breaker of 2000 amp. rating shall also be installed in the main distribution
panel for feeding the emergency power supply from diesel set/state electricity grid . All these Air circuit
breakers shall be interlocked with the alternator breaker panel such that only one source of power
supply is fed to the bus bar at a time. The main distribution panel shall be fitted with spare switch fuse
unit, one of each size subject to a maximum of three nos. and 2 nos. plugs and sockets, each of 63
amps. control supply of 230 VAC shall be obtained only through phase and neutral. Automatic Power
factor correction panel with capacitors and suitable rating ACB as incomer shall be installed near the
main distribution panel for automatic improvement of power factor to a minimum of 0.90. Air break
contactors with back up switch fuse with ammeter and 'ON' Indicating lamps unit shall be fitted in the
APFC panel for connection of about 500 KVAR capacitors. Capacitors shall be APP double layer type
suitable for avoiding effects of D.C. harmonics generated by thyristor drives. The balance number of
capacitors shall be installed at individual MCC's. The main distribution panel shall have ammeter and
ON and OFF indicating lamps for each outgoing feeder. Ammeter, voltmeter and 3 nos indicating
lamps shall be provided for incoming emergency supply breaker. All switches and air circuit breakers in
the outgoing feeders in the main distribution board shall be designed for a rating of 1.2 times the
connected load to each feeder. Each outgoing feeder shall be housed in individual separate cubicle with
door interlock.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 126
Auxiliary Panel:
The auxiliary panel shall be provided with following outgoing feeders.
The auxiliary panel shall be with one incoming 400 amps switch fuse unit. One 250 amps. 4 pole
changeover switch shall also be provided for auxiliary panel so that it can be fed either from the grid
supply or from sugar mill supply. Neutral bus bar shall also be provided in the auxiliary panel. Other
construction details and fault level etc. of the auxiliary panel shall be the same as the main distribution
panel. The auxiliary [panel shall be located in the power house. One ammeter with selector switch, one
voltmeter and ‘ON’ indicating lamps shall be provided in the incomer. (8 Nos. 63 Amps, 6 Nos. 100 Amps.
+ 3 Nos. 250 amps.) Each outgoing feeder shall have an ammeter and ‘ON’ indication.
Bus coupler Panel :
A suitable bus coupler panel in construction Breaker Panel with ammeter, voltmeter with selector switch,
interlocking arrangement mechanical/electrical both etc.
Motor Control Centers (MCC) :
Complete plant load shall be divided into appropriate number of zones. Each zone shall be connected to a
separate MCC.
Each MCC shall be provided with 1 No: incoming switch of 1.2 times the connected load excluding the
standby equipment , an ammeter, a voltmeter with selector switch, 3 phase energy meter and OFF and ON
indicating lamps. Each MCC will have individual outgoing feeder for each motor connected to that MCC.
For squirrel cage motors, each feeder shall have switch fuse unit, starter with overload protection( bimetallic
thermal over load relay ) , an ammeter and an indicating lamp. For slipring motors, each feeder shall
have switch fuse unit, contactor and bimetal thermal overload relay , ammeter and on indicating lamp
for motor rating upto 160 kw and motors above 160 kw rating MCC shall have switch fuse unit ammeter and
separate stator control panel with ACB shall be located near motor along with rotor resistance starter. In
case of slipring motors starter, rotor starters shall be provided and installed near individual motors. The
MCC’s shall also have feeders for connection of low loss power capacitors APP double layer type, each
feeder having air break contactor with back up switch fuse unit, on indicating lamps, ammeter, ON-OFF
push buttons.
Each feeder in the MCC's shall be housed in separate individual compartments with door interlock.
Each MCC shall be 14/16 SWG cold rolled sheet steel fabricated cubicle type, floor mounted, dust,
damp and vermin proof. Each MCC shall be expandable at both ends for additions of switches and
starter for the motors if required at any stage. The bus bars shall be made of Electric Grade (EC-91E)
aluminum & their shall be busbars for 3 phases and neutral . The earth bus bar shall be located at the
bottom and shall be continuous throughout the length of each MCC. The operating height of each MCC
shall be 1800 mm. Control supply of 230 VAC shall be obtained only through phase and neutral.
However, in centrifugal panel/MCCS control supply of 230 V A.C. shall be obtained through control
transformer.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 127
Each MCC shall be designed to withstand symmetrical short circuit current of 35 KA (RMS) for one
second. Each MCC shall be designed for an ambient temperature of 50 deg.C, the bus bar operating
temperature at the ultimate capacity shall not exceed 85 deg. C Removable sheet steel gland plates
shall be provided in each MCC for cable entry.
Each MCC shall be provided with spare switches, one of each size subject to a maximum of three nos.
and a plug with socket of 63 amps. All squirrel cage motors upto an including of 30 HP rating shall be
controlled with D.O.L. starters. All other squirrel cage motors above 30 HP.rating shall be controlled with
air break automatic star delta starters. Each slip ring motor shall be controlled with stator rotor starter.
MCC incomers shall be SFU/ACB with 1.2 times capacity of MCC connected load excluding standby
equipments.
Each slipring motor shall be controlled with rotor starters installed near motor, or Slipring motors upto 160
KW rating MCC shall house switch-fuse, contactor bimetal overload relay ammeter and ON indication lamp
as a stator control panel and motors above 160 KW separate stator control panel with ACB shall be supplied
and installed near motor.
In addition to these MCC’s, one pedestal mounted push button operating Station (with ON-OFF push
buttons) shall be provided near each squirrel cage motor. Also stop push buttons at the ground floor
shall also be push buttons for slipring provided for bagasse elevator, and return bagasse carrier. ON/OFF
motors shall also have ammeter along with push buttons.
Electric Motors :
All the electric motors up to 100 HP except ID Fan motors shall be squirrel cage TEFC enclosure
induction motors.
All the electric motors shall be suitable for operation at 3 phase, 50 Hz, 415 volts, AC supply and shall
conform to IS-325 and IS-4722- specifications.
All motors shall be with TEFC enclosure, 18 – 55.
Electric cables :
All power, control and lighting electric cables for the entire electrical distribution system shall be
supplied. All cables shall be suitable for the distillery plant. The power electric cables from the main distribution panel to each MCC and to auxiliary panel shall be
suitable for the connected load at unity load factor excluding standby equipments. Suitable derating
factor for the cables shall be considered as per the recommendations of IS standards.
All power and lighting cables shall be PVC/XLPE insulated, armoured , suitable for use at ad also suitable
for fire hag and atmosphere (distillery plant) 1100 V and shall conform to IS-1554(part I) specifications.
All the control cables shall be of copper conductor. The minimum cross sectional area per core shall be 4
mm2 for aluminum conductor and 2.5 mm2 for copper conductor. Control cables shall be minimum 1.5
sq.mm. copper conductor.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 128
All the lighting cables from main lighting D.B. to sub lighting D.B. shall be 3. 1/2 cores. Power cables
from Main distribution panel in Power house to MCCS shall be 3.1/2 cores. However, from each MCC to
individual motors shall be 3 core.
All the cables shall be load overhead on Trays etc. on proper racks, suitably spaced and clamped to the
racks.
All cable terminations shall be through crimping type cable lugs. Cable glands shall be provided at
panels. Starters, motors, push button etc.
Power Factor Correcting Capacitors:
Suitable number and rating low loss power capacitors APP double layer type shall be supplied to improve the
plant power factor to 0.95. The capacitor shall be suitable for D.C. load and its harmonics. The power
capacitors shall conform to IS-2834 specifications connected to APFC panel in power house and the
balance capacitors shall be connected to the motor control centers all suitable rating SFD units, contactor and
on indication. All capacitor shall be controlled through auto power factor correction relay and
thyristerised switching / contactor switching shall be used for capacitors switching.
Distillery Lighting :
The scope of work under this section shall be to provide illumination in the whole of distillery/Ethanol
plant with LED only.The average illumination levels shall be 50 lux in fuel yard, 200 lux in power house
and 150 lux in other plant areas.
However, LED lamps shall be provided on each light glass for various equipments.
One main distribution board and suitable numbers sub-distribution boards for the lighting system fitted with
miniature circuit breakers for each circuit shall be provided. The main DB shall be located in the power
house The sub-distribution boards shall be evenly spread in the factory area to be illuminated. Each sub-
distribution board shall also be fitted with 3 nos. three-pin plug points. The main DB shall have a SFU
incomer, ammeter, voltmeter with selector switch and indicating lamps. Each SDB shall have a MCB
incomer an ammeter and outgoing MCB feeders. The wiring for complete lighting system shall be done
with the help of PVC insulated and armored aluminium conductor cables run on walls, ceilings or
underground trenches as required. The lighting boards shall be sheet steel fabricated and also emergency
lighting systems are required for all control room. All lighting should be of LED only.
Fire Fighting Sytem:
Proper installation of fire fighting system in distillery/Ethanol plant as per norms.
Communication System/Surveillance System
Walky-talky or other phone communication system for different sections.
Adequate no. of CCTV(approx. 32 cameras) minimum 4 megapixel with night vision facility should be
provided with DVR for 30 days recording and LED Surveillance screen
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 129
Earthing :
Earthing of all electrical installations shall be done as per IS 3043- specifications and the Indian
Electricity Act and its rules and approved by the Electricity Authority of the Government.
All air circuit breakers shall conform to IS-2516-1 part I. All switch fuse units on cubicle switch boards
shall conform to IS-4047 specifications. All switch fuse unit on Industrial Boards shall conform to IS-4064-
Part I and Part II specifications.
All ammeters and voltmeters shall be 150 mm size, class 1.5% accuracy and shall confirm to IS-1248. All
current transformers shall be class-1% accuracy and confirm to IS-2705. All contactors shall be air breake
type with at least 2 nos. + 2 auxiliary contacts shall confirm to IS-2516.
Power House Crane
One electrically operated overhead travelling crane of 10.0 tonnes S.W.L. capacity conforming to Class II
of I.S specifications complete with rails, gantry etc, shall be supplied. The crane rail centres shall be to
suit power house building.
Cooling water system
The system shall cater to the requirement of the turbo alternator set for the 2.5 MW turbo generator, the
auxiliaries of the turbo generator and the auxiliaries of the steam generator. A two cell, induced draft (1
running, 1 standby) cross flow cooling tower, to meet the cooling water requirement for the captive
power plant shall be provided. The hot water returning from the TG and the boiler auxiliaries to be
cooled in the cooling tower designed for a temperature drop of 80C with an approach of 3
0C at the wet bulb
temperature. The cooling tower shall be R.C.C./wood/FRP type integral with basin etc. The cooling water
temperature from the cooling tower should not be more than 320C above the W.B. Temp. at any time.
The cooling tower shall be complete in all respects such as induced draft fan, motors, gear reducers,
lubrication systems etc. The fan blade to be of FRP construction to reduce energy consumption. Desk,
ladders, handles etc. and access doors for each cell shall be provided. Complete isolation between the cells
is essential. Chemical dosing system including necessary piping, vessels, valves, pumps and pipe work for
returning cooling water to a terminal point shall be provided. All electrical including motors, supports,
cable and cable works, earthing including material etc. is to be included in the scope of supply. Complete civil
work is also included in the scope of work to the seller.
Air conditioning and ventilation system
The main plant control room housing the controls for the boilers and the turbo generators shall be
ductable air and water cooled A/c system and suitable exhaust fans to ensure effective ventilation and dust
free atmosphere within the turbo generator building. All the other control rooms to be air
conditioned with suitable capacity split type air conditioner with stand by units. All the MCC rooms shall
be equipped with effective ventilation system to render the room temperature more than 35 oC.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 130
Explanatory note:-
� The vender should specify all design parameters of major equipments and fill the data
accordingly in place of ‘*’ indications in various clauses of above mentioned plant and
machineries .
� Vender should specify the process operations and conditions clearly along with process flow
diagram and P & I drawing.
� Vender should specify the design basis wherever required.
� Vender should submit gross material and energy balances along with flow diagrams wherever
required.
� The scope of supply includes but not limited to the plant and machinery supply as mentioned in
various section of clause 2 to 10 and should include all items necessary to completeness of the
Ethanol complex on turnkey basis.
� Vender to supply operation maintenance manual (6 sets.)
� Vender to supply 6 sets hard copy of drawings and one soft copy.
� Vender to supply essential spare for two years operation.
� Vender to supply all special tools.
� Vender to supply full furnished operator cabins wherever the control room at provided.
2.6.3 DIESEL GENERATING SET
One No. diesel generating set of 1000 KVA of the following specifications is to be supplied, for start up
assistance.
The diesel generating set shall be rated for continuous operation, comprising multiple cylinder diesel
engine having necessary protections such as low lube oil pressure trip, high engine temperature trip, over
speed trip etc. and shall be fitted with speed control knob speedometer, hour meter battery charging
meter, oil pressure and temperature gauges, radiator etc. The diesel engine shall be coupled with
suitable alternator capable of developing the rated power at 3 phase, 50 Hz at normal voltage of 420 volt
(Alternator to be suitable for voltage range of 400-450 KVA) and conforming to IS-4722 specifications.
The alternator shall be fitted with minimum one ETD in each phase for thermo protection to the
alternator windings. The alternator shall be designed for an ambient temperature of 45 deg. C. The
alternator shall be self excited and self regulated.
The diesel set shall be complete with base frame, couplings, one M.S. fabricated, diesel service tank of 10
HL capacity, inter-connecting piping, D.C. storage battery and self starting mechanism for starting of
engine and suitable electrical control panel with breaker, relays, metering etc.
A floor mounted, dust and vermin proof panel for the diesel set fabricated from 2 mm thick for the back
side and 1.6 mm thick for the other sides cold rolled sheet steel shall be provided. The panel shall be
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 131
fitted with air circuit breakers over current relay, earth fault relay, reverse power relay, over voltage relay,
reed type frequency meter, neutral isolating switch, three phase 4 wire unbalanced energy meters, KW
meter, 3 phase power factor meter, 3 Nos. ampere meters, one No. voltmeter with selector switch, ON-OFF
indicating lamps. The panel shall have neutral and phase bus bars of electric grade (EC-91E)
aluminium and shall be designed to withstand symmetrical short circuit current of 50 KA (RMS) for one
second. The panel shall be designed for a rise of 40 deg. C or 45 deg. C, the operating temperature of the bus
bars shall not exceed 85 deg.C. All the meters shall be 1.5 per cent accuracy and shall conform to IS-1248
specifications. All the meters shall be square type of 100 mm sq. with 90 per cent deflection
Interconnecting electrical cables from the diesel set to the main distribution panel and to the auxiliary
panel changeover switch shall be provided. The DG set shall be equipped with canopy of suitable design to maintain sound level as per norms issued by
HSPCB/CPCB.
The DG set shall be equipped with chimney of suitable design as per norms issued by HSPCB/CPCB.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 132
2.7 CONDENSATE TREATMENT UNIT (CTU) – PROCESS CONDENSATE & SPENT LESS
TREATMENT
With the conservation of water approach, it is essential to recycle maximum possible water from waste
stream. Process Condensate from Multi Effect Evaporators and spent lees generated in the distillation
process offers an ideal opportunity for recycle after treatment to the distillery to minimize the fresh
water intake. Cooling tower blow down water and other drainage shall be treated along with floor
washings, blow downs, etc. in Aeration digestion followed by clarification and R.O. treatment. Thus almost
90% of waste water should be recovered suitable as process water. The recovered water will be
processed further in R.O. plant followed by mixed bed demineralization and ACF-System to get
demineralized water suitable for boiler feed water make up.
The condensate treatment unit should be design for a capacity of 500 m3
per day.
Sludge : can be used for composting
Typical input characteristics of Process Condensate / Spent Lees.
Sr.No. Parameter Units Condensate / Spent Lees 1. Turbidity NTU 5.0 2. Electrical Conductivity Micro mhos/cm 250 3. pH 7 - 8 4. TDS Mg/l 110 5. Total hardness Mg/l 2.3 6. Calcium harness Mg/l 0.85 7. Magnesium harness Mg/l 1.5 8. Potassium Mg/l 0.3 9. Chlorides M1.0g/l 1.0 10. Sulphates Mg/l 0.8 11. Nitrates Mg/l 0.6 12. Phenolphthalein Mg/l NIL 13. Methyl orange alkalinity Mg/l NIL 14. Iron Mg/l 0.05 15. Reactive silica Mg/l 2.0 16. Colloidal silica Mg/l NIL 17. COD Mg/l 5000 18.. BOD Mg/l 2500
FOLLOWING IN THE INDICATED LIST OF CONDENSATE TREATMENT UNIT (CTU) STRUCTURES AND
EQUIPMENTS
Sr. No. Unit Number 1. Tank M.S.V. 2. Equalization tank M.S. (40 m3 ) with oil separation 1 3. Lifting pumps 1 + 1 4. Feed Flow Meter 1 5. Auto pH Adjustments system 1 6. MGM / Filter 1 7. Pressure sand filter 8. Micro filter 1
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 133
9. Nano filter 1 10. R.O. Filter 1 11. Aeration tank system a react. 12. Intermediate pumps 13. Final R.O. 14. Intermediate storage tank 15. Dosing systems, if any 16. Activated Carbon filter 1 17. Treat water tank 100 KL 1 18. Piping & Valves Lot 19. Electrical panel & cabling Lot
NOTE: 01. All specification mentioned above are indicative and vendor shall confirm.
02. The vendor can offer alternative treatment scheme for condensate and lees but the treated water must conform
to quality requirements given as mentioned above.
03. The system shall be suitable to achieve zero liquid discharge.
2.8 WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM
Raw water shall be collected in an process water t an k in the distillery from tube wells in the sugar mill.
A part of raw water from storage tank is transferred TO condensate treatment unit and treated along with
the accepts from C.T.U. for getting DM water through a mixed bid – ACF combination as make up for
boiler requirements. Major water supply is for fermenter dilution and cooling tower make up. Cooling tower make up shall be
through recovered water from process condensate and lees treatment in the CTU.
In the CTU there will be two streams – one for process condensate and spent lees which are relatively
clear but high on COD / BOD. The concentrated high COD, reject from this stream shall be treated by
aeration to remove COD and the clear liquid is then fed back to the stream one for further reclaiming of
water.
The other waste streams shall be treated as stream 2 in CTU and the clear water is taken for cooling
tower make up largely. Thus the raw water requirements are mainly in fermentation section. The water
supply equipment is, but not limited to as below:-
Water pipeline shall be laid from sugar mill tube well to distillery over head water tank. Other items of water
distribution are as below :
1.
Process water tank 300 m3
Capacity : 300 m3. MOC-M.S.
2.
Process water pump with motor
Type : Centrifugal Capacity :
200 M3/hr. Quality : 1 + 1
3.
Piping & valves
LOT
4.
Electricals
LOT
5. Structural LOT
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 134
01. Raw water quality analysis report shall be provided.
02. DM plant capacity for boiler feed make up water 7.0 m3/hr.
2.8.1 COOLING TOWER DETAILS :
Cooling tower for distillation, MSDH plant and evaporation section shall be separate. Provision should be
made in the cooling towers and numbers and sizes of circulation pumps to suit operation at any
capacity depending upon the number of units operating at a time.
FERMENTATION COOLING TOWER
A. DESIGN CONDITIONS : 1. Flow rate capacity : To specify
2. Delta T : 2˚C 3. Type : Induced Draft, Wooden construction
B. PUMP AND MOTOR
1. Pump capacity : * m3/per hour 2. Quantity : 1 + 1 Nos. centrifugal
DISTILLATION + MSDH COOLING TOWER
A. DESIGN CONDITIONS ;
1. Flow rate capacity : * m3/per hour
2. Delta T : 8˚C 3. Type : Induced Draft, Wooden construction
B. PUMPS AND MOTOR DISTILLATION :
1. Pump capacity & Quantity
For Distillation Section: 2 Nos. of pump (1OP+1SB); * m3/per hour
For Ethanol Section: 2 Nos. of pump (1OP+1SB); * m3/per hour
EVAPORATION COOLING TOWER
A. DESIGN CONDITIONS :
1. Flow Rate capacity : * m3 per hour
2. Delta T : 8˚C 3. Type : Induced Draft, wooden construction
B. PUMPS AND MOTOR :
1. Pump capacity : * m3
per hour
2. Quantity : 1 + 1 Nos.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 135
ANNEXURE -III
2.0 GENERAL ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS
(Applicable wherever relevant)
2.1 ENGINEERING STANDARDS 2.1.1 IS & International Codes
This section of the report gives the basic criteria for the design of the plant. The design parameter, such as sizes, ratings, quantities, material specification, type of equipment etc. described in the report are approximate. Necessary changes could occur on the detailed Purchasing of the plant to achieve the intent of this report to make the scheme successful.
All materials, equipment, workmanship, shop & field test etc. shall conform to the latest Indian Standard Specifications (IS), Indian Boiler Regulations and Codes of Practices as and wherever applicable and other codes as specified. In case recourse is required to be made to any other International Standard, due to non existence of Indian standard or any other reason, the supplier shall specify the same.
Whenever reference is made in the contract to the respective standards and codes in accordance with which goods and materials are to be furnished , and the work is to be performed or tested, the provisions of the latest current edition or revision of the relevant standards and codes in effect shall apply, unless otherwise expressly set forth in the contract. Differences between the standards must be fully described in writing by the Supplier and submitted to the Purchaser for approval, along with the bid.
In the event the Purchaser determines that such proposed deviations do not ensure equal or higher quality, the Supplier shall comply with the standards and codes set forth in the documents.
2.1.2 Applicable Standards
The minimum acceptable material quality for various components of the plant shall conform
to the Indian Standards as summarized hereunder, unless otherwise specified in Technical
Specifications. The list must not be treated as comprehensive. For the standards not mentioned in
the list, relevant IS or BS should be followed.
Sr. No. Item Standard Code
1. Gun metal for bearings IS: 318-1981 2. White metal for bearings IS: 25-1979 3. Plummer blocks for roller bearings IS: 4773-2002 4. Phosphorous Bronze casting IS: 28-1985 5. Specification of wrought Aluminum and Aluminium alloys sheet &
strip (for general purpose Purchasing)
IS: 733-1983
6. Shell and tube heat exchangers IS: 4503-1967 7. Codes of practice for construction in steel IS: 800-1984 8. Code for unfired pressure vessel IS: 2825-1969 9. Carbon steel for general Structural purposes IS: 2062-1999
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 136
10. Cast Steel Castings
IS: 2708-1993, IS: 276-2000, IS:
1030-1998, IS: 2856-1999
11. Specifications for alloy steel castings for pressure containing parts
suitable for high temperature service.
IS: 3038-1992
12. Forge and carbon steel Shafts IS: 1570-1979 13. Gun metal valves IS: 778-1984 14. Steel Globe Valves IS: 10605-1989 15. Gray Cast Iron IS: 210 - 1962 16. Cast Iron Flexible coupling IS: 2693 – 1964 17. Cast Iron Sluice Valve IS: 2685 - 1971 18. Gear box, worm or helical gear, selection IS: 7403-1974 19. Method for load rating of worm gears IS: 7443-2002 20. Insulation IS: 7413-1981 21. Insulating oils IS: 335-1993 22. Specification for bonded mineral wool IS: 8183-1993 23. Mineral wool IS: 3611-1985 24. Sheet rubber IS: 638-1979 25. Thermal evaluation and classification of electrical insulation IS: 1271-1985
26. Industrial application and finishing of thermal insulating materials at
temperatures above 80 deg. C and upto 700 deg. C. IS: 14164-1994
27. Insulating bricks IS: 2042-1972 28. Brass tube of 70:30 alloy IS: 407-1981 29. Mild steel pipe
IS: 1239-2004 Part-1 IS: 1239-
1992 Part-2 IS: 6392-1998 30. Steel Pipe Flanges IS: 6392-1971 31. Refractory - high heat duty -moderate heat duty IS: 8-1994 IS: 6-1983
32. Slide rails for electric motors IS: 2968-1964 33. 3-phase Induction motors IS: 325-1996 34. Energy efficient electric motors IS: 12615-2004 35. Motor cooling IS: 6362-1995 36. Rotating electric machine IS: 4722-2001 37. Degree of protection provided by enclosures of rotating electrical
machinery IS: 4691-1985
38. On load tap changers IS: 8468-1977 39. LV fuses
IS: 13703-1993 Part 1- 4
40. Cables
IS: 1554 -1988 Part 1 & 2
41. Cross linked polyethylene insulated PVC sheathed cables
IS: 7098-1993 Part 1- 3
42. Conveyor chains & slats used in sugar industry IS: 14667-1999 43. Code of recommended practice for conveyor safety
IS: 7155-1994 Part 1 – 8
44. Code of practice for selection and design of belt conveyors
IS: 11592-2000
45. Toughened belt conveyor IS: 4776-1977 46. Idlers and idler sets for belt conveyors IS: 8531- 986 47. Alternating current dis-connectors (isolates) and earthing switches
IS: 9921-1985 Part 1-5
48. Lightning Arrestors for AC system IS: 3070-1993 Part 1-3
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 137
49. Practice for the protection of the building and allied structures
against lightning – code of practice
IS: 2309-1989
50. Loading guide for oil immersed power Transformer
IS: 6600-1972
51. Power transformer IS: 2026-1994 Part 1- 52. Application guide for Current transformer IS: 4201-1983 53. Voltage transformer, specification IS: 3156-1992 Part 1-4 54. Specification for electrical chain hoists IS: 6547-1972 55. Code of practice for selection, installation
& maintenance of switch gear and control gear IS: 10118-1982 Part 1 - 4
56. LV switch gear and control gear
IS: 13947-1993 Part 1 – 5
57. Low voltage switch gear and control gear assemblies
IS: 8623-1993 Part 1 – 3
58. High voltage alternating current circuit Breakers
IS: 13118-1991
59. Plain and reinforced concrete IS: 456-2000 60. Code of practice for design loads for building structures
IS: 875-1987 Part 1 to Part 5
61. Criterion for earthquake resistant – design of structure
IS: 1893-1984, IS: 1893-2002 Part 1
62. Gantry Cranes
IS: 807-1976 IS: 3177-1999
63. Roller Bearing Plummer Blocks IS: 4773-2002 64. Specifications for foundation bolts IS:5624-1993
IEC STANDARDS 65. Guide for selection of HV cables IEC 103 66. Static meters IEC 136 67. Bushing for alternating voltages above 1000 V
IEC 137
68. Deg. of protection of enclosures for low voltage switchgear and
control gear IEC 144
69. Potential transformers IEC 186 70. Electric relays IEC 225 71. PVC insulated electric cables IEC 227 72. Partial discharge requirements IEC 270 73. AC metal enclosed switchgear and control gear for rated voltages
above 1 KV and upto and including 52 KV
IEC 298
74. LVB switchgear and control gears assembly IEC 439 75. Classification degree of protection IEC 529 76. Application for power transformer IEC 606
IEE STANDARDS
77. Guide for safety in AC sub station grounding IEEE:80 78. Recommended practice for electric power distribution for industrial
plants IEEE:141
79. Recommended practice for grounding of industrial and commercial
power systems IEEE:142
80. Recommended practice for protection
and coordination of industrial and commercial powers of systems IEEE:242
81. Recommended practice for industrial and commercial power
systems analysis IEEE:399
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 138
82. Recommended practice for emergency and standby power for
industrial and commercial application IEEE:446
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL PURCHASERS (ASME)
83. Rules for construction of power boilers ASME SECTION I 84. Welding & Brazing Qualification ASME SECTION IX 85. Undefined precision vessel code ASME SECTION VIII 86. Welding qualification ASME SECTION IX 87. Guide for evaluation of measurement un-certainty in performance test
of steam turbine ASME PTC 6.0
88. Safety and relief valves ASME PTC 25.3 89. Pipe flanges and flanges fittings ASME B.16.5 90.
Butt welding fittings
ASME B.16.9 91. Socket welding and threaded fittings ASME B.16.11 92. Code for power piping ASME B.31.1
BRITISH STANDARDS
93. Industrial type metal floors, walk ways and stairways BS-4592 94. Stairs, ladders and walk ways BS-5395 95. Pipe Flange Drilling BS : 10-1962
INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS (MISC.) PRACTICE IN INDUSTRY
96. Indian boilers regulation IBR 97. American gear manufacturers Association AGMA 98. Structural Welding Code AWS D1.1 99. Instrument Society of America ISA 100.National Electrical Manufacturers Association NEMA 101.National Fire Protection Association NEPA 102.IEC recommendation Publication No.4S for turbine CSN – 080030 DIN – 1943
STANDARD CODES FOR TESTING 1. Method for tensile testing of steel products IS:1608 – 1995 2.
Specification for acceptance standards for ultrasonic inspection of
steel castings IS: 9565 - 1995 IS: 7666 – 1998
3. Code of procedure for inspection of welds IS: 822 – 1970 4. Methods of inspection of spur and helical gears IS: 7504 – 1995 5. Bevel gears inspection IS: 10911 1984 6. Overhead cranes IS: 807 – 1976 7.
Methods of determination of efficiency of rotating electrical
machinery IS: 4889 – 1968
8. Measurement and evaluation of vibration of rotating machines IS: 4729 - 1975 9. Guide for testing of insulation resistance of rotating machines IS: 7816 – 1975 10. Guide for testing synchronous machines IS: 7132 – 1973 11. Methods of test for mineral wool thermal insulation materials IS: 3144 – 1922 12.
Boiler Efficiency, as per ASME publication with its latest
amendments, indirect method PTC 4.1 1964
13. Steam Turbine Performance, as per ASME publication PTC 6.1 - 1976
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 139
2.2 Materials
2.2.1 Forging
All shaft forgings above 150 mm diameter shall be subjected to internal examination for the
detection of flaws and to heat treatment for the relief of residual stresses.
2.2.2 Castings
All cast materials shall be as free as is practical of blow holes and flaws. No welding, plugging or
filling of any defective parts shall be done without the sanction of the purchaser or his
representative.
Heavy steel castings shall be rough machined and then normalized by heat treatment before
finish machining.
2.2.3 Foundation bolts
Foundation bolts, holding down bolts, rag bolts with nuts and washers for all the equipment,
structure etc. with grouting pads, covered under the bid, shall be supplied by the Supplier.
2.2.4 Fasteners
Nuts, bolts and other fasteners employed in the construction of the plant shall conform to the
requirements of the appropriate Indian Standards, where applicable.
When fitting on outdoor equipment all bolts, nuts and washers shall be of non-rusting material
when in contact with non-ferrous parts.
Where fitted bolts are used there shall be a driving fit into the reamed holes they are to occupy and
be marked to ensure correct re-assembly on site. The threaded portion of such bolts shall be of a
diameter that shall prevent damage to the thread on assembly.
All nuts, bolts, fasteners required for assembly or mounting of any equipment procured through
these documents, including foundation and holding down bolts, are to be included in the
supplies.
2.2.5 Gaskets, Diaphragms
Rubber or rubber-based materials shall not be used for gaskets, diaphragms, etc Instead,
synthetic materials, not subject to deterioration due to climatic conditions shall be employed.
The supplier shall include for supply of all gaskets required for jointing of pipe flanges. Generally
specifications of gaskets for different duties shall atleast be equivalent to the following:
1) For 8700 kpa(g), 510ºC steam piping connection, spiral wound flexatallic type gaskets
with inner and outer metal rings.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 140
2) For exhaust steam piping, and water piping; wire inserted synthetic red rubber gasket,
3mm thick.
3) For compressed air piping, synthetic red rubber sheet gasket, 3mm thick.
2.2.6 Conveyor Belting
In the case of conveyor belting this shall also be of synthetic materials of multi-ply construction,
with joining ends suitable for Site vulcanizing. The belts shall be supplied initially with
mechanical joining material for temporary use for running- in the belts to take out the initial
stretch.
2.3 Gear Units
Unless otherwise started in the particular specification, all gear units for reducing or increasing
speed of a prime mover, shall be of the totally enclosed type with casing cast in suitable
materials and containing gears rated in accordance with Indian Standards.
All gear boxes shall be of min 1.7 service factor (wherever service factor stipulated in Indian
Standards is below this value) as per AGMA rating unless stated otherwise.
All gear boxes shall be helical type. Anti-run back device shall be provided for elevators.
The gears shall be mounted on steel shafts running in ball or roller bearings unless otherwise
specified.
As applicable to duty the gear case shall incorporate an integral type of anti-runback gear. The
gear case, bearings and couplings shall be as detailed in the particular specification.
All gear boxes above 25 hp shall be of helical type. The speed ratio of worm reduction gears shall
not be more than 50:1.
2.4 Conveyors and Elevators
2.4.1 Belt type Conveyors
Belt type conveyors for handling bulk material shall be of robust construction with structural
frame in accordance with the Indian Standards stated.
Bearings for the troughing and return idlers shall be of the greases packed sealed-for-life type,
ball or roller type.
Troughing and return idlers shall be of the heavy duty type.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 141
The conveyors shall be fitted with rotary brush type of cleaners.
All conveyors shall have either a screw type tension unit operating on the tail pulley or a gravity
operated unit of the loop pattern placed near to the conveyor drive. The tension carriages shall
operate in guides mounted below the conveyor stringers. Take-up shall not be less than 2% of the
conveyor length. All belt conveyors shall be provided with screw type adjustment at the tail pulley
for tightening and adjustment of the belt.
2.4.2 Scraper Conveyors
Scraper conveyors shall be of robust construction with structural steel frames in accordance with
Indian Standards stated.
Scraper flights shall be constructed of heavy duty steel slat or finger design and fitted with
connectors to suite the appropriate chain attachments, unless otherwise specified.
2.4.3 Screw Conveyors
Conveyors to be either ribbon or full blade scroll type of carbon steel robust construction fitted
with tubular shafts, unless otherwise specified. Central bearing is unacceptable.
2.5 Conveyor Structures
The steelwork shall be designed in accordance with Indian Standards, to suit the loadings and
environmental conditions.
Care shall be taken in detailing to avoid areas inaccessible for painting and pockets which could
catch water.
Construction shall generally be by welding, bolts to be used for Site assembly.
Conveyor stringers shall be of rolled steel angle or channel construction, adequately braced and
provided with short supports to ground level or adjacent structures or forming an integral part of
bridge steelwork where appropriate.
Decking plates shall be 3.25 mm thick mild steel, unless otherwise specified, bolted in position,
flanged as required to give adequate stiffness.
For belt conveyors, where decking plates are provided at feed points only, they shall extend for an
adequate distance along the conveyor in the direction of belt travel.
Conveyors which are fully supported along their length by floor steelwork shall be constructed
from longitudinal and vertical members forming a framed structure of rolled steel channel and
angle section braced as necessary.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 142
Conveyor head and tail frames shall be constructed from rolled steel channel and angle section, all
adequately braced.
Screw conveyor trough shall be fabricated from 6 mm thick carbon steel plate with rolled steel
angle flanges and end plates shall be 8 mm thick with felt seals and backing plates for the shafts.
Cover plates, where required, shall be of flanged construction from carbon steel sheets for
bolted or quick release fastening.
2.6 Machinery Staging
2.6.1 Design and supply
The design, materials, detailing, fabrication and supply of structural steelwork staginess shall
comply with the provisions of relevant Indian Standard Specifications, metric units, current at the
time of tender, together with the specification therein mentioned, except as otherwise required by
the particular specification.
2.6.2 General Requirement
Except where otherwise authorized, all materials shall comply with the requirements of the
particular specification and the relevant Indian Standard as specified.
2.6.3 New Materials
All materials used throughout the Works shall be new.
2.6.4 Miscellaneous Materials
All materials not full specified in the particular specification and which may be offered for use in
the Plant shall comply with the appropriate Indian Standard and in the absence of such a
standard shall be of approved commercial quality.
2.7 Stairways, Ladders, Handrails and Handrail Stanchions
For steel stairways, the treads and landings of stairways shall be open mesh construction. All
treads in a flight shall match one with another and also with the line pattern of the landings and,
where possible, with the floors served by the stairs.
Toe plates shall be 100 mm high and shall be provided at the edges of all landings, platforms and
floors.
Chequred plate flooring is to be “Durbar” non-slip raised pattern or other equal approved
gratings. Individual plates are to be cut and fitted so that the pattern or other equal approved,
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 143
individual plates are to be cut and fitted so that the pattern on adjacent panels matches in all
directions. Unless otherwise stated, the plate shall be minimum 5 mm thick on plain and shall be
fastened to the steelwork by 6 mm counter sunk set screws at a pitch not exceeding 535 mm
centers or by welding. Chequred plate and grating to be M.S. painted.
Ladders shall be with single rungs, shouldered at each end, inserted into prepared holes in the
stringers and welded. The pitch of additional rungs to bridge the gap between the top rung of
ladders and edges of platforms shall not exceed 57 mm.
The stringers shall open out at the top of the ladder to allow adequate room for the user to turn to
face the ladder when descending and the stringers shall extend a minimum of 1060 mm above the
level of the platform. Where necessary the stringers shall be bent over to form a continuous
connection with the platform hand railing and at the same height as the top rail.
Stringers shall be attached to the adjacent structure by suitable cleats which shall be firmly
attached to the stringers and the supporting structure and be sufficiently close together to make the
ladder rigid throughout its length. The cleats shall be of sufficient length to give required
clearance at the back of the ladder. The top rung of a ladder shall be at the same level as the
floor or edge of the platform unless the flooring of the platform has been extended to form the top
rung there shall be no obstructions above this level.
Stairways and floor openings shall have double rail hand railing. Standards, top and bottom
railing shall be out of minimum 32 mm NB pipes respectively. All railing pipes shall be as per IS:
1239 Part I Light or equivalent and enameled painted of M.S..
The standards shall be vertical and spaced at no more than 1800 mm centers and the top rail
shall be 1070 mm above the finished floor or landing level. Standards shall be fixed to the
supporting steelwork with a minimum of two 16 mm diameter bolts or welded. Bends in hand
railing shall be carefully formed to give satisfactory continuity of curvature and alignment and
rails shall be joined with a flush scarf joint held together by means of a tapered pin or other
approved joint.
Hand railing for ladders shall meet with the general requirements as above except that the single rail
shall be approximately 100 mm clear of the stringer and the standards shall be short single ball
type mounted at right angles to the stringer.
2.8 PUMPS
Unless otherwise stated in the particular specification, all centrifugal pumps shall preferably run at
speeds not exceeding 1500 RPM. Maximum efficiency of the pumps shall be at 70- 80% rated
load.
All pumps shall be manufactured appropriate to its capacity, head and duty in accordance with the
relevant Indian Standard or equivalent or requirement but DIN or ASME Standard.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 144
Data for all pumps shall be tabulated indicating the following information:
i) Fluid pumped
ii) Type of pump (e.g. split casing centrifugal)
iii) Rotational speed
iv) Impeller diameter
v) Power consumed and motor size
vi) Material of construction of
�� Casing
�� Impeller
�� Shaft
�� Neck ring
�� Bushes
vii) Quantity of fluid to be pumped
viii) NPSH required
ix) Total net pumping head from all causes
x) Bearing type specifications.
For all pumps the following characteristic curves shall be furnished vis-a-:
�� Vis – a –vis impeller size,
�� Speed, capacity, head, power consumed and efficiency.
All pumps are to be supplied with water sealed packed glands unless otherwise specified. Where fluid being pumped is water this may be fed from the pump discharge into the gland. For pumps pumping hot water, condensate, Supplier shall indicate weather separate gland cooling water is required and its quantity. All centrifugal pumps shall be supplied fully assembled and aligned with electric motor and shall be complete with coupling, common base plate, coupling guard and holding down / foundation bolts. All positive displacement pumps shall be supplied with driving motor, gearbox, couplings, base plate for complete pump with drive assembly coupling guards and holding down and foundation bolts.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 145
2.9 PIPING
2.9.1 General
All piping shall be made of a grade and thickness appropriate to the substance to with stand
bureau of its pressure and temperature, and all in accordance with the relevant Bureau of Indian
Standards.
Where steam or vapour piping is fitted to plant, loads due to expansion are to be compensated for
by utilizing loops or bends, loop or vertical bend below main line is preferred. Where fitting of bend
or loop is not possible then bellows may be used. Material of construction for bellows on steam
lines shall be stainless steel.
Gradient of 50 mm in 30 m length of pipe in the direction of steam flow shall be provided on all
horizontal pipelines to facilitate drainage.
A maximum pressure drop of 1.0 kg/sq. cm(g) per 100 m pipe length shall be allowed in the
pipelines. The exhaust steam lines shall be designed for a maximum of 0.2 kg/cm 2 pressure
drop upto the consumption point.
Safety valves are to be provided in the steam pipe lines wherever necessary. Safety valves in the
exhaust and reduced pressure steam lines shall be lever operated , unless otherwise specified.
Suitable drains, valves, steam trapping arrangement shall be provided in all steam lines
wherever necessary. Steam trapping arrangement shall consist of two 20 mm NB globe valves
and is down in the sketch enclosed. (This arrangement is referred as Double Valve Steam Trap in
the write up). The double valve steam traps shall be provided at all natural drainage points in
high pressure, reduced pressure and exhaust steam lines; including bottom of lops, just before
risers, below steam separator and ahead of reducing and shut off valves.
2.9.2 Piping Materials
For carbon and alloy steels, piping material selection shall be based as under:
�� For high pressure steam pipes above 4000C to 5000C, temperature SA 335 Gr.
P11/P12/P22.
�� For temperatures 3990C and below SA 106 Gr. B/C
�� For pressures below 3000C and pressures below 72 ata, ASTM – A-53 seamless preferably.
�� For HP/LP chemical dosing SA312TP304, stainless steel schedule 10 shall be used.
All mild steel pipes and pipe fittings used for conveying of air, cold water, hot water except feed
water, oil shall conform to IS: 1239-1976 (Part I) and IS:239-1962 (Part II) specifications. The
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 146
piping shall be Class ‘C’. The thickness of the mild steel pipes having diameter 200 mm and above
shall be 8mm min.
In case of all piping above 25 mm NB, except for exhaust steam and vapour piping only flanged
joints shall be used. All flanges shall conform to IS:6392-1971. Bolted blind flanges shall be
provided at the dead of ends of pipe lines. .
2.9.3 Live steam, Exhaust steam and Vapour piping
These shall conform to IBR, as applicable. The thickness of exhaust steam and vapour piping shall
be minimum 8 mm 300 mm Ø and increase with diameter as required. All steam expansion
bellows shall be of stainless steel tested at 1.5 times the steam pressure.
Branch toppings from main piping shall be from top for gases and from bottom for liquids.
2.9.4 Valves in piping
Valves shall be provided in each branch line of high pressure, reduced pressure steam lines,
water separator, drain etc.
Suction and delivery lines of all pumps, shall be provided with isolating valves.
Delivery lines of all high pressure pumps shall be provided with non-return valves. Non-return
valve shall be installed between pump delivery flange and isolating valve.
Delivery lines of all high pressure pumps shall be provided with by-pass line with valve back to
suction source wherever necessary.
2.9.5 Construction
Where steel pipe work is to be welded it shall be carried out by the electric are process and
conform to the relevant Indian Standards. Welding shall only be carried out by suitably qualified
welders who shall be required to hold a current welding certificate in accordance with the
appropriate Indian Standard.
Procedures for the testing of welders shall also be in accordance with the relevant Indian
Standard.
All welded pipe work is preferred unless otherwise stated. Intermediate flanges are to be used
wherever essential for maintenance or design reasons.
The Supplier shall be responsible for determining locations of Site butt welds to break the piping
runs into separate sections for the purposes of transport to Site, and for properly and clearly
designating each section for correct Site assembly.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 147
2.9.6 Preparation for Site Assembly
All pipe work supplied for site welding (butt welds) shall have the ends machined and protected for
transportation.
Pre-fabricated piping sections shall be capable of being fitted into place without springing or
forcing except where cold pull is required.
The outside surface of the carbon steel piping shall be painted with one coat of red oxide.
All flanges and nozzles shall be protected with wood or suitable covers and the thread ends
greased and protected, during transportation or storage.
2.9.7 Flanges and Fasteners
All bolt holes in flanges shall be equally spaced off vertical and horizontal center lines of pipes
conforming to BS 10, Table E for all liquids such as water, process fluid, air, oil, exhaust steam
and vapour {Exhaust steam and vapour up to 1.6 kg/sq. cm(g)}. For high pressure steam above
1.6 kg/sq. cm (g), the relevant IBR standards shall apply. Orifice plate flanges shall be as per
relevant stand sufficient machine.
Loose flanges and cutting lengths on pipelines shall be supplied to allow for alignment errors in
plant location.
All bolts, nuts and washers plus 10% spare shall be supplied by the Supplier.
2.9.8 Pipe Supports
No stresses are transferred to equipment and
Piping connected to equipment shall be so supported that valves etc., can be readily removed
without additional supports and with a minimum of dismantling.
Anchor sliding, spring, resting, etc. supports shall be provided for those pipe runs demanding this
form of fixing and shall be fabricated in accordance with the duty of the pipe.
Flexibility of all high pressure pipes of 80 NB size and above, reduced pressure and exhaust
steam piping shall be designed in accordance with IBR.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 148
2.9.9 Velocities
i) Pump
All pump suctions should be designed to not more than 0.8 m/ second velocity. Keeping
in view the NPSH requirements designed velocities after delivery shall be about 2 / second.
ii) Superheated & Saturated
Steam, Exhaust steam,
Bled Vapours 30 m / second subject to allowable pressure drop.
iii) Compressed air 20 m / second
2.10 VALVES
2.10.1 General
All valves shall be of the rising spindle outside screw type.
Valves shall be installed so that any plant item may be isolated from all services and process
lines and to allow tanks and vessels to be drained and vented.
Valves shall be supplied in order that standby pumps may be serviced during normal factory
operations.
Valves in infrequently used pipelines shall be positioned in such a manner as to avoid piping
remaining filled with fluid for prolonged periods of time.
2.10.2 Valve Types
The following is a general guide as to the type of valve required to be used for a particular duty.
Globe Valves
These shall be used on small bore pipelines (up to 50 mm) for such duties as:
Exhaust steam and vapour
Hot water
Wedge or Parallel Slide Gate Valves Shall be used where control of flow is desired by direct
hand operation of spindle wheel.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 149
The pipeline duties envisaged for these valves are:
�� High pressure steam
�� Exhaust steam stop valves at prime movers
�� Hot water
�� Condensate
�� Cold water
�� Butterfly valves
Where flow of materials is required to be controlled by gear operated spindle wheels or by valve
actuators, butterfly valves shall be employed.
General
In addition, special duties shall have valves considered most suitable for those duties.
Non-return valves, relief valves, ball float valves, bib nos. test cocks, drain cocks, etc., shall be
provided as considered necessary for the efficient functioning of the plant and to facilitate repair
work and maintenance.
2.11 TANKS & VESSELS
Tanks of a capacity of up to 30 cubic metes of the open top or vented to atmosphere type, shall be
rectangular or cylindrical construction as dictated by the particular specification.
These shall be fabricated of mild steel, unless otherwise specified with minimum thickness of 6
mm and shall be constructed with all necessary bracing, connection branches and pads, flanged,
screwed and tapped as necessary.
Each tank shall be supplied with necessary fittings such as manhole cover, internal and external
fittings vertical caged ladders, peripheral roof handrail, etc. as necessary.
2.12 Insulation
These Specifications cover the general requirements for insulation work. The Supplier shall refer to
the relevant IS for selection, inspection and application of the insulation with aluminium
cladid. .In case of doubt, clarification may be sought from the ‘Purchaser’. The supplier shall
supply all material, consumables, labour, tools and equipment of the Plant necessary for
executing the insulation work.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 150
2.12.1 Insulation Material
Insulating material such as glass wool or mineral wool shall be selected depending upon the
temperature of the fluid / steam. Calcium silicate (Hysil blocks) which is chemical compound of
lime and silica along with mineral fibre are used as second layer behind the refractory for
effective internal insulation. The supplier shall supply insulating materials for the Work as
specified in the relevant IS or described as under, whichever thicknesses are higher.
�� Mineral wool in thickness specified below
�� Glass wool blanket, 75 mm thick
�� Galvanized chicken wire Honey comb mesh, 22 SWG
�� Galvanized steel wire 18 SWG for equipment of the plant, and 20 SWG for piping
�� Insulating cement
�� Aluminium sheet metal for cladding 20 SWG
�� Cadmium plated sheet metal screws for cladding on steam turbines
�� Black washers for attaching binding wire to vessels
All exposed portions which operate at temperatures greater than 600C will be provided with
insulation.
Major portion of the boiler exposed to outside are insulated with Lightly Resin Bonded (LRB)
mineral wool. For insulation thickness of more than 75 mm, two or more layers of mattress will be
used and each layer will be backed up with galvanized steel wire netting. Mineral wool
mattress confirming IS 8183 is used. Thermal conductivity of mineral mattress will be as per IS
3346. The density of insulation for temperature up to and including 4000C shall be 100 kg/m³
and above 4000C shall be 120 kg/m³. All insulated surface will be covered by an outer covering
(cladding) of Aluminium sheet. All insulating sheeting joint shall be sealed and made effectively
weather and water proof.
Perfect leak tight arrangement of sealing will be provided at furnace roof where superheater
tube penetrates.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 151
Tentative details of insulation used for various boiler components is given below:
Drum
100 thk. LRB mattress in two layers covered
with 0.7 mm thk. Aluminium sheet Furnace
100 thk. LRB mattress in two layers covered with
0.7 mm thk. Aluminium sheet
Boiler tank
100 thk. LRB mattress in two layers covered with
0.7 mm thk. Aluminium sheet Boiler bank to forced flow
150/100 thk. LRB mattress in two layers
covered with 0.6 mm. thk. Plain Aluminium sheet Forced flow section to air heater
100/80 thk. LRB mattress in two layers
covered with 0.6 mm thk. Plain Aluminium sheet Gas duct from AH to Chimney
60 thk. LRB mattress covered
with 0.6 mm thk. Plain Aluminium sheet. Furnace headers
100 thk. LRB mattress in two layers covered with
0.6 mm thk. Plain Aluminium sheet. SH Headers
100 thk. LRB mattress in two layers covered with
0.6 mm thk. Plain Aluminium sheet FFS Headers
60 thk. LRB mattress covered
with 0.6 mm thk. Plain Aluminium sheet All other piping/equipment As required
2.12.2 Insulation of piping
Pipe insulation more than 75 mm shall be installed in multiple layers with joints staggered around
the circumference.
All fittings including valves and flanges shall be insulated. Provide clearance for removal of
flange bolts. After insulating valves or other piping specialty, wrap flange with Aluminium
sheet and insulate the joint.
Pipelines shall not be insulated before the system is hydraulically tested and approved by the
Purchaser.
Moulded insulation shall be secured to the pipe with binding wire.
When insulation mat is split and wrapped around the pipe, joints shall be painted with insulating
cement to form a smooth, neat surface.
Insulation for valves and other piping specialties shall be securely wrapped with chicken wire and
coated with insulating cement.
Piping systems shall be clad with Aluminium sheets fastened by sheet metal screws. On horizontal
pipe runs, the joints of the cladding shall be at the bottom of the pipe.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 152
2.12.3 Insulation of equipment
Glass wool blankets shall be cut and fitted to the contours of the equipment and secured to chicken
wire mesh so that each insulating pad can be removed and reinstalled.
Fabricate sheet metal housing in sections and secure with sheet metal screws. The housing
shall be designed so that it is sturdy and can easily be removed and replaced.
2.12.4 Insulation of Vessels
Hooks, rolled angles, flats are to be welded to the equipment of the Plant being insulated, for
securing and supporting the insulating material and Aluminium cladding.
Washers are to be welded to the vessel surface to attach binding wire used to secure insulating
material to vessel.
Install blanket insulation and secure with binding wire.
Aluminium sheet cladding is to be installed over the insulating material and secured to supports
with sheet metal screws. The cladding shall be designed and installed so that the joints are
watertight.
2.12.5 Hot Insulating Material Thickness
The following table indicates the minimum thickness of insulating material Mineral wool of 120-
125 kg/cum density, for piping, vessels and equipment of the plant. Insulation thickness is in
millimeters and temperature in 0C.
Pipe Dia
(mm)
Temperature 65 to
120
121
to
148
149
to
203
204
to
259
260
to
314
315
to
370
371
to
425
426
to
481
482 to
537
12 25 25 25 30 30 40 40 50 50 20 25 25 30 30 40 50 50 50 50
25 25 25 30 30 50 50 50 50 62.5
40 25 25 30 40 50 50 62.5
62.5
62.5
50 25 25 30 40 50 50 62.5
62.5
62.5
75 25 30 40 45 50 62.5
62.5
75 75
100 25 30 45 45 62.5
62.5
62.5
75
87.5
150 25 40 50 50 62.5
62.5
75
87.5
87.5
200 40 50 50 50 62.5
75
87.5
100 100
250 40 50 62.5
62.5
75 75 87.5
100 100
300 40 50 62.5
62.5
87.5
87.5
100 100 125
Surfaces
50 62.5
75 75 87.5
100 100 150 200
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 153
2.13 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
2.13.1 System Parameters
Voltages used shall be as below:
Low tension 415 V 3 ph 50 Hz Welding supplies 415 V 3 ph 50 Hz Lighting 415/220 V 1 ph 50 Hz Socket outlets 220 V 1 ph 50 Hz Anti-condensation heaters 220 V 1 ph 50 Hz
Portable tool transformers 220/110 V 1 ph 50 Hz Hand lamp transformers 220/25 V 1 ph 50 Hz
Control circuits 110 V 1 ph 50 Hz Instrument supplies 110 V 1 ph Emergency lighting 110 V DC Tripping supplies 30 V DC
2.13.2 Electric Motors
Unless otherwise stated in the particular specification, all motors within the factory buildings
shall be of the totally enclosed fan cooled type. All motors above 25 BHP shall be of energy
efficient type.
�� Motor bearings shall be of ball and/or roller type each fitted with oil or grease lubricators.
Small motors can have sealed bearings.
�� Provision shall be made at one shaft end for a tachometer to be inserted to check the
motor speed.
�� The motor winding ends shall be brought out to terminal boxes to enable phase tests to be
made and for interchanging phases without disturbance to any sealing compound.
�� Motors shall be to IP 54 protection and insulation Class F. Temperature rise shall be
limited to class B. An earthing terminal shall be fitted to the stator frame.
�� Terminal box shall be located either on left or right side of the motor and shall be Rota
table in steps of 900
to facilitate cable entry from any direction.
�� Space heaters are to be provided for all motors above 112 kW rating. Terminals of the
space heaters are to be located in the main terminal box and are to be covered with an
insulated shroud.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 154
�� Squirrel cage motors are required unless otherwise specified. Reasons shall be stated for any
deviation from this type of machine.
2.13.3 Cabling and Wiring
Scope of Supply
Supply of power and control cables is included from the scope of this tender unless
otherwise specified.
2.13.4 Motor Starters
MCCs shall be supplied by others and shall be fitted with the necessary starters and protection
switchgear for the motors included in this tender. The Supplier is required to quote for all the
Starters of motors.
2.14 Instruments
2.14.1 Signals
Electronic range of instruments shall be standardized on 4 to 20 mA signals, receiving instruments for control and recording purposes accepting 1.0 volts, DC to 5.0 volts DC. The pneumatic range shall utilize signals of 0.2 to 1 kg/sq. cm (g).
2.14.2 General Construction and Supply
Unless otherwise specified, all indicating and recording instruments shall be flush mounting
pattern with dust and moisture proof covers. Scale shall be of such material that no
discolourisation or peeling takes place with age under humid tropical conditions.The
movements of all electrically operated instruments shall be of the dead beat type and
provided wherever necessary with an accessible zero adjustment. Where appropriate normal
and other operating points shall be marked on the scale face. All electrical instruments and
meters shall comply with Indian Standards and unless otherwise specified shall be of
industrial grade accuracy. Meters shall be calibrated to the appropriate grade in Indian
Standards with due allowance being made for the errors in the associated instrument
transformers. Calibration of all instruments shall be in the units of measurement specified in
these documents. Temperature measurement for temperatures above 150 0C shall be of the
thermocouple type and below 150 0 C of resistance type. Pressure gauges shall comply with
requirements of Indian Standards. Stop cocks shall be fitted adjacent to each pressure gauge
and isolating valves included where pressure gauge piping is connected with the main system.
On-plant instruments and gauges are to be locally mounted and fitted in robust cases.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 155
2.14.3 Instrumentation & Control
2.14.3.1 General Specification
Information To Be Furnished by Seller :
The seller shall furnish the following documents along with the Bid:
Complete bill of material of instruments/equipment and accessories
with their particulars.
System architecture
Technical literature of all instruments and control system.
Dimensional drawings of the panels/cubicles.
Load burden of each system/subsystem furnished by Seller to be fed by UPS and DC
sources with inrush current details and heat load for each cubicle/system cabinet/panel
section.
Grounding scheme to be adopted for the entire system and sub system.
Complete power distribution scheme both AC and DC of the system.
Schedule of Design, Manufacture, Erection, Testing and Commissioning to project schedule
along with PERT network/chart.
All other data, drawings and documents specifically called for in various sections
of the specification.
2.14.3.2 Design Criteria
All equipment/systems and accessories furnished as per this specification
shall be from the latest proven product range of a qualified manufacturer. The
Seller shall furnish satisfactory evidence regarding successful operation and high
reliability of the proposed equipment/systems in distillery.
When more than one device uses the same measurement or control signal, the
system shall be arranged so that the failure of any recorder, indicator or
control component shall not open the signal loop nor cause the loss or
malfunction of signal to other devices using the same basic signal. The design
shall permit the removal from service any indicating, recording or control devices
without causing any disturbance or requiring re-adjustment in other
measurement/control loops using the same signal.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 156
2.14.3.3 Power Supply And Air Supply
a) Power Supply
The normal voltage, phase, frequency and percentage variations at which power supply
feeders shall be provided by the purchaser are as follows :
Voltage : 415V +10%
Frequency : 50 HZ +5%
Phases : 3
b) Air Supply
The seller shall supply instrument air as elaborated below.
Clean, dry, oil free instrument Quality air of the following quality shall be
provided for various pneumatic control devices & accessories:-
1. Nominal pressure 7 kg/cm² gauge
2. Range of pressure 3.5 to 8.5 kg/cm²(g)
3. Dew point +2 0C at the above pressure.
- 40 0C at NTP
4. Maximum particle size 5 microns
Pneumatically operated equipment offered by the Seller shall be designed to operate
with the above air supply and adequately cater to their respective duty within the full
range of pressure variation.
2.14.3.4 Choice of Hardware
The primary objective for the design of instrumentation and control systems shall be to assist in the
attainment of maximum unit availability.
2.14.3.5 Design of Enclosures
Design of enclosures shall be in conformance to the requirements of NEMA ICS-6-110 and
shall take into account the environmental conditions well as the maximum permissible
temperature rise of 10 0C inside the enclosures.
Instruments mounted in air conditioned areas will be provided with dust tight drip
proof enclosures (NEMA-12).
Instruments mounted indoors will be provided with water tight enclosures (NEMA-4) or
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 157
dust tight, drip proof enclosures (NEMA-12) as required for the particular location.
Instruments mounted outdoors will be provided with water tight enclosures (NEMA 4).
2.14.3.6 Special Tools and Tackles, Special Calibration Instruments :
Seller must offer special tools & tackles and special calibration instruments required during start-up,
trial run, operation and maintenance of the plant.
2.14.3.7 Interface with Owner Furnished Equipment/Systems
The Seller shall furnish necessary interface equipment required for satisfactory operation of
equipment furnished by the Seller with Owner’s existing equipment. The Seller shall fully meet
all the interface requirements with existing control systems, switchgear & motor control centers etc.
2.14.3.8 Codes And Standards
2.14.3.9 Reference Codes and Standards
The design, manufacture, inspection, testing, site calibration and installation of all
equipments, system and service covered under this specification shall comply with
the requirements of the latest statutes regulations and safety codes as applicable in the
locality where the equipments/systems will be installed. The Seller shall fully acquaint
himself with these requirements and shall ensure compliance with them. All equipment and
systems covered under this specification shall conform to the latest editions of codes and
standards mentioned below and all other applicable ANSI, ASME, IEEE, NEC, NEMA,
ISA, DIN, VDE and Indian Standards and their equivalents.
2.14.4 Electronic measuring Instruments & Control hardware
2.14.4.1 Standards
1. Automatic null balancing electrical measuring instruments - ANSI C 39.4 (Rev. 1973)
2. Safety requirements for electrical and electronic measuring and controlling
instrumentation - ANSI C 39.5 - 1974.
3. Compatibility of analog signals for electronic industrial process instruments -
ISA-S 50.1: ANSI MC 12.1 - 1975.
4. Dynamic response testing of process control instrumentation - ANSI MC 4.1
(1975): ISA-S26 (1968).
5. Surge withstand capability (SWC) tests - ANSI C 37.90a (1974) IEEE Std. 472 (1974).
IEC -254.1.
6. Dimensions of attachment plugs & receptacles ANSI C73-1973.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 158
2.14.4.2 Instrument Switches and Contacts
1. Contact rating - AC services NEMA ICS Part-2 125, A600
2. Contact rating - DC services NEMA ICS Part-2-125, N600.
Enclosures
1. Types of enclosures - NEMA Std. ICS-6-110.15 through 110.22 (Type 4 to 13).
2. Racks, panels, and associated equipment - EIA: RS-310-B (ANSI C83.9 - 1972)
3. Protection Class for Enclosure, Cabinets, Control Panels and Desks - IS-2147-1962. 2.14.4.3 Sampling System
1. Stainless steel material of tubing and valves for sampling system - ASTM A269-82 Gr TP316.
2. Submerged helical coil heat exchangers for sample coolers ASTMD 11-92-1964.
3. Water and Steam in power cycle - ASME PTC 19.11.
4. Standard methods of sampling system - ASTM D 1066-69.
2.14.4.4 Annunciators
1. Specifications and guides for the use of general purpose annunciators - ISA RP 19.1-
1979.
2.14.4.5 Interlocks, Protections
1. Relays and relay system associated with electric power apparatus - IEEE std.3.13.
2. Surge withstand capability tests - ANSI C37.90a - 1974 and IEEE Std. 472 - 1974. 3. General requirements & tests for switching devices for control and auxiliary circuits
including contactor relays - IS-6875 (Part-I) 1973. 4. Turbine water damage prevention - ASME - TDP-1980.
5. Boiler safety interlocks - NFPA Section 85B, 85D, 85E, 85F,85G.
2.14.4.6 Electrical Noise Control
The equipment furnished by the Seller shall incorporate necessary techniques to eliminate
measurement and control problems caused by electrical noise. Areas in Seller's equipment which
are vulnerable to electrical noise shall be hardened to eliminate possible problems.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 159
2.14.4.7 Surge-Protection For Solid State/Micro Processor Based Equipment
All solid-state equipment shall be able to withstand the noise and surges inherent in a distillery &
power house. The equipment shall be designed to successfully withstand without damage to
components and/or wiring, application of surge withstand capability (SWC) wave whose shape
and characteristics are defined in ANSI publication C37.90a - 1974 entitled "Guide for surge
withstand capability (SWC) Tests".
2.14.5 Distributed Integrated Control System
Distributed Integrated Control System (DICS) includes Regulating Controls, Interlocking
and Protection, Sequential Controls, Operator Interface Units, Monitoring and Information data
archiving, Historical data storage and retrieval, Trending, Alarms & Reports.
Seller shall offer latest system available with him & shall also confirm that DICS system
hardware / software shall be upgraded free of cost, for hardware upto commissioning of
the project and software upto 3 years after commissioning of the project.
The DICS shall receive process signals from field sensors & transmitters and shall give commands
to final control elements, alarms, trip relays, etc. All signal converters, to convert sensor signals to
standard 4 to 20 mA signals shall be included in Seller’s scope of supply.
High ended DCS System with stand by communication redundancy should be placed at
Milling section, fermentation, distillation etc and Boiler/Power generation section in air-
conditioned control room with air curtains at doors to maintain the temperature of 27 deg.C.
2.14.5.1 Introduction and General Requirement
Distributed Integrated Control System (DICS) shall comprise of the following sub systems
operating in completely integrated manner employing the same family of hardware and
software.
i) Processor stations/sub system:- where function of closed loop control system (CLCS),
open loop control system (OLCS) and Measurement (Including Signal Acquisition,
Conditioning, Distribution, Transmission, Indication and Recording) are realized.
ii) Operator Station/sub system:- which together with their branded computers, monitors
other peripherals perform operation and monitoring functions including data archiving &
alarm monitoring etc as per purchaser’s choice.
iii) Programming, and on line diagnostic station (Maintenance Purchasers Station):- for
system programming, system configuration, system and instrument failure detection and
trouble shooting.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 160
iv) Communication Network: The system shall be distributed and various sub-systems shall
be integrated through a system of communication network. The man machine interface
between the operator and plant shall be through flat screen monitors, key board and mouse.
(v) Field Instruments: All process sensors & transmitters shall be provided for
sensing process parameters. Except control valve positioner and Temperature
transmitters all other transmitters shall be of smart type with local display and ability to
be monitored / re-calibrated from the control station.
2.14.5.2 Basic Features/Design Requirements
2.14.5.2.1 Design Requirements
1. The instrumentation and controls shall be designed for maximum availability,
reliability, operability and maintainability.
2. All I&C equipment shall be designed for their specific application within the distillery and
shall be furnished for required control, protection, alarm and remote monitoring. The
application and selection of these I&C equipment including signal converters, interposing
relays, microprocessors, etc. shall be the responsibility of I&C Seller.
3. All I&C equipment furnished must have proven experience of working in the distillery, at
least two sets of such equipment installed in a similar sugar factory have been running
successfully for at least two years. No prototype components shall be used.
4. DICS shall be of latest design, not be more than 3 year old. The control system shall be
highly modular and arranged to reflect the grouping of plant equipment and systems to be
controlled.
5. Any local junction termination boxes or auxiliaries which are required to implement
the interface design shall be supplied by I&C Seller.
6. Control system shall comply with following general failure criteria :
a. No single fault can cause the complete failure of the control system.
b. The grouping of control functions into system blocks shall be arranged such that failure
of any one block will only partly degrade the control of the overall system.
7. To meet the above failure criteria the I&C system shall incorporate self- checking facilities
so that internal faults can be detected within the system itself.
8. Alarms shall be provided for all abnormal conditions of the process.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 161
9. The following colors shall be selected for equipment status indications:
Green Energized, Running, Valve Open
Red De-energized, Stopped, Valve Closed
Light yellow Abnormal condition, Discrepancy
White Control Power Available
10. The DC and AC power of each control and monitoring system shall be derived from
two independent sources and float charged batteries shall be furnished to guard against the
total loss of power supply.
The system shall be provided with extensive diagnostic features so that a system failure
can be diagnosed down to the module level giving location and nature of fault. Ease of
maintenance and trouble-shooting shall be a primary consideration in equipment selection.
The offered system shall have windowing capability with atleast splitting up one screen into
four different sections to monitor four different areas/information face plates in the same
screen.
2.14.5.2.2 System Architecture
The operating station and Engineering station shall be connected on open network, either
on Ethernet TCP/IP or Control net in order to make the system open. All operating stations
shall be interchangeable and operation of the plant shall be possible from Purchasing station
if required.
The system shall have built in redundancies for all system functions at the processor. No
failure of any single network shall lead to any system function being lost. It shall have
redundant open type network on a "masterless" principle.
The system shall have the capability and facility for expansion through addition of station/
drops, controllers, processors, process I/O cards etc.
The application programs for the functional controllers shall reside in EEPROMS or in non
volatile RAMS. The application program shall be alterable by access through programmer's
console.
2.14.5.2.3 Main Controller Characteristics
Each controller envisaged for this project shall have following features as minimum:-
i) Processing length of 32 bit
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 162
ii) Watch Dog timer
iii) Memory protection
iv) Self monitoring & diagnostic feature
v) Easy modification of control functions
2.14.5.2.4 Processor System (Automation System)
The analogue/binary input/output modules, drive control module for analogue
control/open loop control, function group control module etc. shall form part of the
Process Station. The control system should not have more than ten different types of
modules. The system with reduced number of different types of modules/cards has the
advantage of easier servicing, modification, reduced spare inventory & hence the same
shall be preferred.
2.14.5.2.5 Analogue Input/Output Modules
Analogue input/output modules shall be capable of accepting TC/RTD, 4-20 mA current or
voltage signals.
It shall have the following features:-
a) High accuracy of conversion, minimum 12 bits, plus sign bit.
b) Linearisation and error checking of TC and RTD signals and reference junction temperature correction facilities for T/C.
c) All the inputs shall be isolated to 600V.
2.14.5.2.6 Binary Input/Output Modules
The Binary signal conditioning processing shall be performed in distinct binary input
modules which can accept voltage free contacts, digital signals, and also pulse inputs.
The modules shall process different inputs such as volt free contacts, proximity switches
and logic signals.
The binary input/output modules shall have the following features:-
i) High insensibility against noises and other disturbance.
ii) High insensibility against over voltage (IEC-255-4 Class-II).
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 163
iii) Supply of contacts voltages - with 24 V DC
iv) Signal status indicators by LED's on the module front
v) All the inputs shall be isolated to 600V between any input point and ground or
between any pair of inputs & shall comply with ANSI 37.90a for transient surge
protection to 2000 volts.
vi) For Pulse Inputs provision shall be made to receive and accumulate pulse
inputs in the form of repetitive contact closures.
2.14.5.2.7 Close Loop Control Functions
The following control algorithms shall be possible as a minimum in respective processors:
i) P, PI, PID
ii) Square root
iii) Addition/Subtraction
iv) Linearisation
v) Multiply/divide
vi) Ratio (Scale)
vii) High/Low signal selectors
viii) Totalizers
ix) Manual loading
x) Lead-lag compensation
xi) Feed forward controller
xii) Over ride
xiii) Multivariable control
xiv) Nonlinear control algorithms
xv) Biasing
xvi) Mean (average)
xvii) Median value selection – analog
xviii) Two out of three logic - digital
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 164
Open Loop Control Function
Functional group control module for open loop control system shall perform the functions of
sequential operation, interlocks and protection.
It is intended to control the unit automatically through a number of sequences with operator's
intervention for initiation of each sequence. The sequence shall be executed as per the defined
program.
2.14.6 Operator Station, Operator Control, Plant Information And Monitoring Stations/Operator Sub System
Operator Station
Operator station shall perform operator control function, plant monitoring and display function,
alarm functions, logging functions, historical data storage & retrieval functions. Total two (2)
Nos. of operator stations are envisaged for each section to execute all the functions specified
above & elsewhere in specification. Minimum 64 bit computers along with all the peripherals shall
be provided for operator stations.
Operator station Specification:
�� Intel ( I7 processor), 4 GB RAM, 2 TB Hard Disk,
�� 54 x CD ROM, 2 Serial Ports,
�� 1 Parallel Port, 3 USB Ports
�� 24" Flat Screen Colour Monitor (TFT)
�� Laser jet Colour Printer(All in one)
All functions required for supervision & remote manual control of the unit shall be performed by
this station. The functions shall be performed with the help of standard pictures on monitors
which shall include plant mimics. Issuance of control command shall be realized through
wireless/cordless functional keyboard or optical mouse/trackball.
2.14.7 PLANT MONITORING DISPLAY & LOGGING
2.14.7.1 Displays
The monitor displays shall be capable of presenting all system process input values including
analog, digital and composed values. The system shall also display all control loops with all
associated parameters. Typical displays shall be plant mimic displays alarm displays, bar charts,
operator guidance displays, loop displays, X-Y plots and summaries.
Plant Mimic shall be displayed with current operating parameters, equipment operating status,
operator guidance, alarm points etc.
The Seller shall provide with the system a minimum of 50 macro pictorial elements as
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 165
defined by the owner.
System shall be capable of trending any analog point defined on the highway.
Each operator station shall maintain a minimum of 30 days history on hard disk for all
process variables with sampling frequency of 1 sec.
It shall be possible to trend up to eight variables simultaneously ranging from one minute to
24 hours.
2.14.7.2 Alarm & Event Display, Alarm Monitoring and Reporting
The alarms shall be displayed on any operator monitor. System shall have facility to assign any
station as alarm station. Alarm message shall be reported to the alarm station within one second
of alarm detection
The following features shall be provided as a minimum :-
1. Process operating limits, viz. high limit, low limit or both high and low limits, high - high,
low - low, and both high - high and low - low limits, etc. shall be assigned to specified
analog inputs and calculated variables. Every limit shall have a dead band associated with it.
2. Alarm reporting/actions:
The following sequence shall be followed for detection of alarms:
a) Audio annunciation for 5 seconds
b) Display of alarm message on alarm banner & alarm summary screen.
c) Printing of alarm message on alarm printer
Logs :
The system shall print logs/reports as defined in these clauses. The printing of these
logs/reports shall be initiated automatically at prescribed time intervals, or initiated on
demand or by the occurrence of predefined events. The exact format and printer assignments
for each log will be defined by the Owner after award of contract.
i) Alarm Logs:
Print all points (analog, calculated, digital) that are off-normal at the time request is made by the
operator.
ii) Log Operator Action:
The system shall have the capacity to store all operator actions. Both the nature of the actions and
the individual time of each request shall be stored. This information shall be printed automatically
once each twenty four hours in the form of a summary log. The log shall also be available for
printing upon operator demand.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 166
2.14.7.3 Peripherals for Operator Station
Monitors
The seller shall furnish 24” LED color monitors. All monitors shall be interchangeable. Operator
station monitors shall have a fast cursor control device like a track ball/mouse. The picture
shall be stable and completely free of any flickering. The screen illumination shall be enough
to give good readability. The screen dimensions shall not be less than 24" screen diagonal with
optical mouse.
Key Board/Mouse( Cordless/Wireless)
Standard key boards/Mouse for plant operator station shall be supplied. Freely programmable
keys shall be available for special user application. Key Board shall be integrated into supervisors
control consoles horizontal part.
Printers
All printers shall be laser jet type. Printing speed shall be a minimum of 300 characters per
second. Style of printing available shall be indicated by the Seller. The printers shall have graphic
capability and any monitor screen display may be printed on the printer.
Hard Disk Unit
Each operator station shall be furnished with fixed hard disk of minimum 02 (TB) storage capacity
as minimum for bulk storage.
2.14.8 Programming, Diagnostic And Work Station
The work station shall have all the function of programming/ configuration/
modification and documentation. The features and facilities to be included are as under:-
a) Configuration or re-configuration of a system.
b) Possibility to introduce or modify parameters.
c) Documentation of system configuration.
d) Calculation program functions.
e) Graphic editing program.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 167
Work station shall have capability of on-line and off line program modification without
affecting the performance of the system / process. While on-line, connected to
process, the work station shall provide real time tuning and trouble shooting. On off-line,
the work station allows control system configuration.
2.14.8.1 Communication Network Bus System
Basically two types of bi-directional networks shall be envisaged.
Remote Network to communicate between stations by use of co-axial cable or fibre optic cables.
Local network to communicate between the different modules/cards of the same
station/system and extensions.
The remote bus system shall have the following features.
Redundancy in the system for high reliability of communication. The redundant buses work
continuously. All bus couplers, bus interfaces etc. shall also be redundant.
Insensibility against external disturbances, noises etc. Insensitivity of a fault in one bus system to
other bus system.
High data transmission rate to communicate with the system response requirement.
Redundant : Yes
Control : Masterless
Data Protection : CRC
Proprietary Bus : No
Standard : IEEE 802.4
The communication network shall have "open architecture" to enable the user to get the benefit of
flexibility in choosing hardware & software.
2.14.8.2 Interface with Other Computer Stations
The Seller shall provide two RS-232C / RS-485 ports / MOD BUS Protocol for interface with other
owner provided control systems. The format and protocol of information exchange shall be
furnished during detailed Purchasing by the owner. The Seller shall include in his scope the
relevant software for communication with the equipment/systems furnished by others.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 168
2.14.8.3 Power Supply System
Each electronic cabinet shall be equipped with redundant power supply units, with an automatic
switching device for input lines, with changeover time less than 10 ms in order to guarantee
hold capacity of feeders for modules and I/O signals. DICS and computers & peripherals
shall work on single phase AC supply from UPS and 24v DC.
2.14.8.4 Power Supplies for DICS
a) AC Supply Requirement :
The system AC power source wherever required shall be nominal 220V, 50 Hz, single
phase, ungrounded power supplied from un-interruptible power supply system (UPS) of the
Seller.
b) DC Power Supplies
All system devices requiring 24V DC power shall be arranged by Seller by
providing 100% redundant AC/DC charger and batteries of suitable size or by
providing redundant AC/DC converter. These converters shall be fed from UPS 240V AC.
2.14.8.5 System Grounding
The automatic control system shall be designed for grounding to the station ground mat at a
single connection point. Insulated ground bus from this point shall be furnished to the control
logic cabinets and shall be connected to an insulated copper grounding strap in each cabinet.
2.14.9 Field Instruments
All field sensors shall be of proven type for distillery applications. All transmitters shall have local
digital indication. The pressure, level, mass conductivity transmitters shall be of smart type.
Control supply for all 4 wire field transmitters shall be 220v AC and for 2 wire transmitters, it
shall be 24v DC. Output signal from all transmitters shall be 4 to 20mA.
2.14.9.1 Sensors & Transmitters:
Water & process fluid flow meters shall be of magnetic type with separate tube and
transmitter. Transmitters shall be installed on working platform so that they can be viewed
by operators and easily maintained by instrument Purchasers. These transmitters shall be
capable of being re-calibrated in the field for new flow measuring range. The
transmitters shall have local digital display indication for rate of flow and total flow.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 169
The vapour pressure and vacuum transmitters shall be of 2 wire type with capacitance
sensing method. They shall have local digital display and 4 to 20 mA output signal.
The temperature sensors shall be RTDs, type PT100, with immersion length to
suit the application and adjustable screw head. Thermo wells shall be supplied with RTDs.,
which shall be connected to temperature transmitters to give 4 to 20mA signal to the
PLC/DCS system. Temperature transmitters shall have accuracy of +/- 1 deg. C with no
drift over a period of time.
2.14.9.2 Control Valves:
Water flow control valve shall be globe type and process fluid flow control valve
shall be butterfly type, with pneumatic actuators. The body and trim of both control
valves shall be of connecting pipe lines. Control valves shall be complete with valve
positioners, hand wheel and limit switches. I/P converters, filter/regulators, copper
tubing fittings shall be in Seller’s scope of supply.
Feed control and vacuum control valves shall be Globe type, with pneumatic
actuators. The body and trim of these valves shall be of connecting pipe lines. Control
valves shall be complete with valve positioners, hand wheel and limit
switches. I/P converters, filter/regulators, copper tubing fittings shall be in Sellers’
scope of supply.
Steam control valves shall be Globe type, with pneumatic actuators. The body and
trim of these valves shall be of connecting pipelines. Control valves shall be
complete with valve positioners, hand wheel and limit switches. I/P converters,
filter/regulators, copper tubing fittings shall be in Sellers’ scope of supply.
2.14.10 Supervisory Control Console & Equipment Panels
2.14.10.1 Supervisory Control Consoles
Supervisory control consoles for mounting operator & Purchasering stations shall be supplied.
The console shall form one complete unit along with two end sections for writing space.
Adequate number of table/desks/stands for accommodating printers in Seller's scope shall be
supplied.
2.14.10.2 Cabinets
i) All control system modules, power supply components, other control devices (except
field mounted sensors/transmitters and electric to pneumatic converters) and
termination’s which are required for completeness of control systems shall be housed
in DICS cabinets furnished by the Seller. All equipment and termination’s required
for proper interface with other systems shall also be housed in these DICS cabinets.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 170
ii)
Cabinets shall be designed for plug-in installation for control system modules. The
system modules relating to a particular sub-system or system shall be grouped
together and housed in the same assembly to the extent possible.
iii) Cabinets shall be of NEMA-2 (IP-31) protection class. The Seller shall ensure that the
packaging density of equipment in these cabinets is not excessive and abnormal
temperature rise, above the cabinet temperature during normal operation in air-conditioned
environment and also during the period of air conditioning failure, is prevented by careful
design. The Seller shall ensure that the temperature rise is limited to 10 degree C above
ambient.
iv) Cabinets shall be designed for front access to system modules and rear access to wiring.
All wiring in cabinets shall pass the vertical flame test for IPCEA S-19-81.
2.14.10.3 Constructional Features of Panels, Cubicles & Enclosures
All panels, cubicles, consoles and enclosures furnished as per this specification shall be of free
standing type and shall be constructed of specified gauge of steel plates. The panel sheet
thickness shall be not less than 2 mm unless otherwise specified herein.
2.14.10.4 Panel Wiring
Interconnecting wiring shall be provided between all electrical devices mounted in the
panels, and between the devices and terminal blocks if the devices are to be connected to
equipment outside the panels. The Seller shall install jumpers between terminal blocks.
2.14.10.5 Panel Illumination
Panels shall be provided with fluorescent illuminating lamps with door switch and three (3)
point 15A, 240V AC sockets with switch for maintenance purposes.
2.14.10.6 Grounding
All panels and cabinets shall be provided with a continuous bare copper ground bus of minimum
6mm x 12mm cross section. The ground bus shall be bolted to the panel structure and effectively
ground the entire structure. Each ground bus shall have provision at each end for connection of
Owner's ground leaks (6mm x 50mm GIflats) by suitable bolting. All system cabinets shall be
brought to a common system ground by the Seller.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 171
2.14.11 Uninterruptible Power Supply System 2.14.11.1 General Requirements UPS system shall be provided separately for each section. The Seller shall furnish an integrated UPS system including static inverters, static switches, manual bypass switch, chargers, stationary battery, AC power distribution panels with all required isolating and protecting devices and all other equipment and accessories required for completeness of this system. Capacity of UPS shall be proposed by Seller to suit the system power requirements and this capacity shall be received and finalized during detail Purchasering stage. All control and instrument circuits shall be with fuse. Fuses shall be mounted inside the enclosures and shall have easy accessibility.
2.14.11.2 Functional Requirements
The Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) system of continuous duty shall supply regulated,
filtered and uninterrupted 230V, 50 Hz, single phase power, within specified tolerances, to
system AC loads. Each inverter shall supply only 50% loads under normal conditions. All
necessary equipment required for protecting UPS equipment and connected inputs and outputs shall
be furnished by the Seller as an integral part of this system.
Normal Operation
Two inverters each of 100% capacity, two battery packs of 100% capacity and two 100% battery
chargers are used.
Emergency Operation
The static transfer switches and the manual by-pass switch shall provide switching means
during emergency operation.
2.14.11.3 Static Inverters And Auxiliary Equipment
The static inverters shall be solid state type employing silicon controlled rectifiers or power
transistors and other solid state devices to convert direct current power to essentially sinusoidal
alternating current. The inverter equipment shall include all necessary circuitry and devices to
conform to requirements like voltage regulation, current limiting, wave shaping, transient
recovery, surge suppression network, automatic synchronization etc. as specified herein.
Input Voltage
The inverters shall be fed from a sealed maintenance free battery and chargers which do not
feed any other loads. Filtering on the input of the inverters shall be furnished as required to
operate with the output ripple of the chargers.
Automatic Synchronization
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 172
Inverter equipment shall include stable solid state oscillator devices designed to automatically
maintain the inverter output in phase and in synchronism with the standby AC source.
2.14.11.4 Manual By-Pass Switch
The manual by-pass switch will be used to isolate any static switch from its load and stand-by
power supply and to take the static switch out of service without power interruption to the load. The
manual by-pass switch shall also provide the facility for by-passing the entire UPS system during
startup at the option of the operator.
The manual bypass switch shall have make before break contacts to ensure continuous supply to
UPS loads during the operation of this by-pass switch.
2.14.11.5 Float-Cum-Boost Chargers And Auxiliary Equipment
Two 100% capacity chargers shall be furnished for each UPS system. Each charger shall confirm
to the following requirements.
Each charger furnished for UPS system shall be adequately rated to ensure that any one shall
meet full DC load of UP system operating at 100% rating plus recharge the fully discharged UPS
battery within 8 hours.
Each charger shall be furnished with a ground detector system consisting of a relay and a center
tapped resistor.
2.14.11.6 Technical Specification for Sealed Maintenance Free Batteries
The design of battery shall be as per field proven practices. Partial plating of cells is not
permitted. Paralleling of cells externally for enhancement of capacity is not permitted up to 1500
AH capacity.
The container shall have chemical and electro-chemical compatibility. It shall be acid resistant
and fire retardant. Fixing of Pressure Regulated Valve terminal posts in the cover shall be such
that the seepage of electrolyte gas escapes and entry of electro static spark are prevented.
All batteries shall be mounted in a suitable metallic trays / frame. Cells shall be housed in a
ventilated & protected modular steel tray to promote airflow between the cells for effective
thermal management.
Battery sets will be tested at the manufacturing premises prior to the dispatch of material & shall
meet a min of 100% capacity at 10 Hr. discharge rate from very first cycle.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 173
2.14.11.7 Step-Down Transformer & Voltage Stabiliser
One 415 Volt, 3 phase to 230 Volt, single phase transformer along with associated voltage
stabilizer shall be furnished. This transformer and stabilizer combination shall convert Owner
furnished 415 Volt + 10% plant auxiliary AC supply to 230V + 2% single phase standby AC
Power which will serve as UPS system back up supply source.
2.14.11.8 AC Distribution Boards
Panel boards for distribution of continuous AC power to essential loads shall be dead-front type
panel rated for 600 V, AC service. The hinged panel board front shall cover the fuses and wiring
gutter but not the switch handles. The hinged front and switch handles shall be covered by the
enclosure door.
2.15 Standard Colour Scheme Following standard Colour Scheme shall be followed.
Air Compressors, Fans, Vacuum Pumps Ultramarine
Air receivers Aqua
Electric motors, equipment Orange
Handrails, Safety guards
Golden Yellow Pumps, Gearboxes Turquoise
Piping: Condensate, Cold Water Jade
Drain Black
Flocculent Lichen
Fire Fighting Signal Red
HP Steam Pearl Grey
Hot Water Jade
Instrument AirAqua
Injection Water Jade
Lime Slurry Lilac
LP Steam Pearl Grey
Overflow Same as tank or vessel Oil / Lubricants Golden Tan
Plant Air Aqua
Potable Water Jade
Saccharate Solution Lilac
Sodium Hydroxide Lilac
Sodium Hypochlorite Lilac
Torri Water Jade
Vapour or Vent Same as tank or vessel
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 174
Structural Steel work Smoke Blue
Screw conveyors, distributors,
Tanks & Vessels :
Process Cream
Water Jade
Caustic, Acid Lilac
Flocculent Lichen
Hydraulic Golden Tan
Turbines Pearl Grey
2.16 Drawings and Documents
All drawings, manuals and other related information of the specified equipment shall be submitted.
�� The supplier shall be responsible for any discrepancies, errors and omissions in the drawings
submitted by him, not withstanding any approval accorded by the Purchaser.
�� All costs as a consequence of errors in drawings and documents shall be borne by the
Supplier.
�� All drawings, technical literature, manuals and parts lists shall be provided by the Supplier
as may be required for facilitating erection, commissioning, operation and maintenance of
the plant.
�� Where the Supplier is contracted to supply a system of connected plant items, flow
diagrams shall be submitted showing the relationship of the connected items to each other and
outlining terminal points.
�� The supplier shall provide arrangement drawings together with berthing diagrams and details
of static and dynamic loadings, cutouts, openings, trough holes as applicable, to permit
design of civil works.
�� All drawings, parts lists, service and maintenance manuals shall be supplied in sextuplicate
for use of the Purchaser, the Consultant and the erection, commissioning and
operating personnel. Where specialized maintenance manuals are not available, standard
manufacturer’s literature shall be provided.
�� Wiring diagrams for instrumentation shall indicate wire numbers, drawn as viewed from
front to back of panels.
2.17 Quality Assurance, Testing and Guarantees
2.17.1 Performance & Tests
Some of the applicable Indian and Overseas Standards related to Tests on various
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 175
equipment of the Plant are listed under Clause 2.1.2. The list is not meant to be comprehensive. For
the Standards, which are not mentioned in the list, relevant Indian or overseas standard should
be followed. In all cases, latest version of relevant Standard should be applicable. Standards for Tests
On overall completion of erection and commissioning, performance tests of unit
equipment of the Plant and systems shall be conducted to verify conformity with specified
capacities and efficiencies. Such performance tests shall be conducted in accordance with
procedures prescribed in relevant Standards. Where Indian Standards Specifications do not
provide relevant test procedures, the Supplier shall submit to the Purchaser for approval, the test
procedures to be adopted. The Purchaser’s decision in such cases shall be final.
Acceptance of the equipment, as a result of these performance tests shall in no way relieve the Supplier from its obligations with respect to the Defects Warrantee clause or with respect to any other condition applicable under the contract.
Equipment of the Plant
As and when erection of equipment of the Plant are completed, tests will be conducted, as appropriate which would include but may not be limited to the following:
Dimensional and quantity checks
� Conformity to specifications
� Hydraulic tests of tanks, vessels, pipelines etc. � Mechanical tests on rotating machinery like pumps, compressors, fans, turbines etc.
� No load running tests on conveyors and other mechanical drive systems � Standard running tests on rotating mechanical and electrical machinery � Vibration tests on rotating mechanical and electrical machinery.
2.17.2 General Requirements
All equipment furnished under this specification shall be subject to test by authorized quality assurance personnel of the Seller, representatives of the purchaser and/or Technical Specialist during manufacture, erection and on completion. Seller's quality assurance personnel for these shop and site tests shall be identified in advance and shall be acceptable to the purchaser. The approval of the Purchaser /Technical Specialist or passing of such inspection of tests will not, however, prejudice the right of the owner to reject the equipment if it does not comply with the specifications when erected or fails to give complete satisfaction in service.
The Seller shall furnish details of shop and site tests proposed to be conducted by him at various
stages to meet the specification requirements for each type of instrument/system along with his
proposal. Seller shall also furnish details of his proposed shop and site quality assurance
organization for this contract.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 176
Seller shall prepare a detailed shop and site 'Quality Assurance Program’ to meet the
requirements of these specifications for purchaser's approval. This document shall also contain the
formats for reports and maintenance of test records, specification of test equipment to be used for
site tests.
2.17.3 Shop Tests
2.17.3.1 General Requirements
Shop tests shall include all tests to be carried out at Seller's works, at works of his sub-
Seller’s and at works where raw materials used for manufacture of equipment is produced.
2.17.3.2 Material Tests
Whenever tested quality material is specified and wherever called upon by Safety
Regulations or by the design code, the test pieces are to be prepared and tested to
purchaser's satisfaction.
In the event of purchaser being furnished with certified particulars of tests which
have been carried out by the suppliers of material, the purchaser may, at his
discretion, dispense with these tests.
2.17.3.3 Tests at Manufacturer's Works
Works tests are to include electrical, mechanical performance and hydraulic tests in
accordance with relevant codes or any other approved standard or any other tests called for
by the purchaser under these specifications to ensure that the equipment being supplied
fulfills the requirements of these specifications.
2.17.3.4 On-Site Tests
All the site activities including unloading, storage cum insurance of equipment and
materials on arrival to site, installation, commissioning and carrying out all the tests at site
shall be performed by the Seller at no cost to the purchaser in presence of
Purchaser/Consultant's representatives and with the permission of owner as and when
required.
The Seller shall furnish the necessary manpower and the services of technical
representative(s), who shall provide technical guidance and advice for the installation
of the equipment and placing the system in operation. The services of the technical
representative(s) shall be available for the period from arrival of the equipment on site
until the equipment is finally accepted by the purchaser. The on-site tests shall
include the following tests in the sequence given:-
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 177
a) Inspection of Equipment on Arrival
The Seller's field representative(s) shall inspect all supplied equipment upon
arrival on-site. All observed damage to equipment shall be reported to the
Purchaser /Purchaser.
b) Preliminary On-Site Checks and Tests
After field installation and before equipment energisation and connection of field
inputs, the Seller shall carefully inspect all equipment and shall check all Seller
supplied wiring and cable to assure correctness of corrections and proper equipment
installation.
c) Start-up
On completion of erection of the equipment and before start-up, each item of the
equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned and then inspected jointly by the
purchaser and the Seller for correctness and completeness of installation and
acceptability for start-up, leading to initial pre-commissioning tests at site. The list
of pre-commissioning tests to be performed shall be as mutually agreed and
included in the Seller's quality assurance program.
d) Trial Operation
The plant shall then be on trial operation during which period all necessary
adjustments shall be made while operating, over the full load range enabling the
plant to be made ready for performance and guarantee tests. The duration of Trial
operation of the complete equipment shall be 7 days out of which at least 72
hours shall be continuous operation on full load or any other duration as may be
agreed to, between the purchaser and the Seller. The Trial Operation shall be
considered successful, provided that each item of the equipment can operate
continuously at the specified operating characteristics, for the period of Trial
Operation.
e) System Documentation Check
Upon successful completion of the preliminary ON-Site checks and Tests the
purchaser's and the Seller's representative shall check that all required system
documentation, in its final form was delivered to the purchaser. All error and
insufficiencies in the system documentation, (manuals, drawings, software) shall be
corrected by the Seller before the system is accepted by the purchaser. Duly
corrected system documentation shall be furnished to purchaser and
Consultant.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 178
2.17.4 Performance and Guarantee Test and Acceptance of the System by purchaser
Dynamic load tests while maintaining safe process conditions and without endangering the
equipment. All tests will be performed with the system in automatic mode:
a) Drop 50 per cent of maximum load capability from approximately full load at a rate of 10
per cent per minute.
b) Drop load from full rated output to the lowest load runback limit, at a rate corresponding to
the fastest runback rate.
c) Pick up 50 per cent of the maximum load capability from approximately 50 per cent load at
a rate of 10 per cent per minute.
During transient conditions causing deviation of process variables, the control
system furnished under this specification shall not permit deviations which exceed those
permitted by the manufactures of the controlled process equipment, for load demand changes
upto 10 percent of rated full load capability per minute. Controlled process variables shall
return to normal in a stable manner and without any loop interactions or cycling of
generation when generation matches unit load demand.
2.18 Painting
The plant shall be painted before dispatch to Site. Painting specifications are furnished hereunder.
To facilitate correct re-assembly of gearing, turbines, vessels, etc. at Site, colour identification shall
be applied to each plant piece and its associated equipment of the plant and parts, within a series
or train of similar pieces.
2.19 Preparation of surfaces
Prior to treatment, the metal surface shall be cleaned of dirt and grease, layer of rust, weld spatter etc. These shall be removed by pickling, power tool chipping, de-scaling, sanding, wire brushing or grinding. For wire brush cleaning, the wire brush shall be applied carefully over the surface in vertical and horizontal direction.
For motor driven cleaning, brush, tube cleaner and disk sander shall be used. The work shall be done in such a way that the brush is applied over two times on each portion of the object to be treated. Either feather type or gear type cutter shall be attached to the tube cleaner. Application of the cutter shall be done carefully in the longitudinal direction except for unavoidable cases.
Recommended types of paints Painting for Machinery, Equipment of the Plant, and Piping shall be applied as follows:
Primary coat Red Oxide Paint
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 179
Under Coat Pthalic Anhydride Paint Finish Coat Pthalic Anhydride Paint Corrosion protection Pitch based resinous (wherever required) Galvanized Steel Internal surface of vessels, tanks, heat exchangers, etc.
Machine finished surface where performance will be adversely affected if painted. In the case of
layered painting, the next painting shall be applied after cleaning the surface of the previous layer and
after a gap of minimum 8 hours drying.
Painted Film Thickness
The thickness of finish painted film shall be even. The standard thickness values to be measured by net micro-thickness gauge shall be as follows:
Red Oxide paint Over 125 (4 coat basis)
Phallic acid resin paints Over 150 (4 coat basis)
2.20 Packing
All equipment of the Plant shall be packed as necessary to provide adequate protection during
delivery to Site.
The Goods shall be fully protected from weather and corrosion by suitable paint,
preserving grease or wax paper together with silica-gel or any other protective
hygroscopic material, as may be required.
The packing cases shall be lined internally with tarred paper or polythene and the lids lined
internally with roofing paper.
The packing cases shall be of substantial timber construction screwed or nailed together and shall
be provided with skids preventing direct contact with the ground or floor, and permitting the use of
fork-lift trucks or slinging for lifting by cranes.
Small items shall be gathered together and transported in packing cases.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 180
ANNEXURE IV
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS & STANDARDS
2.1 Pipelines and fittings
All hot and cold water, process fluid , bled vapours, live steam, low pressure steam and exhaust steam lines shall
be suitable for 65 KLPD T.S.
The following shall be adhered to as applicable.
Velocities for various materials:
a) Water : Suction 1.0 m/second
Delivery 2 m/second
b) Condensate : Suction 1.0 m/second
Delivery 1.25 m/second
2.2 Pressure and temperature drop:
a) Pressure drop in HP piping shall not exceed 1.0 kg/ cm2g from super heater outlet to the inlet of
TSV of power turbines.
b) Temperature drop in HP piping shall not exceed 10 deg C. from super heater outlet to the TSV of
power turbine.
2.3 Safety/Relief Valves
a) Safety valves to be provided in the steam pipe lines wherever necessary. Blow off pipes shall
extend beyond the roof/factory building.
b) Safety valves in the exhaust and reduced pressure lines shall be lever operated.
c) Suitable drains, valves, steam traps etc. shall be provided in all steam lines, where necessary.
2.4 Pipelines & Fittings
Cast Iron Pipes and Fitting
The pipes shall be of class ‘B’ and shall conform to IS:1537-1976 specifications and integrally cast
flanged joints or spun pipes with screwed ends on flanges as per IS:1536-1976 shall be used.
The pipe fittings shall be of class ‘B; and shall conform to IS:1538 (Part I to XXIV-1976)
specifications. Only flanged joints shall be used. One side of the flanges shall be machined in case
all pipe fitting.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 181
Mild Steel Pipes
All mild steel pipes and pipe fittings used for conveying of air, cold water, hot water (except
boiler feed water) oil (except oil for hydraulic accumulators), process fluid etc. shall conform to
IS:1239 (part-I)-1976 and IS:1239 (part-II)-1982 specifications of all piping class ‘C’ (heavy)
thickness. The thickness of mild steel pipes having diameter more than 200 mm shall be 8 mm. and
above as agreed upon.
In case of all piping above 40 mm NB, only flanged joints shall be used. All flanges to be as per
IS:6392-1971 or equivalent as agreed. All mating flanges for valves and pumps shall be in
compliance with the equipment.
Live Steam, Exhaust Steam and Boiler Feed Water Piping
a) These shall conform to I.B.R. wherever applicable. The thickness of exhaust and vapour steam
piping shall be minimum 8 mm in case of 300 mm dia upto 600 mm dia and 10 mm thick for pipes
above 600 mm dia.
b) In case of bends, flanges shall be provided at least at one end. All steam expansion bellows shall be
of stainless steel tested at 1.5 times the exhaust steam pressure.
c) Valves shall be provided in each branch line of condenser, reduced pressure steam lines, water
separater, drain, steam trap etc.
d) All delivery line of process fluid and water of centrifugal pumps shall have non return valves.
Water connections to be provided at each station for cleaning.
e) All exhaust steam valves for evaporator and distillation columns shall be right angle valves with
S.S. internals.
2.5 Cooling water preservation
2.5.1 All bearing and oil cooling water to be collected in a suitably designed metallic tank which should
be installed at a suitable place. Two pumps (one as stand by) complete with motors, starters, etc.
should be provided to pump this water into the receiving funnel of the cooling water of
power house turbo sets for which the funnel should be designed suitably.
2.5.2 Cooling water so collected from power house and other sections should be taken by gravity to
service water sump with bypass arrangement to injection channels.
2.5.3 Necessary pipes & fittings for above are included in the scope of supply of the sellers.
2.6 Supporting Steel Structures.
2.6.1. Material Handling & flow should be gravity flow type
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 182
2.6.2 Necessary staging for all the machinery including supporting columns, integral floor structure,
stair cases, railings etc. shall be in supplier scope.
2.6.3 Other machinery except those on floor level shall have its own supporting steel staging. Pipelines,
mill and power house cranes, condensers, flash tanks, cyclones separators can be supported on
building columns. No weight of other machinery or platform shall be transmitted to building
columns.
2.6.4 All operating floors of the distillery shall have mild steel chequered or perforated or grating
flooring. Keeping in view of safety requirements.
2.6.5 All gangways, passages, staircases, working platform and railings shall be conveniently placed.
2.6.6 A clear working platform of at least 2.0 m width should be provided in working front of process
equipment shall be 1000 mm. In case of other units a clear working platform of at least 1.2 m
width to be provided.
2.6.7 All statutory requirement regarding staging platform stair cases, safety devices etc. should be
consider by the sellers during the design stage.
2.6.8 All the stair cases with railings for approach of metallic platforms shall be in sellers scope. Only
the stair cases with railings for approaching the RCC platform/ staging shall be in the scope of civil
contractors of purchasers.
2.7 Material Specifications
a) Gun metal used for bushes and bearings shall conform to IS:318-1965.
b) White metal used for lining of bearings shall conform to IS:25-1966.
c) Phosphorous bronze castings shall conform to IS:28-1975.
d) The drive pinions shall be made of cast steel as per IS:2708- 1973 B, Grade III and gear wheels
as per IS:2708-1973 Grade II.
e) Cast iron flexible couplings shall conform to IS:2693-1964.
f) Glass wool for vessels piping shall conform to IS:3690-1974 type 2. Mineral wool shall
conform to IS:5696-1970. The thickness should be to suit the temperature and diameter of pipe.
g) Sheet rubber shall conform to type 8 of IS:638-1965. Grades to suit the nature of work.
h) Compressed asbestos fibre shall conform to IS:2712-1971.
i) Cast iron sluice valves shall conform to IS:780-1969.
j) Gun metal valves (not used for live steam) shall be heavy duty and shall conform to IS:778-2972.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 183
k) Plummer blocks use for roller bearings shall conform to IS:4773- 1968.
l) The slide rails for electric motors, if of grey cast iron conform to grade 15 of IS:210-1962. The
slide rails shall be as IS:2968-1964.
m) Mild steel plates shall conform to IS:2062-1969.
n) Structural steel and mild steel plates conforming to IS:226-1975 or equivalent shall be used
for the fabrication of non process equipment.
o) All brass tubes shall be of 70:30 alloy conforming to alloy Number 1 of IS:407-1966.
2.8 Plant & Equipment
a) All process pumps screened or unscreened shall have S.S bodies with S.S. impellers and S.S.
shafts.
b) Test cocks should be provided in condensate outlets of all units individually for testing water
contamination. All the condensate pumps delivery lines should have 50 mm NB connection with a
valve to let out the water in the drain, as and when contamination is defected.
c) All non-return valves shall be ISI marked.
d) All the valves (both gate & globe) should be of rising spindle valves.
e) All the tail pipes of the condensers are to be provided with suitable duck foot bend at the bottom so
as to enable blind the tail pipe during the season/off season for hydraulic testing of vapour line.
f) All the centrifugal pumps should have stop and non-return valves in the delivery pipes.
g) Suitable capacity steam traps shall be provided in exhaust steam lines and drain pipes with valves
etc. in case of vapour pipes.
h) Water meters of adequate capacity should be provided as required for metering the quantity of
water consumption wherever required.
i) Sheet metal electrical panels paint should be oven baked.
j) The valves in the Feed Line between the two bodies of the evaporators should be of globe type
only.
k) All motors shall be provided with suitable size and range with separate ampere meters.
l) All squirrel cage motors beyond 25 BHP shall be provided with automatic star delta starters.
m) The reducing and de-superheating stations shall be fully automatic.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 184
n) All the cranes shall have box type bridge girders only.
2.9 General
a) The deliveries of materials shall be accompanied with clear detailed packing lists in triplicate
noting therein gross weight of the packages as well as the net weight, wherever possible.
However, in case of brass tubes, net weight must be provided.
b) Good quality jointing shall be used at all flanges joints commensurate with the pressure as well as the
materials to be handled. For high pressure pipeline, only S.S. spiral bound jointing shall be used.
c) Boiler refractory work : The Sellers have to provide all necessary refractory, both ordinary and
special inclusive of standard and special fire bricks, fire cement, fire clay, asbestos ropes, asbestos
sheets, etc. for boilers chimney and hot air ducts. The ducting between the boiler and chimney and
the entire boiler brick work will also be the sellers responsibility. Red bricks and port land
cement, sand and lime shall be provided by the purchasers.
d) The Sellers agree that building column and trusses shall not be utilized for lifting weights of
machinery during erection.
e) In case any building column, beam etc. is to bear additional loads, the Sellers have to clearly
indicate the same and inform the purchasers well in advance of stipulated period.
f) All material used in manufacture, fabrication and erection of machinery shall conform to the
specifications laid down in material specifications given earlier.
Where specifications are not given, standard engineering practices shall be followed.
g) All instruments must have dust, moisture proof casing to avoid failure of these during operation
even in unsatisfactory working conditions. The supplier of instruments has to provide trouble
shooting and inspection manual and training to the technical staff of the distillery.
h) Each turbo set shall have a separate steam flow meter in its inlet line, preferably in the vicinity of
TSV.
2.10 Key plan of factory building
The key plan for factory buildings and engineering layout of the Distillery equipment shall be finalized by
the sellers and purchaser within 15 days of signing the agreement. The following will be considered
while finalizing the layout.
2.10.1 The plant shall have a forced feed arrangement for Distillation and gravity flow for fermentation.
2.10.2 Suitable provision may be made for a nominal future expansion for expansion in critical equipment.
2.10.3 Cooling after supply to and return from condensers and coolers shall be through a common
prescribed header in each individual section.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 185
ANNEXURE V
ELECTRICALS & INSTRUMENTATION AND AUTOMATION
Statutory Requirements
5.1 Online Mass Flow meters:
a. Depending upon the plant conditions like size, flow rate, specific gravity, viscosity, vendor shall
furnish detailed sizing calculations showing mass flow rate accuracy, pressure drop, velocities at
the operating steps.
b. Weights and measures certification and stamping from regional Weights and Measures authority
shall be provided.
c. Manufacturer shall have facility for weight calibration of mass flow meter in the flow
laboratory as per NIST standards.
5.2 Instrumentation Panel
All the panel mounted instruments which are integral part of the following control and
measurement systems shall be housed in a well designed, fabricated and wired instrumentation panel.
� Online Mass Flow Meter for process fluid and water
� On line conductivity measurement of condensate water
� Boiler Instrumentation and Automation � Turbine supervisory system
5.3 DETAILS OF DCS System BASED INTRUMENT CONTROL PANEL:
Various process parameters like Pressure, Temperature, Level, Flow etc. are sensed by the
transmitters. The transmitters will send the proportional signal to the Programmable Logic
Controller (DCS System). These signals are wired to the Input Channels of the DCS System. DCS
System is interfaced with computer through a special data cable. PC will access all the data in the DCS
System and display it in the user-friendly SCADA (Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition) software.
The outputs from the DCS System derived from the control loops are wired to the respective control
valves.
Sr.No
Equipment
Specification
Remarks
1.
DCS System Panel
As Per Standard Norms
1 No. Common
2.
Operating Station with SCADA
software, 1 no. Printer and 1 no. UPS As per Standard Norms
1 No. Printer & UPS is
Common for both PCs
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 186
Note :
1. For Liquefaction, Fermentation, Distillation and Evaporation sections, indication and control will be
from DCS System panel.
2. Common PC- DCS System DCS System -SCADA system considered for Fermentation, MPR
Distillation plants has been considered with PC terminals. The PC terminals shall be put in the
same instruments control room.
3. Temperature Indications for various fermentors in fermentation section shall be shown on PC.
4. Common control room (for Instrumentation Panel) for Fermentation, Distillation Sections being
considered near the Fermentation Section.
5. Common room for all MCC panels being considered near Fermentation Section.
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SCOPE OF ELECTRICAL WORK FOR LIQUIFACTION, SIMULTANEOUS FERMENTATION,
DISTILLATION, EVAPORATION AND BIOMETHANATION SECTIONS ALONGWITH AUXILIARIES
FOR THESE SECTIONS:
1. MCC’ S will be made from CRCA ( Cold Rolled Cold Annealed ) sheet metal fabrication. MCC will
be non-drawout type, compartmentalized, Non flame proof type with HRC fuse system and
located at non flame proof area.
MCC will be fabricated from 14/16 gauge MS CRCA sheet, floor mounted, suitable for indoor installation,
vermin/dust proof, weatherproof with IP42 degree of protection. Cable entry shall be from the bottom as a
standard feature. Top cable entry may be provided, if required. Each starter of MCC will consist of : SFU (
Switch fuse unit ) for compartmentalized MCC.
Contactor
Overload Relay for compartmentalized MCC.
ON / Trip indication.
Emergency stop stay – put push button.
Motor rating above 15 KW, Star Delta starter will be provided. For motor rating above 15 KW, Current
Transformer will be provided in Y – phase with ammeter to read the current.
Incomer of MCC will be:
MCCB (Moulded Case Circuit breaker) for rating below 800 Amp.
ACB (Air Circuit breaker) for rating including and above 800 Amp.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 187
2. INTERNAL POWER WIRING
All the power wiring inside MCC panel will be carried out by using copper wire. The sizes will be as
follows:
Motor rating Wire size
For DOL Starter
Upto 5.5 KW 2.5 mm Upto 7.5 KW 2.5 m m
2 Upto 9.3 KW 4.0 m m
2 Upto 11.0 KW 6.0 m m
2 Upto 15.0 KW 10.0 m m2 Upto 18.5 KW 10.0 m m
2 Motor rating
Cable size (supply
side)
Cable size (motor
side)
For Star – Delta Starter
Upto 18.5 KW 10.0 m m 4.0 m m2
Upto 22 KW 16.0 m m 6.0 m m2
Upto 30 KW 25.0 m m 10.0 m m2 Upto 45 KW 50.0 m m 25.0 m m
2
3. EARTHING
Earthing would be done using G.I. pipe rods as per I.S. standards. G.I. conductor earthing will be done for
all electrical equipment and non current carrying metallic structures / tanks. G.I. conductors will be used for
lightning protection, connected directly to separate earth pit.
4. POWER AND CONTROL CABLES
Individual motors will be connected to MCC by 1.1 kV grade, PVC sheathed armoured cables. Cable sizes
for respective motor rating will be as follows :
Motor upto 1.5 kW 1 No. x 3 core x 2.5 m Copper Motor above 1.5 kW & upto 5.5 kW 1 No. x 3 core x 4.0 m m
2 Aluminum Motor above 5.5 KW & upto 11 KW 1 No. x 3 core x 6.0 m m
2 Aluminium Motor 15 KW 1 No. x 3 core x 10.0 m m Aluminium Motor 18.5 KW 2 Nos. x 3 core x 10.0 m m
2 Aluminum Motor above 18.5 KW & upto 26 KW 2 Nos. x 3 core x 16.0 m m
2 Aluminum Motor 30 KW 2 Nos. x 3 core x 25.0 m m
2 Aluminum Motor above 30 KW & upto 45 KW 2 Nos. x 3 core x 25.0 m m
2 Aluminum Motor 52 KW 2 Nos. x 3 core x 35.0 m m
2 Aluminum Motor above 52 KW & upto 75 KW 2 Nos. x 3 core x 50.0 m m
2 Aluminum Motor 90 KW 2 Nos. x 3 core x 70.0 m m2 Aluminum Motor 110 KW 2 Nos. x 3 core x 95.0 m m
2 Aluminum Control cable for push button station 1 No. x 3 core x 1.5 m m2 Copper
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 188
5. PUSH BUTTON STATION :
Push button station will be provided near the motor wherever required with lock and key system.
Flameproof push button station (as per IS 2148) will be provided for flameproof section and non-
flameproof push button station (as per IS 2147) will be provided for non-flameproof section.
6. CABLE TRAYS
GI cable trays will be provided for indoor application. Cables will be buried in trenches for outdoor
cables.
7. ERECTION MATERIAL
Double compression glands will be provided in flameproof section and single compression glands will be
provided in the non-flameproof section.
5.4 Documentation
The following documents shall be sent to the Purchasers' Consultant for approval.
i) Instrumentation hookup diagram.
ii) P & I diagram. iii) Specification of instruments i.e. Range, make etc.
iv) Orifice plate design calculation data sheet as per BS 1042 for flow meters.
v) Control valve sizing and Cv calculations.
vi) Instrument control panel cutout, foundation and panel wiring drawing.
vii) List and specification of erection material.
*Impulse tubing shall be of SS316/304 15 NB Sch 40 pipe with SS isolating and drain valves.
*Instrument cables from field transmitters to panel shall be 1.5 mm x 2 core Cu conductor armoured cable.
The following documents shall be submitted in triplicate along with instruments to the end user:
i) Erection drawing and instrumentation calibration and test reports.
ii) Operation and servicing manuals.
5.5 Central data acquisition system
It shall be possible to connect all the data loggers to the centralized PC based data acquisition system
5.6 Instrumentation Control Rooms To achieve the desired working performance of various instrumentation measurement and control system
even under extreme conditions like shock, vibrations, humidity, electrical interference installation of
instrumentation panel shall be done in well designed and constructed rooms as per the standard
instrumentation practices.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 189
ANNEXURE VI
PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS
3.1 Process plant
3.1.1 Capacity:-
Total Spirit : 65000 LPD (95% v/v)
A.A. : 60000 LPD (95% v/v)
CO2 : 30 TPD (Liquid)
3.1.2 Fermentation Efficiency : Min. 90%
3.1.3 Distillation Efficiency
Wash to Ethanol : Min 98.5%
3.1.4 Steam Consumption
Wash to Ethanol : Max. 3.0 kg/BL
3.1.5 Quality of Ethanol : as per table 3.7 below
3.1.6 Quality of CO2 : 99.95%, food grade
3.1.7 Spent Wash generation : Max. 9 Ltrs/ltr TS
3.2 Multi-effect Evaporator
3.2.1 Steam economy : 4.5 Kg evaporation/kg steam
3.2.2 Brix of concentrated Spent Wash: 60-65%
3.2.3 The condensate shall be water clear free from any entrained liquid
3.2.4 The evaporator shall run continuously for a period of minimum 25 days at minimum 60 brix
between the cleanings.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 190
3.3 Boiler:
The boiler shall run continuously for minimum 45 days without requirement of cleaning with
following performance parameters:-
a) Capacity MCR 20 TPH
b) Peak Generation 110% of MCR for 60 minutes
c) Working pressure 45 kg/cm2
(g)
d) Steam temperature 410o
C
e) Steam generation from concentrated Spent wash at 60 brix at Slop and Bagasse
Ratio of 70:30 shall be 1.9 kg/kg of mixed fuel with feed
water temp of 140°C
f) The exit flue gas temperature shall not be more than 180o
C
g) Pressure & temperature drop between super heater outlet and turbine inlet shall not be
more than 0.5 kg/cm and 5o C
h) THE ESP/bag filter system shall achieve the norms as per CPCB/HSPCB standards.
3.4 Turbine
a) The turbine shall produce 2.04 MW power under following parameters;
Inlet Steam parameters : pressure 44 ata
Inlet Steam Temperature : 390o
C
Steam Flow rate : 20 TPH
b) Alternator shall sustain 2500 KW continuous power load at 0.8 lag power factor at rated voltage and
50 cycles
3.5 Power consumption : Maximum 1500 KW
3.6 Alcohol Concentration in Fermented wash: min. 9% v/v
3.7 FUEL ETHANOL (Absolute Alcohol) Specifications (IS – 321-1964 )
Sr. No. Component Unit Specifications 1. Ethanol @ 15.6 deg.C % v/v 99.8 2. Miscibility with water Miscible
3. Alkalinity - Nil 4. Acidity as Acetic acid Mg/lit 30 maximum 5. Residue on Evaporation % by wt 0.005 maximum 6. Aldehydes as Acetaldehyde Mg/lit 60 maximum
7. Copper Mg/kg 0.1 maximum
8. Methanol Mg/lit 300 maximum 9. Fusel Oil Mg/ 100 ml To pass test
All other parameters given in the technical specifications of the equipments
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 191
ANNEXURE VII
PRICES BREAKUP OF VARIOUS EQUIPMENT FOR CASH FLOW ARRANGEMENT AND
DELIVERY SCHEDULE
Tentative Format:
S.No. Particulars
Rs. In lakh
Delivery
completed by Capacity
I.
FERMENTATION & DISTILLATION
II.
STEAM GENERATING PLANT
Boiler/s pressure parts & allied
Boiler mountings & allied
Boiler auxiliaries & allied
Boiler instruments & allied
Boiler feed water tank & allied
De aerator & allied
PRDS & allied
Miscellaneous
Sub total
III
POWER GENERATION PLANT
Back pressure turbo set & allied equipment
Main LT distribution panel & allied
a) Main panel & allied equipment
b) Other panels & allied items
c) Cables & allied items
d) Others
Miscellaneous
Sub total
IV
COOLING WATER
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 192
Evaporator, condenser & allied plants
Condensate treatment unit with allied
System
Cooling tower system & allied equipment
Miscellaneous
Sub total
V
Alcohol storage and issue
VI
Laboratory with equipments
Grand total of above Six points is Rs……………. Lakhs (Rupees……………………………….) i.e. the
total contract price mentioned as at Clause 3.0 of main agreement.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 193
ANNEXURE VIII
LIST OF APPROVED SUPPLIERS FOR CRITICAL BOUGHT OUT ITEMS
Boilers KCP/ISGEC/CBL/THERMAX
Turbo- Alternators* a) Turbine-/Shin Nippon- Japan, BHEL,TEW,SIEMENs
b) Alternator – TDPS,SIEMENS, BHEL, Kirloskar
Air Blowers/
Vacuum Pumps
USHA/ATLAS COPCO
PPI / TMVT /KAKATI
Twin Lobe Blowers TMVT / PPI / Everest
Plate Heat Exchangers Alfa Laval / Tranter / Funke / Gea
Spiral Heat Exchangers Alfa Laval / Tranter
Centrifugal Pumps- Process Microfinish / SPX -Johnson / KSB / Kirloskar
Centrifugal Pumps - Water Mather & Platt / Kirloskar / KSB /Sulzer/Sintech
Pumps - Metering
S.R. Metering / Cole parmer / Heidelberg Prominent / Milton
Roy
Pumps - Molasses SPX -Johnson / Netzsch / Risansi / Roto / Rotomac
Pumps - Hygenic Alfa Laval / Fristam / SPX / Packo
Vacuum Eductor Schutte Koerting (USA) / Mazda
Mist Eliminator Amistco (USA) / Pace Eng. / Shree Wire
Cooling Towers - FRP Mihir /PAHARPUR
PRS & PRDS Forbes Marshall- Arca / Steam line/ Spirex/ Chemtrols
Air Compressors Chicago Pneumatics /INGERSOLLRAND/KIRLOSKAR
Electrical & Instrumentation
Instrumentation - Globe Control
Valves Samson / Forbes Marshall -Arca/ Dembla
Instrumentation - Butterfly Control
Valves Bray/ Metso Automation
Instrumentation - Pneumatic
Actuated Valves Delval/ Bray /MIL/KOSO/RK Controls / Forbes Marshall
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 194
Instrumentation - Magnetic
/Vortex/ Mass Flowmeters E&H/ Yokogawa/ Emerson ( Rosemount)
Instrumentation - Transmitters Siemens/ Yokogawa/ Emerson
Instrumentation DCS System Allen Bradley /Siemens / GE Fanuc/ ABB /Honeywell
Instrumentation - DCS Siemens/ Yokogawa/ ABB/ Allen Bradley /Honeywell
Weighing Scale - Load cell Nova Weigh/ Sartorius
Electrical Cables Gemscab/ Polycab /Havells/ Finolex/L&T
Instrumentation - Cables
Icon cables / Thermopads/ Polycab/ Gemscab/ Havells/
Finolex/L&T
Electrical Motors Crompton/ Bharat Bijlee/ ABB/ Kislosker
Switchgears Schneider/Siemens/ L&T/ ABB
Manual Valves Kartar/KSB/Kirlosker
Valves - Ball Aqua control /Flowjet valves/ Unison
Valves - Butterfly Delval / Yinhe-China /Kartar
Valves - Gate/ Globe/NRV
Flowjet valves/ ZG Valves-China, Kaigong Valves- China/
Metflow/ Expert / /steel strong/ KSB / BDK / Oswal /
Audco/Kartar
Valves - Safety Fainger Lasser / TYCO Sanmar
Hammer Mills Buller, Jacob, Premium Pulman
Decanter Hiller, Humbolt, Alfa Lavel
Note:- In addition to above the equipment registered by NFCSF COMMITTEE (Updated upto 29-May-
2018) vide their letter No. IA-256/2018/Cir NO. 22, Dated :29-05-2018 is also included as make of
equipments.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 195
ANNEXURE IX
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 Whenever there is no particular reference in the agreement about IS/ISO Standards, the
equipments/units should be manufactured/fabricated strictly in accordance with Latest IS/ISO
Standards.
1.2 Inspection at Manufacturer’s workshop prior to dispatch (to be read only those applicable to
distillery equipments / machinery and captive power plant in distillery).
The list of machinery and equipment to be inspected by The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills
Ltd., at manufacturer’s works prior to dispatch.
1.3 The inspection call from OEM/Sub-Vendor should be enclosed with Internal Inspection Report
duly signed by Sub-Vendors authorized person and OEM’s representative.
1.4 During the course of inspection at manufacturer’s workshop, the manufacturer will make available
the following test certificates in respect of raw material for verification.
Material Test Certificate giving chemical composition, physical properties such as ultimate tensile
strength, Elongation %, yield strength, hardness of finished product etc. in respect of steel forgings,
steel castings, boiler drums and tubes, brass tubes, stainless steel tubes steam piping and valves,
components of conveyor chains, enclosed gear boxes and alternator etc.
1.5 At the time of inspection, the manufacturer will provide, free of cost, instruments, measuring
devices such as straight edge, micrometers, DP test chemicals, line dori, verniers, calipers,
‘GO’ and ‘NO GO’ gauges, hardness tester, ultrasonic testing instrument, stroboscope,
vibration meter, noise level measuring instrument, dial gauge, feeler gauge, drift
expansion/flattening test facility for various tubes, breaking load test and hydraulic test facility or
any other instrument or test facility as may be required.
1.6 For Electrical Items, the manufacturer will provide, free of cost, the instruments such as
Secondary Injection Kit, High Voltage Testing Instrument, Megger, Kelvin bridge,
Vibration meter, Stroboscope, Phase sequence tester, Voltmeter, Ammeter, or any other instrument
or test facility as may be required.
- Witnessing ultrasonic testing of drive and driven shafts.
1.7 For Stainless Steel Tubes, Brass tubes and boiler tubes, following inspection shall be carried
out by The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd..
(i) Dimensional checking of random samples.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 196
(ii) Witnessing Destructive Testing of sample tubes drawn at random, for tensile strength,
flattening test, flaring test, reverse bend test, elongation test, acid test as per procedure of
IS:13316-1992 for SS tubes, IS 407 for brass tubes and relevant IS/BS code for boiler
tubes.
(iii) Verification of material test certificates furnished by manufacturer.
(iv) Witnessing hydraulic testing of random samples of SS/brass/boiler economizer &
superheater tubes.
(v) For Boiler Tubes Verification of IBR test certificates, IBR stamping and heat numbers
marked on the tubes, hydraulic test certificate.
1.8 Manufacturers shall also provide dynamic balancing test certificate for high speed rotating
parts, wherever required.
1.9 The Inspecting Officer of The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd. shall be within his rights to
bring to the notice of the manufacturer/sellers, any defects and deviations observed from the
approved drawings / agreement specifications / standard engineering practices / relevant Indian /
British / DIN / API codes etc. and the manufacturer / Seller shall be required to rectify such
defects and deviations at their own cost. Such inspection by SCSM or its nominees shall not
absolve the manufacturer / sellers from their responsibility of supplying the machinery and
equipment in accordance with the terms and conditions of the
agreement.
1.10 The OEM/Sub-Vendor shall arrange test motors, gear boxes for witnessing, no load
running trial of their equipment.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 197
ANNEXURE X
1 PARAMETER FOR INSPECTION AT MANUFACTURER’S WORKS
2.1 Dimensional and Quality check up
2.2 Heat Exchangers, Condensers
2.3 Distillation Columns, Plats & Caps and other internals.
2.4 D.C. MOTOR DRIVES
(i) For D.C. Motors.
- Witnessing measurement of resistances and insulation values for main and field windings:
Witnessing H.V. test.
- Witnessing no load trial and full load trial for relevant standards as described in IS
4722 and BS:5000 for temperature rise of windings.
- Witnessing measurement of vibrations as per IS 12075 during running trial.
- Scrutiny of test certificate for dynamic balancing and ultrasonic testing of rotor shaft.
NOTE : Type test shall also be witnessed in respect of any new size or design of manufacture of DC
motor.
(ii) For Thyrister and Control Panels:
- Testing of thyrister Panel for temperature rise as per relevant class of duty.
- Checking of functioning of various protection devices and relays.
(a) AC Motor
Testing procedure with control panel as prescribed in the latest IS code.
(b) Hydraulic drives for Mills
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 198
Procedure to be finalized in consultation with manufacturers.
2.4.1 Enclosed Transmission Gear Boxes
- Checking up of dimensions, handing and reduction ratio,
- Witnessing the no load running trial at full input speed of each gear box fitted with
forced lubrication system at partial loading by damping.
- Open Inspection:
- Checking up of tooth contact and blue impressions.
- Measurement of back lash, tooth contact area, hardness of shaft and gear wheel and pinion,
oil circulation system and nozzle location etc.
- Teeth surface finish checking – visually.
- Verification of material composition certificate, ultrasonic test and dynamic
balancing certificate stress relieving & physical test report, for gears/pinions/shafts.
- Verification of Service Factor, H.P. rating calculations ,and Pressure Lubrication System
having 2 pumps, 2 motors,coolers, 2 micro filters etc.
- Routine test certificate of gearboxes.
2.5 BOILER
2.5.1 Pressure Parts :
- Dimensional checking of drum, wall thickness, tube hole sizes (with go-no-go gauge),
drum internals.
- Verification of material composition certificate for drum, tubes, super heater and
economiser elements and tube holes size in drum, stress relieving certificate for drum,
header, etc.
- Hydraulic test of headers and economiser coil and super heater coil etc.
- Witnessing destructive testing of random selected sample of boiler tubes as per para 1.9,
and checking of tube thickness, o.d. and IBR stamping verification.
2.5.2 D.C. / A.C. variable frequency Motor Drives for ID/FD fans
Inspection and testing as per procedure described in para 2.1.7 (b) in case D.C. motors
and as per relevant IS code in case of A.C. motors.
2.5.3 ID/FD/SA Fans:
- Verification of impeller curvature, wearpad for ID, test certificates for dynamic balancing
of impeller of ID, FD, SA fan etc. and sizes of plate s thickness etc.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 199
- Verification of calculations for capacity and head of fans.
- Dimensional verification as per approved drawing.
- Witnessing measurement of free air delivery/capacity.
- Witnessing ultrasonic testing of shafts of fans.
- MTC for shaft, characteristic curves for fan performance etc.
2.5.4 Furnace Grate Assembly
- Dimensions of assembled frame sizes. etc.
- Operation of grate bar movement & traveling grate movement by fitting of auxiliary
drive.
- Checking of grate bar hole details and hardness and MTC
2.5.5 Oil firing equipment assembly - Running trial of the system.
- MTC, RTC and hydraulic testing certificate for individual equipment.
2.6 HEAT EXCHANGES
- Verification of tube plate thickness, door thickness and door straightness etc.
Measurement of tube plate holes size checking by go and no-go gauge, no. of holes
per pass, no. of passes, lay out of passes on top and bottom covers, condensate
outlet connection, noxious gas connection,drains, airvent connection, checking of
door-tightening arrangement with T-bolt/I bolt with individual pin arrangement,
Steam/Vapour entry connections , ligament, welding quality, distance between tube
plates and alignment, variation pitch of holes, witnessing hydraulic testing of steam,
vapour and double beat valve etc.
- Condensate outlet connection, noxious gases connection, drains/air vent
connections, checking of steam/vapour connections.
- For plate type heaters, measurement of thickness of plates, size, gasket and hydraulic
testing, scrutiny of material test certificate for S.S.
- Tube plate holes to be finished by reaming.
- Inspection and testing of S.S./Brass tubes shall be as per para 1.9.
2.7 Air Compressors and Vacuum Pumps - Dimensional checking
- Witnessing measurement of free air delivery with nozzle test, measurement of power
consumption as described in BS: 1571 part II.
- Checking pressure setting for valves, auto cut -off, bearing temps, cooling system
checking.
- Verification of hydraulic test certificate and material test certificate.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 200
2.8 Evaporators
- Verification of dimensions of calandria, body, catchall, tube plate thickness, holes etc.,
measurement of tube holes with go and no go gauge, alignment and distance between tube
plates, ligament and pitch for tube holes, welding quality, witnessing hydraulic
testing of steam and vapour valves etc.
- Checking the Layout of holes in the tube plate and its finish by Reaming,
condensate outlet connections, noxious gases outlet connection, vapour inlet sizes,
ovality of calandria, if any, tube plate straightness and tie rod fixing.
- Checking of save all construction & plate thickness & curvature of vanes etc. - Inspection
and testing of S.S./Brass tubes shall be as per para 1.9
2.9 CONDENSING AND COOLING SYSTEM
2.9.1 Dimensional checking for condenser and ejector and material of construction with MTC.
2.9.2 Witnessing of hydraulic testing of condenser, ejector and tail pipe at 2 kg/cm2 g, nozzle plate
details, nozzle convergent angle and distance.
2.9.3 Nozzle details of condenser/ejector.
2.10 Cooling Tower
- Verification of service factor for gear boxes.
- Verification of capacity of fans
- Dimensional checking of fans
- Witnessing of no load running trial of fans
- Measurement of vibration noise level capacity of fans.
- Scrutiny of material test certificate for gear box & blades.
2.11 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES, EXHAUST AND VAPOUR PIPING (i) PRDS Station
- Checking up of pressure reducing valves, bypass valves,
- Pneumatic control checking
- Desuper heater checking and water spray trial
- Hydraulic testing of valves and vessels.
2.12 Exhaust piping and vapour piping and valves more than 400 MM, NB size.
- Verification of dimensions, thickness, welding quality.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 201
- Checking of valves for its components and witnessing hydraulic testing at 6kg/cm2.
- Verification of general arrangement drawing of exhaust/vapour piping.
2.13 POWER TURBINES AND ELECTRICALS
2.13.1 Turbo gear Unit with its Base frame
2.13.2 Witnessing the no load running trial for each power turbine fitted with its gear box,
governor and forced lubrication system and checking up of functioning of protective
devices.
2.13.3 Measurement of vibrations – Amplitude, Velocity, Frequency, Acceleration, Noise Level as
per latest standards.
2.13.4 Checking oil cooler for its material and witnessing of hydraulic testing.
2.13.5 Verification of residual imbalance as per latest standards.
2.13.6 Verification of test certificates for hydraulic testing of casings, rotor material test
certificates, balancing certificate of rotor, blade surface crack and verification of Heat
nos., Sl. No. of rotor, casing and turbine/test etc.
2.13.7 Checking up of protective devices functioning while running at no load, rated speed such as
Over Speed Trip, Low Lub-Oil Pressure, High Exhaust Pressure, Aux. Pump Cut Off/On
etc.
2.13.8 Checking blade construction and sizes as per data sheet.
2.13.9 Open inspection of turbine and gear box – to examine condition of rotor, bearings, tooth
contact of gears, back lash, hardness of gear, verification of service factor from catalogue
and calculation with relevant standards, thrust clearance, clearance between moving and
stationery blades, bearing clearance, trueness of rotor disc face.
2.13.10 verification of Characteristic Curve for Steam Consumption versus Load.
2.13.11 Verification of Turbine Correction Factor Chart for variation of pressure, temperature for
inlet steam and exhaust steam in relation to the Design Parameters.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 202
2.13.12 Open inspection of power turbine, rotor, gear box, bearings, checking up of tooth
contact, back lash, bearings, etc.
2.13.13 Verification of HP rating calculations for gear box.
2.14 Alternator for T.G. set
2.14.1 Witnessing tests as described in latest IS 4722 such as insulation test and measurement of
resistances of main field, main windings, exciter armature, and exciter field.
2.14.2 Witnessing of open circuit test, short circuit test, overload test and H.V. test as per IS-4722.
2.14.3 Verification of test certificates for ultrasonic testing and dynamic balancing of rotor.
2.14.4 Phase sequence checking and verification of direction of rotation.
2.14.5 Functional testing of AVR with alternator and regulation test, over voltage relay
functional testing, on both AVR which are independent.
2.14.6 Vibration measurement as per IS 12075 and sound level measurement during no load
running trial of the alternator.
2.14.7 Shaft current measurement.
2.15 ELECRICALS
2.15.1 Alternator Control & Excitation Panels for TG sets, MCC, Main distribution panel, Bus bar
turnking, Bus coupler panel, APFC Panel, Control panel for DG set, Control panels for
centrifugal machines.
2.15.2 Verification of dimensions and makes of different components.
2.15.3 Testing of simulation of various protective devices in each panel.
2.15.4 H.V. and insulation test of each panel assembly, each MCC assembly and bus bar trunking
assembly.
2.15.5 No load sequence operation test of each panel assembly.
2.15.6 Verification of single line diagram of electrical distribution system as well as size of bus
bars and cables and quantity of power factor improving capacitors.
NOTE: Type test as per IS 4722 shall also be witnessed in respect of any new size or design or
manufacturer of alternator.
2.16 POWER HOUSE CRANE.
- As per standard practice and factory act of testing for manually operated cranes.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 203
2.17 H.P. STEAM PIPING
2.17.1 Distribution Header
2.17.2 Witnessing of the Hydraulic Testing of Header. 2.17.3 Dimensional checking
2.17.4 Verification or material test certificate, IBR approval.
2.18 H.P. Piping
2.18.1 Checking up Pressure Drop Calculations, Pipe Sizes with reference to Flow and Velocity
and general arrangement drawing.
2.18.2 Checking flexibility analysis, Scrutiny of material Test Certificate for the H.P. Piping.
2.18.3 Checking and hydraulic testing of pipes and manipulation as per approved drawing. 2.18.4
Checking of IBR stamping of pipings and flanges.
2.19 Steam Separators
2.19.1 Material test certificate verification 2.19.2 Dimension at check
2.19.3 Witnessing of hydraulic testing
2.20 Valves covered by IBR (covering over and above 100 mm size, 20 kg/cm2
pressure) 2.20.1
Dimensional checking
2.20.2 Witnessing hydraulic testing of sample drawn at random in each size.
2.20.3 Scrutiny of test certificate given by manufacturer and C.I.B.
2.20.4 IBR – stamping etc.
2.21 MISCELLANEOUS
2.21.1 All C.I. Valves above 150 mm NB, all C.I. Pipes, Tees, Bend etc.
2.21.2 Checking up of dimensions, internals and scrutiny of test certificate for S.S. components.
2.21.3 Witnessing hydraulic testing of valves and pipes selected at random.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 204
ANNEXURE XI
SCHEDULE OF SUBMISSION OF DRAWINGS, MANUALS & OTHER DOCUMENTS
4.1 Submission of drawings
4.1.1 Finalization of tentative layout (within 20 days from the date of signing of the agreement)
showing the provision for future equipment required of ultimate capacity,
in consultation with The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd.
4.1.2 Within 30 days from the date of signing of the agreement, 2 copies of the general layout of
the factory building showing the positions of the equipment and connecting channels if
any, etc. for the approval of the Purchaser. In the general layout, the Sellers shall also
show the span, center to center distance of column, height of the trusses of the main
factory buildings, span of the power house crane together with their maximum wheel load
etc. The Purchaser shall unless they have any objection approve the same in writing or
indicate the corrections (required to be incorporated by sellers) subject to which the
drawings can be deemed as approved so that the purchaser can go ahead further
to save time. The sellers shall however incorporate the required correction and
submit 6 copies of general layout for final approval and records.
4.1.3 Within 15 days from the date of receipt of approval of general layout of the factory
building as in 1.1 above, 2 copies of the engineering layout of the plant and machinery for
the approval of the Purchaser. The Purchaser shall unless they have any objection,
approve this layout in writing and dispatch it with their approval/comments (by which
the drawings can be deemed as approved – for saving time for execution) to the
sellers within 10 days of its receipt. Sellers shall incorporate the required correction (if
any) and submit 6 copies of engineering layout for final approval and records.
4.1.4 Within 10 days from the date of approval of engineering layout as above, 2 copies of the
detailed process flow diagram of the Distillery plant for
approval by the Purchaser. The Purchaser shall unless they have objection
approve the same in writing and despatch their approval/comments to the Sellers within
15 days of its receipt. If correction is sought by Purchaser the Sellers shall incorporate
the same and submit 6 copies of detailed process flow diagram for the final approval and
implementation.
4.1.5 Within one week of finalization of engineering layout the Sellers shall, in consultation
with Purchaser, Architect and Civil Contractor of Purchaser, indicate the dates in the
proforma given below so as to commission the plant and machinery by the stipulated date
i.e. …………………….
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 205
S.No.
Description
Drawing &
details to be
received
from the
Sellers
Completion of
designing of
foundations by the
Architect &
submission to Sellers
for comments and
approval
Completion date of
foundation by civil
contractor for
starting the
erection work
Date of start and
completion of
supervision of
erection by the
Sellers
1 2 4 6
a) Boiler/s pressure parts
b) Boiler auxiliaries
c) Water treatment plant(s) and storage tank(s)
d) Chimney (Duct opening only)
e) Boiler house shed .
a) Foundations for columns
b) Erection of trusses, alignment & grouting
c) Roofing
d) Side cladding
e) Walling if any
f) Stair cases
g) Fermentation and Distillation plant.
a) Foundations for columns
b) Erection of trusses, alignment & grouting
c) Roofing
d) Side cladding
e) Walling if any
f) Stair cases
g) Boiler Chimney .
h) Turbo-alternator set/s
i) Ear thing and lighting yard
l) Power house shed .
a) Foundations for columns
b) Erection of trusses, alignment & grouting
c) Roofing
d) Side cladding
e) Walling if any
f) Stair cases
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 206
g) Electricals including trenches
h) Cooling towers .
i) Cooling tower basin details
j) cooling tower supports foundations.
4.1.6 Progressively and in proper sequence, within 3 months of the date of signing this
Agreement, 2 copies of the following shall be submitted to The Shahabad Cooperative
Sugar Mills Ltd. for their approval. The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd. shall
return the drawings within 2 weeks with due comments/approval. Sellers shall
incorporate the correction, if suggested by The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd.,
and submit 6 sets of drawings for final approval and implementation.
a) Layout of the pipelines, including live and exhaust steam lines, vapour pipelines,
process pipe details, cold and hot water lines and single line diagram for
electric power installation showing all the details etc.
b) Drawings of the staging for the plant and machinery along with a stability certificate
from a Chartered Structural Engineer.
4.1.7 Progressively within 4 months from the date of signing of the Agreement, 6 copies of all
general arrangement drawings and instruction manuals as may be required for running
and maintenance of the plant and machinery, pipelines, electrical installation etc. except
that in case of imported machines all drawings and instruction manuals in respect
thereof, shall wherever necessary for running and maintenance of the plant and
machinery be submitted at the time of delivery.
4.1.8 In all cases where provision exists for approval of the drawings, by diagrams of layouts, by
Purchasers one copy of the said drawings, diagrams or layout shall be returned to the
Sellers with the comments/approval in writing thereon by the Purchasers within the time
provided therefore. While drawings are required to be resubmitted for approval, 6
copies of the revised drawings shall be submitted to the purchaser by the sellers within 2
weeks of the receipt of the latter's' comments.
4.1.9 Purchaser shall have the right to suggest minor modifications to be made in the drawings,
diagrams or layout as in their opinion may appear necessary for more efficient
functioning of the plant and machinery and as may be mutually agreed upon by the
Sellers and Purchasers.
4.1.10 The drawings to be furnished by sellers for constructing the civil foundation should
indicate the load data considered viz. additional load of future equipment wherever
required.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 207
4.1.11 Mistakes in drawings
The Sellers shall be responsible for and shall pay for any alternations of the plant and
machinery due to any discrepancies of errors or omissions in the drawings or other
particulars supplied by them whether such drawings or particulars have been approved by
the Purchasers or not.
4.1.12 Manuals and other drawings
The sellers shall submit the following information, progressively within 45 days of
signing the agreement.
4.1.12.1 6 (six) sets of civil scope design data and necessary information in respect of all civil and
structural engineering work including cable trenches, drains etc., to be carried out by the
Purchaser. Design data should contain enough information on static load and other design
data required for detailed calculations and designs for all plant buildings, structures,
misc. works etc.
4.1.12.2 6 (six) sets of plans for equipment layout drawings showing all the details of the relevant
location and space requirement of each item of plant and equipment.
4.1.12.3 6 (six) copies of flow sheets, showing the details of the flows pertaining to raw-
materials, utilities and other inputs, items of machinery and equipments etc.
4.1.12.4 6 (six) copies of the plant operation and maintenance manuals containing specifications
and detailed working guidance for each item of equipment, maintenance procedures,
specifications of lubricants (of at least 4 prominent National lubricant oil manufacturers)
recommended for all machinery and equipment to enable the Purchaser to arrange for the
procurement of the same.
4.1.12.5 6 (six) copies of the manuals of instructions for care and safe custody of plant and
equipment at site and for their erection prior to the despatch of the plant and
equipment.
4.1.12.6 Such other information, explanation and advises as may be requested from time to time by
the Purchasers with regard to the installation, erection start-up and operation of the plant
for and upto a period of 2 (two) years after commissioning.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 208
4.1.12.7 3 months before commissioning of the plant & machinery the seller shall furnish to the
Purchasers the following:
a) 3 sets of list of all Ball/Roller bearings fitted in the Distillery Plant indicating
bearing numbers, make and place of use etc.
b) 3 sets of list of all electric motors installed in the Distillery plant (equipment wise
stating motor type, HP & rpm etc.)
c) 3 sets of list of all reduction gear boxes installed in the plant indicating the place
of use, gear box type, ratio, hp rating and service factor etc.
d) 3 sets of list of all pumps installed in the plant indicating the type of pump, duty,
discharge & total head etc.
e) 3 sets of list of all coupling bushes, oil seals etc. fitted in the plant indicating the
place of use, type & sizes etc.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 209
ANNEXURE-XII
PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATE
This is to certify that M/s_______________________________________ have supplied, erected and
commissioned plant and machinery having production capacity - ..................................... Ethanol Plant and
.........................CO2 Plant on Turn Key basis on date___________ and following performance has been
executed for last three years.
Parameters
Targets
Parameter
Achieved
Assumed Molasses Quality – Feedstock in Season
Fermentable sugars % (av. 40%) w/w Production per annum
Distillation efficiency 98.5% Capacity utilization (Target) + 100% Product T.S. / A.A./ CO2 Capacity TS
A.A.
CO2
Quality A.A. 99.8% v/v Yield
240 Litre per tone of
molasses
Steam Consumption
(Dry, Saturated)
For Molasses
Wash to A.A.
Evaporation
Total
*
( kg /lit of TS)
*
(0.2 T/tone of water
evaporator)
*
This is to certify that the performance of the plant and machinery working in general is
satisfactory.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 210
ANNEXURE-XIII
DRAFT OF BANK GUARANTEE AGAINST ADVANCE PAYMENTS (To be submitted within 10 days of signing the agreement)
Bank Guarantee No.___________
THIS GUARANTEE MADE THIS______day of Two thousand & eighteen, by the ________________________
Bank, having its branch office at __________ (hereinafter called ‘The Guarantor’ which expression shall, unless
repugnant to the context or contrary to the meaning thereof, include its successors and assignees) of the one part in
favour The Shahabad Co-operative sugar Mills Ltd., a cooperative society, registered under Haryana Cooperative
Society Act 1984, registered office at Shahabad (M), Distt. Kurukshetra, Haryana hereinafter called ‘The
Purchaser’ which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or contrary to the meaning thereof include its
successors and assignees) of the other part.
WHEREAS M/s .........................., a company/firm/LLP registered under the applicable Act/Constitution having its
registered office at .......................... and chief place of business at ........................... (hereinafter called ‘The Seller’
which expression shall unless repugnant to the subject or context include their legal representatives,
administrator, successors or permitted assignees) has entered into with the Purchaser an Agreement dated _______
(hereinafter called the said Agreement) to Supply, erection and commissioning (including design, preparation of
engineering layout, manufacturing, procurement of bought out items, construction of civil foundation of equipments,
factory and non-factory buildings with all necessary infra structure, landscaping etc.) of 65 KL per day Total Spirit
capacity molasses based distillery for production of 60 KLPD anhydrous ethanol plant on production.
(hereinafter referred to as “the said Machinery and Equipment”) for the Purchaser’s new distillery plant to be set up
at The Shahabad Co-operative sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M), District Kurukshetra, Haryana in accordance with the
terms and conditions therein contained.
AND WHEREAS under clause 16.1(i) of the said Agreement, the Purchaser is required to pay to the Seller against
the security of a Bank Guarantee an advance payment of Rs............... lakhs (Rupees ..........................only)
representing 10% (Ten per cent ) of contract price mentioned at clause no. 3.1.2 as advance payment for the purpose
of procurement of materials/equipment for the said Machinery a n d Equipments,erection & commissioning and civil
works and such guarantee to be valid till the full advance amount is adjusted against the contract price of the
actual deliveries as provided in price break-up (Annexure-VII of the agreement) of Machinery and Equipment supplied
to site, erection & commissioning and civil works.
AND WHEREAS before advance payment as aforesaid is made the Guarantor has at the request of the Seller
agreed to give a guarantee as hereinafter contained.
NOW THIS DEED WITNESSES AS FOLLOWS:
(a) In consideration of the premises the Guarantor hereby undertakes to pay the Purchaser within thirty days of
demand and without demur such a sum not exceeding Rs................ lakhs (Rupees
.......................................only) as the Purchaser may demand representing 10% (Ten per cent) of the contract
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 211
price and if the Guarantor fails to pay the sum within the said period, the Guarantor will also pay, on the sum
demanded, interest at the bank lending rate then prevailing reckoned from the date of demand till the date of
payment. Provided that the liability of the Guarantor hereunder shall be adjusted and reduced with the
progress of delivery of Machinery and Equipment supplied by the Seller and to the extent adjustment
shown in Seller’s invoices upto that time as per clause 16.0 and its sub-clauses of the said Agreement.
(b) The Guarantor shall pay to the Purchaser on demand the sum under Clause 1 above without demur and
without requiring the Purchaser to invoke any legal remedy that may be available to them, it being
understood and agreed, FIRSTLY that the Purchaser shall be the sole judge of and as to whether the
Purchaser shall be the sole judge of and as to whether the Seller have committed breach of any of the terms
and conditions of the said agreement and SECONDLY that the right of the Purchaser to recover from the
Guarantor any amount due to the Purchaser shall not be affected or suspended by reasons of the fact that
any dispute or disputes have been raised by the Seller with regard to their liability or that proceedings
are pending before any Tribunal, Arbitrator(s) or Court with regard thereto or in connection therewith,
and THIRDLY that the Guarantor shall immediately pay the aforesaid guaranteed amount to the
Purchaser on demand and it shall not be open to the Guarantor to know the reasons of or to investigate or to
go into the merits of the demand or to question or to challenge the demand or to know any fact affecting the
demand and LASTLY that it shall not be open to the Guarantor to require proof of the liability of the
Seller to pay the amount before paying the aforesaid guaranteed amount to the Purchaser.
(c) This Guarantee shall come into force from the date hereof and shall remain valid till 30 days after the full
advance amount is adjusted under clause 16.0 & its sub-clauses of the said agreement, which according to
the terms and conditions of the said Agreement is stipulated to be adjusted by proportionate10% (ten per
cent ) of the Contarct Price mentioned at clause 3.1.2 of the said agreement of the sellers for effected
actual deliveries of the Machinery and Equipment at site, but if the actual deliveries ,erection and
commissioning and civil works as aforesaid have not been completed by the Seller within the said period for
any reason whatsoever, the Guarantor hereby undertakes that the Seller shall furnish a fresh or
renewed guarantee on the same proforma for such further period as the Purchaser may intimate failing
which the Guarantor shall pay to the Purchaser a sum or sums not exceeding Rs..............lakhs (Rupees
.....................................only)or the residual amount of balance advance left after proportionate adjustment
in accordance with clause 1 above, as the Purchaser may demand.
(d) This guarantee is in addition to and not in substitution for any other guarantee executed by the Guarantor in
favour of the Purchaser on behalf of the Seller.
(e) The Seller and the Purchaser will be at liberty to vary and modify the terms and conditions of the
said Agreement without affecting this guarantee, notice of which modifications to the Guarantor is
hereby waived and the same shall be deemed to have been done with the assent of the Guarantor.
(f) This Guarantee shall not be affected by any change in the constitution of the Guarantor or of the Seller nor
shall the guarantee be affected by the change in the constitution of the Purchaser or by amalgamation or
absorption with any other body corporate and this guarantee will be available to or enforceable by such
body corporate.
(g) This guarantee is irrevocable except with the written consent of the Purchaser.
(h) The neglect or forbearance of the Purchaser in enforcing any payment of moneys, the payment whereas is
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 212
intended to be hereby secured or the giving of time by the Purchaser for the payment thereof shall in no way
release the Guarantor from its liability under this guarantee.
(i) The invocation of this guarantee shall be by a letter signed by the M a n a g i n g D i r e c t o r o f
P u r c h a s e r a n d n e e d t o b e c o u n t e r s i g n e d b y D y .
C o m m i s s i o n e r / C h a i r m a n The Shahabad Co-operative sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M), District
Kurukshetra, Haryana and notifying/declaring the amount of advance remaining unadjusted and payable
to the purchaser alongwith interest.
(j) Notwithstanding anything stated hereinbefore the liability of the Guarantor under this guarantee is
restricted to Rs..................... lakhs (Rupees ...............................only). This guarantee shall remain in
force upto ………….. Unless a demand or action under this guarantee is filed against the Guarantor in
writing within three months from the date of expiry i.e. on or before ………….. all rights of the Purchaser
under this guarantee shall be forfeited and the Guarantor shall be released and discharged from all
liabilities hereunder.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF ________________________ for and on behalf of the Guarantor have signed this deed on
the day and year above written.
Witnesses: For and on behalf of the Guarantor
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 213
ANNEXURE-XIV
DRAFT OF BANK GUARANTEE FOR TIMELY DELIVERY
(TO BE SUBMITTED WITHIN 30 DAYS OF RECEVING OF THE ADVANCE OR START OF DELIVERY)
Bank Guarantee No.___________
To
Managing director
THIS GUARANTEE MADE THIS_________ day of __________,Two thousand Eighteen, by the
___________________ Bank, having its branch office at ______________ (hereinafter called ‘The
Guarantor’ which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or contrary to the meaning thereof, include its
successors and assignees) of the one part in favour of The Shahabad Co-operative sugar Mills Ltd., a cooperative
society, registered under Haryana Cooperative Society Act 1984, having its registered office at Shahabad (M), in
Haryana State, hereinafter called ‘The Purchaser’ which expression shall unless repugnant to the context or
contrary to the meaning thereof include its successors and assignees )of the other part.
WHEREAS M/s.......................a company/ F i r m / L L P registered under the r e s p e c t i v e Acts/Constitution,
............... having its registered office at........................................... and chief place of business at
................................................. hereinafter called ‘The Seller’ which expression shall unless repugnant to the
subject or context include their legal representatives, administrator, successors or permitted assignees) has
entered into with the Purchaser an Agreement dated _______ (hereinafter called the said Agreement) to
Supply, erection and commissioning (including design, preparation of engineering layout, manufacturing,
procurement of bought out items, construction of civil foundation of equipments, factory and non-factory buildings
with all necessary infra structure, landscaping etc.) of 65 KL per day Total Spirit capacity molasses based distillery for
production of 60 KLPD anhydrous ethanol plant production at The Shahabad Co-operative sugar Mills Ltd.,
Shahabad (M), District Kurukshetra, Haryana. (hereinafter referred to as “the said Machinery and Equipment”) for
the Purchaser’s proposed new sugar plant at The Shahabad Co-operative sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad, District
Kurukshetra, Haryana in accordance with the terms and conditions therein contained.
AND WHEREAS under clause 16.1(ii) of the said Agreement, the Seller are required to furnish to the Purchaser
a Bank Guarantee in respect of timely delivery of the said Machinery and Equipment, e r e c t i o n a n d
c o m m i s s i o n i n g and construction of foundations and buildings as provided in clause 16.1(ii) of the said
Agreement for the sum of Rs............... lakhs (Rupees ................................... only) being 5% (Five per cent) of the
total contract price mentioned at section 3.1.2 such guarantee to be valid till 30 days after the scheduled date of
commissioning of the Machinery and Equipment.
AND WHEREAS at the request of the Seller, the Purchaser has agreed to accept a Guarantee from the Guarantor
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 214
being these presents to secure such obligations on conditions expressly that the Guarantor shall on demand and
without demur pay the aforesaid guaranteed amount to the Purchaser.
AND WHEREAS the Guarantor has at the request of the Seller agreed to give the guarantee as hereinafter appearing.
NOW THIS DEED WITNESSES AS FOLLOWS:
A) In consideration of the premises the Guarantor hereby undertakes to pay the Purchaser within thirty days
of demand and without demur such a sum not exceeding Rs._______________/-(Rupees
_____________________ only) representing 5% (Five per cent) of the Total Contract Price (as given at
clause 3.1.2) as the Purchaser may demand, and if the Guarantor fails to pay the sum within the said period
the Guarantor will also pay, on the sum demanded, interest at the bank lending rate then prevailing reckoned
from the date of demand.
B) The Guarantor shall pay to the Purchaser on demand the sum under clause 1 above without demur and
without requiring the Purchaser to invoke any legal remedy that may be available to them, if being
understood and agreed, FIRSTLY that the Purchaser shall be the sole judge of and as to whether the Seller
have committed breach/or breaches, of any of the terms and conditions of the said Agreement and
SECONDLY that the right of the Purchaser to recover from the Guarantor any amount due to the
Purchaser shall not be affected or suspended by reasons of the fact that any dispute or disputes have been
raised by the Seller with regard to their liability or that proceedings are pending before any
Tribunal/Arbitrator(s) or Court with regard thereto or in connection therewith, and THIRDLY that the
Guarantor shall immediately pay the aforesaid guaranteed amount to the Purchaser on demand and it
shall not be open to the Guarantor to know the reasons of or to investigate or to go into the merits of the
demand or to question or to challenge the demand or to know any fact affecting the demand and LASTLY
that it shall not be open to the Guarantor to require proof of the liability of the Seller to pay the amount
before paying the aforesaid guaranteed amount to the Purchaser.
C) This guarantee is in addition to and not in substitution for any other guarantee executed by the Guarantor in
favour of this Purchaser on behalf of the Seller.
D) The Seller and the Purchaser will be at liberty to vary and modify the terms and conditions of the said
Agreement without affecting this guarantee, notice of which modifications to the Guarantor is hereby
waived and the same shall be deemed to have been done with the accent of the Guarantor.
E) This guarantee shall not be affected by any change in the constitution of the Guarantor or of the Seller nor
shall the guarantee be affected by the change in the constitution of the Purchaser or by amalgamation or
absorption with any other body corporate and this guarantee will be available to or enforceable by such body
corporate.
F) This guarantee is irrevocable except with the written consent of the Purchaser.
G) The neglect or forbearance of the Purchaser in enforcing any payment of moneys, the payment whereas is
intended to be hereby secured or the giving of time by the Purchaser for the payment thereof shall in no way
release the Guarantor from its liability under this deed.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 215
H) This guarantee shall come into force from the date hereof and shall remain valid till the supply and
erection of the Plant and Machinery for the said plant is completed in all respects and to the satisfaction of
the Purchaser and the said plant is commissioned in accordance with the stipulation in the said
Agreement for which the stipulated date according to terms and conditions of the said Agreement is, but if
the date is for any reason whatsoever and upon such extension the Seller fails to furnish or renew Guarantee
for the extended period, the Guarantor shall pay to the Purchaser the said sum of Rs…………………../- or
such lesser sum as the Purchaser may demand.
I) The invocation of this guarantee should be accompanied by a claim signed by The Managing Director of the
Shahabad Coop. Sugar Mills Ltd. and need to be countersigned by Dy. Commissioner/Chairman , Shahabad
Cooperative Sugar Mills Limited
J) Not withstanding anything stated hereinbefore the liability of the Guarantor under this guarantee is restricted
to Rs……………………./- (Rupees ___________________________only). This guarantee shall remain in
force upto ………………………., unless a demand or action under this guarantee is filed against the
Guarantor in writing within six months from the date of expiry
i.e……………………………., all rights of the Purchaser under this guarantee shall be forfeited and the
Guarantor shall be released and discharged from all liabilities hereunder.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF ____________________________ for and on behalf of the Guarantor have signed this
deed on the day and year above written.
Witnesses: For and on behalf of the Guarantor
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 216
ANNEXURE-XV
DRAFT OF BANK GUARANTEE FOR PERFORMANCE
(TO BE SUBMITTED WITHIN 150 DAYS OF SIGNING OF THE AGREEMENT)
THIS GUARANTEE MADE THIS ________ day of ______________, Two thousand eighteen, by the
______________ Bank, having its branch office at ___________________________, (hereinafter called ‘The
Guarantor’ which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or contrary to the meaning thereof, include
its successors and assignees) of the one part in favour of The Shahabad Co-operative sugar Mills Ltd., A
Cooperative Society registered under Haryana Cooperative Society Act 1984 having its registered office at
Shahabad (M), Distt. Kurukshetra, in Haryana State, hereinafter called ‘The Purchaser’ which expression shall,
unless repugnant to the context or contrary to the meaning thereof include its successors and assignees) of the other
part.
WHEREAS, M/s __________________________, a company/ F i r m / L L P registered under the r e s p e c t i v e
Acts/Constitution having its registered office at ________________ and chief place of business
at _____________________, (hereinafter called ‘The Seller’ which expression shall unless repugnant to the subject
or context include their legal representatives, administrator, successors or permitted assignees) has entered into
with the Purchaser an Agreement dated ________, (hereinafter called the said Agreement) to Supply, erection
and commissioning (including design, preparation of engineering layout, manufacturing, procurement of bought out
items, construction of civil foundation of equipments, factory and non-factory buildings with all necessary infra
structure, landscaping etc.) of 65 KL per day capacity Total Spirit molasses based distillery for production of 60
KLPD anhydrous ethanol plant on production at The Shahabad Co-operative sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad (M), District
Kurukshetra, Haryana accordance with the terms and conditions therein contained (hereinafter referred to as
‘the said Machinery and Equipment’).
AND WHEREAS under clause 16.1(iii) of the said Contract, the Seller are required to furnish to the Purchaser
a Bank Guarantee in respect of guaranteed performance of the Machinery and Equipment, erection and
commissioning and civil works supplied by the Seller as referred to in clause 16.1(iii) of the said Total Contract for
Rs._________ (Rupees ________________ only) representing 10% (Ten percent) of the total contract price
mentioned in the Contract at section 3.1.2.
AND WHEREAS the Guarantor has at the request of the Seller agreed to give the guarantee as hereinafter appearing.
NOW THIS DEED WITNESSES AS FOLLOWS:
1. In consideration of the premises the Guarantor hereby undertakes to pay to the Purchaser within 30 (thirty)
days of demand and without demur such a sum not exceeding Rs.___________/-(Rupees
_______________ only) representing 10% (Ten per cent) of the Total Contract Price ( mentioned at
section 3.1.2) as the Purchaser may demand, and if the Guarantor fails to pay the same within the said
period, the Guarantor shall also pay, on the sum demanded, interest at the bank lending rate then prevailing
reckoned from the said thirty days till the date of payment.
2. The Guarantor shall pay to the Purchaser on demand the sum under Clause 1 above without demur and
without requiring the Purchaser to invoke any legal remedy that may be available to them, it being
understood and agreed, FIRSTLY that the Purchaser shall be the sole judge of and as to whether the Seller
have committed breach/ or breaches, of any of the terms and conditions of the Agreement and to the extent of
loss, damage, costs, charges and expenses caused to or suffered by the Purchaser from time to time shall
be final and binding on the Guarantor and SECONDLY that the right of the Purchaser to recover from the
Guarantor any amount due to the Purchaser shall not be affected or suspended by reasons of the fact that any
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 217
dispute or disputes have been raised by the Seller with regard to their liability or that proceedings are pending
before any Tribunal, Arbitrator(s) or Court with regard thereto or in connection therewith, and THIRDLY that
the Guarantor shall immediately pay the aforesaid guaranteed amount to the Purchaser on demand and it shall
not be open to the Guarantor to know the reasons of or to investigate or to go into the merits of the demand
or to question or to challenge the demand or to know any fact affecting the demand and LASTLY that it shall
not be open to the Guarantor to require proof of the liability of the Seller to pay the amount before paying the
aforesaid guaranteed amount to the Purchaser.
3. This guarantee is in addition to and not in substitution for any other guarantee executed by the Guarantor in
favour of the Purchaser on behalf of the Seller.
4. The Seller and the Purchaser will be at liberty to vary and modify the terms and conditions of the said
Agreement without affecting this guarantee, notice of which modifications to the Guarantor is hereby waived
and the same shall be deemed to have been done with the accent of the Guarantor.
5. This guarantee shall not be affected by any change in the constitution of the Guarantor or of the Seller nor
shall the guarantee be affected by the change in the constitution of the Purchaser or by amalgamation or
absorption with any other body corporate and this guarantee will be available to or enforceable by such body
corporate.
6. The neglect or forbearance of the Purchaser in enforcing any payment of moneys, the payment whereas is
intended to be hereby secured or the giving of time by the Purchaser for the payment thereof shall in no way
release the Guarantor from its liability under this deed.
7. The guarantee is irrevocable except with the written consent of the Purchaser.
8. This guarantee shall come into force from the date hereof and shall remain valid upto 60days after the end of
24 months (warrantee period) from the date of commissioning but if the period of the contract is for any reason
extended and upon such extension if the seller fail to furnish a fresh or renewed guarantee for the said extended
period, the Guarantor shall pay to the Purchaser the sum of Rs.______________/- (Rupees
______________________only) or such lesser sum as the Purchaser may demand.
9. The invocation of this guarantee shall be by a letter signed by the Managing Director, The Shahabad Coop.
Sugar Mills Ltd. and countersigned by Dy. Commissioner/Chairman , Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills
Limited, Shahabad(M), Distt. Kurukshetra.
10. Notwithstanding anything stated hereinbefore the liability of the Guarantor under this guarantee is restricted to
Rs.___________/- (Rupees ______________________ only). This guarantee shall remain in force upto the
end of three months after completion and certification of successful establishment of performance of plant
and machinery including erection and commissioning and civil works unless a demand or action under this
guarantee is presented to the Guarantor in writing within two month from the date of expiry all rights of the
Purchaser under this guarantee shall be forfeited and the Guarantor shall be released and discharged from all
liabilities hereunder.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF _______________________ for and on behalf of the Guarantor have signed this deed on
the day and year above written.
Witnesses: For and on behalf of the Guarantor
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 218
ANNEXURE XVI
GUIDELINES
In order to ensure smooth and efficient molasses distillery operations, it is absolutely necessary that the tests and
trials of the different equipments and pipelines are taken before the commissioning is started. As far as possible, the
trials of the moving machinery should be taken on load.
The hydraulic tests of all the pipelines, heat transfer vessels including boiler pressure parts, heaters, evaporator
vessels, condensers, etc should be taken at the prescribed pressures, after completion of erection and fitting of
various valves, mountings etc. However, fitting of safety valves and insulation / lagging should be done after
hydraulic testing. The running trials should be taken in phases. The recommended procedure for hydraulic testing and running trials is follows:-
16.1 HYDRAULIC TEST OF THE PIPELIENS, VESSELS, TANKS, ETC.
The following pressures are recommended for hydraulic testing the different pipes, vessels, etc. after
completion of erection, but before lagging / insulation.
i) Boiler pressure parts including super heaters – 1½ times the working pressure.
ii) Live steam piping, PRD station, desuper heater vessels, exhaust steam piping with valves etc. – 1½ times the
working pressure. iii) All process & water piping including cooling water, condensate, water, molasses, etc. should be tested for
leakages by pumping water after taking into line the required pumps and equipments. iv) The compressed air receivers, radiator for alternator, turbine oil coolers, mill bearing, etc. – 1½ times the
working pressure. v) Calandria of tubular heaters – 10 kg/sq. cm.
vi) Calandria of evaporators – 5 kg/sq. cm vii) All the boiler feed water & deaerated water tank, evaporator bodies, condensers with tail pipes, at the
evaporator station, molasses storage tanks and other tanks etc. should be tested for leakages by completely
filling with water.
16.2 RUNNING TRIALS OF INDIVIDUAL EQUIPMENT
After the hydraulic tests have been completed satisfactorily, the running trials of the plant and machinery
should be taken in phases. In the first phase, individual no load running trials of all the moving machinery
should be taken. Before the machine is meggar, direction of rotation of the motors and the prime movers
should be examined after taking out coupling bolts. After removing the initial effects during the individual
trials, the endurance trial of each moving equipment should be continuously taken at no load.
i) Boilers – The boilers should be slow fired about 7/10 days before raising steam. This is required to dry the
new refractory bricks properly. Thereafter, chemical boiling is to be carried out as per boiler supplier’s
recommendations. Steam should be raised to working pressure in all the boilers and necessary adjustment of safety valves, etc.
should be made as per boiler supplier’s recommendations. After the above trials are completed, the steam pipelines upto the prime movers are to be blow off. All mountings, fittings, control system and safety devices for the boilers should be tested for satisfactory
operation.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 219
ii) The auxiliary oil burning equipment should be tested for 4 hours.
iii) ID, FD and secondary air fans – each 8 hours.
During running trials, the vibration levels of the fans should be measured and recorded.
iv) Boiler instrument and control system should be tested for proper operation of various systems.
v) Turbo alternator set – The turbo alternator should have tiral runs on part load at least for two days. During
each day, the set should be worked for 6 hrs. For putting load on the alternator, electric motor driven
pumps and other electrical equipments should be simultaneously run and tested. During the running
trials of the turbo alternator set, vibration level should be measured and recorded. All the safety
devices of the turbo alternator set should be checked and tested for satisfactory operation. In case major defects are detected, the endurance trails should be repeated. The endurance trails
should be conducted till all the major defects have been removed.
16.3 COMPOSITE STEAM AND WATER TRIALS OF THE PLANT
After the endurance trials of all the moving machines and equipments has been carried out individually
and the defects rectified, composite steam and water trial should be conducted. In these final trials, all the
items of plant and machinery should be run simultaneously using water instead of process fluid and the
entire electrical load should be put on the turbo alternator. The pumping sets should never be run dry. The
water should be pumped from the mill house to the pans in proper sequence. It should be heated in the
heaters and boiling should be done in the evaporators and pans. Initial filling of boilers should be done
by treated water conforming to boiler supplier’s recommendations. Water softening/dematerialized plant
should be commissioned sufficiently in advance so that boiler feed water storage tank contains sufficient
treated water for initial feed as well as make up water required during initial periods of steam trials.
No exhaust should be blown out. The boiling in the multiple effect evaporator should be started
immediately after the prime movers have been commissioned. Immediately after the condensate is available,
it should be fed in the boilers and treated raw water should be used only as make up water. The surplus
condensate should be collected in a tank to be used as and when required. It should be ensured that except
the initial filling in the boilers, no treated raw water is taken as far as possible. The composite steam and water trial may be done once for a period of 8/10 hours and it should be ensured
that all defects are rectified. If major defects are noticed during the composite trials, the same should be
repeated after rectifying the defects noted during the first composite trials.
16.4 RECORDING OF DATA PERTAINING TO TESTS & TRIALS
The recording of data is as important as tests and trials themselves. It is suggested that section wise
registers may be maintained by the concerned Engineer/Chemist. All the details such as broad
specifications of the equipment, date of hydraulic testing/running trial, name of the persons)
supervising the trials and the result of the trials such as load on the drive motor/turbine, vibration level,
bearing temperature, steam pressure and temperature, voltage and frequency, any other observations with
regard to smooth working or otherwise, should be recorded. This will facilitate proper diagnosis and
monitoring of the tests and trials.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 220
MISCELLANEOUS EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT
Major effluent from distillery (spent wash) is consumed in the boiler. Other effluents such as floor washing
of the various process sections, blow down from the boiler house, purge from the cooling towers, and the
effluents from the water treatment plants, process condensate from evaporator etc., are to be collected and
treated appropriately (clarification) to meet the pollution standards. Process condensate from the
evaporation plant, is another major effluent which should be treated as a measure of water conservation by
aerobic digesion followed by ultra filtration and R.O.
Most of these effluents’ are not generally harmful. The major consideration is the TDS. The acidic
effluents from DM plant shall be neutralized by using lime.
The evaporator condensate which is likely to contain a COD around 2000 ppm which shall be treated
in anaerobic digestor system suitably. Tenderer shall specify the characteristics of process condensate and
design and supply the treatment system accordingly to make the same recyclable to process.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 221
Annexure XVII
SPECIFICATION OF FOUNDATIONS AND BUILDINGS
Introduction
M/s The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad(M) is proposing a new Distillery of 60 KLPD capacity at The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad(M), Tehsil Shahabad(M), Distt.
Kurukshetra, Haryana – 136 135. The following pages explain the design basis and specifications to be adopted for the civil work, structural and architectural design.
1 Design Philosophy
1.1 Civil Design Basis
Generally all buildings are Steel or RCC framed buildings
Loads are applied on STAAD.PRO model design check is done by STAAD. Pro Software analysis as per IS456:2000.
For Steel buildings and structures RC Pedestals are to be provided to transfer the forces to Foundation.
The Water bearing structures are to be designed as per IS 3370.
1.2 Architectural Design Basis
The Shahabad Cooperative Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad(M) and the Haryana State Government has very high aesthetical standards for this plant since it would like this plant to be a model plant not for the state but also for the entire nation. The architectural philosophy should also follow this brief and the elevations should consist of at least three colours and should reflect a modern industrial plant. Adequate light and ventilation through polycarbonate sheeting and louvers, rigvent monitor is a must. A minimum of two different elevations with 3-d views of the Distillery should be presented to the management for approval.
1.3 Site Information
1.3.1 Site Location:
Site is located at The Shahabad Coop. Sugar Mills Ltd., Shahabad on Ladwa Road, Dist. Kurukshetra, Haryana
1.3.2 Wind Speed:
Basic Wind speed: as per IS:875 1987.
2 Units of Measurement
The International System of Units (SI) will be used.
3 Design Loads and Geotechnical data
3.1 Dead Loads
Dead loads will include the weight of all structural and architectural components and other
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 222
permanently applied external loads. Self weight of materials may be calculated on the basis of unit weights given in IS: 875.
3.2 Live Loads The loads listed hereunder are the minimum loads for the areas involved. Loading resulting from concentrations of facilities in specific areas will be substituted where listed base loading is exceeded.
The live loads on floor will be taken as per IS: 875 (part-2). Control rooms 15 kN/m
2 Terrace area of any room 5 kN/m
2 Equipment Floor area 10 kN/m
2 Official and non industrial rooms 3.5kN/m2 Roof Live load 0.75kN/m
2 (Not accessible)
Roof Live load on corrugated sheets 0.4 kN/m2 All stairs 5 kN/m2
3.3 Wind Load
The Wind pressure shall be calculated based on the data furnished below and other provisions laid in IS: 875 (Part 3) – 1987.
Basic Wind speed = as per IS:875 1987 Risk coefficient = 1.07
Terrain category = 1 Structure class = Class C for all Houses Topography factor = 1.0
3.4 Earthquake Load
i) The lateral forces will be established in accordance with the recommendations of IS:
1893.-2002
ii) The importance factor for all power plant buildings and structures shall be taken as 1.5.
iii) Seismic zone = Zone IV
iv) Damping: For all concrete structure damping shall be 5%. For all Steel structures damping shall be 2%
v) Importance Factor I = 1.75 unless specified otherwise
vi) Importance Factor I = 2.0 for Stack-Like structures in Category
I (IS1893- Part 4): 2005
vii) Response Spectra: For Type I soil as per IS1893-Part1.
viii) For Response Reduction Factor ‘R’ refer table 7, IS1893 (Part 1) 2002.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 223
3.5 Load Combinations
Generally combinations of the loads shall be as stated below:
i) DL
ii) DL + LL
iii) DL + WL or SL
iv) DL + LL + WL or SL Where, DL is Dead loads LL is Live loads WL is Wind loads SL is Seismic loads
Partial Safety Factors for Loads - RC Structures Design using Limit State Method as per IS: 456
Note: Wind and seismic loads shall be considered for both X & Y directions .
3.6 Permissible stress:
The permissible stress shall be as per relevant IS codes.
3.7 Foundations
Based on the geotechnical report the following conclusions can be drawn about the soil
conditions at site Soil strata is comprises of Silty clay of medium plasticity (CI) silty clay of low
plasticity compressibility (CL) and silty clayey silt of very low plasticity (CI/ML) and ‘ML’ sandy
silt.
Observing bearing capacity from shear as well as from settlement criteria, it is revealed that
shear failure consideration will govern the design of foundation rather than the settlement.
Water table was met up to 6.0m depth below ground level.
Bearing capacity of soil previously got tested by the Mills in year 1993 was found to be 7 ton per
sqm. Seller is required to cross check the same in prevailing circumstances from approved Govt.
Agency for design and drawing of civil structures.
LOAD COMBINATIONS
LOAD Factors For
Limit state of collapse LOAD Factors for limit state of serviceability.
D.L. L.L W.L D.L. L.L. W.L.
DL + LL
1.5
1.5
1.0
1.0
--
1.0
0.8
--
DL + WL/SL
1.5
1.5
1.0
--
DL + LL + WL/SL
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.0
0.8
DL + WL/ SL
0.9
1.5
--
--
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 224
All foundations considered are open spread type.
Partial contact between the foundation and soil strata will be considered wherever applicable. The footing will be checked for minimum contact area, and maximum bearing pressure will be calculated for the actual contact area only.
For design of foundations the permissible increase of Allowable Bearing Pressure or Resistance of Soils shall be as follows:
� As per Table 1 of IS1893 (Part 1 -2002) with combinations including seismic loads � 25% with combinations including wind load.
Foundation shall be designed to carry all the loads from equipment or super-structure which they support in accordance with the relevant codes.
FS against overturning as per IS 1904 clause 17.2 - 1.5 (with wind and seismic) and 2.0 (Normal operating condition). FS against sliding as per IS 1904 clause 17.1.1 seismic) and 1.75 (Normal operating condition).
Foundation plinth for structural columns and equipment supports shall extend not less than 50 mm from the edge of base plate.
The clear distance between a standard mild steel anchor bolt or anchor sleeve/pocket and the face of the foundation shall be not less than 75 mm. All bolts confirming to IS 1367-8.8/8/CS
Minimum thickness of lean concrete layer shall be 100 mm and shall extend 100mm beyond the foundation edge.
Buried structures shall be checked for floatation with ground water at FGL. (i.e. at finished ground
level). FOS against floatation shall be ≥1.2
3.7.1 Foundation for Vibratory Equipment
Design of foundations for vibratory equipment such as engine, pump, fans etc. will be done in accordance with IS:2974 and will be isolated for vibration control. To avoid resonance, natural frequency of the foundations will be kept 20% away from the operating frequency and amplitudes will be kept within the allowable limits specified by the manufacturer or in their absence as specified in the IS Codes. Other equipment foundations will be of block type. For minor foundations, dynamic analysis need not be carried out and the same will be sized as to have a mass 2 to 3 times the machine mass. Relevant IS codes will be referred for design of block foundation.
All foundation will be RCC block type foundations. Where free vibration and forced vibration cases will be checked against all necessary permissible limits. All foundation model will be analyzed for :
a) Self weight of foundation, static weight of machines, (DL)
b) Normal torque load (TL)
c) Dynamic Load (RD)
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 225
Concrete mix M25 will be used and all foundation hardware and metal inserts will be embedded in to the concrete. IS code 2974 will be taken as guidelines for design and construction of the foundation.
4 Analysis Methods
3D Analysis of the structures is carried out by using the software STAAD Pro 2008 Vi or higher. Appropriate load and its combinations, as per relevant clauses in IS codes, for most unfavourable effects are chosen for design.
5 Design Life
The design life of the structure is assumed as 75 years. This requirement is not applicable to replaceable materials.
6 Design Methodology
All R.C.C structures shall be designed according to the Limit State Method as specified in IS: 456 –2000.
7 Materials
The self-weight of the various elements are computed based on the unit weight of materials as give below:-
Table 7-1:
Materials
Unit weight kN/m3
Reinforced Cement Concrete
Steel
25.00
78.50
7.1 Concrete Grade
The following grades of concrete as per IS 456 will be adopted for the type of structure noted against each. Design mix shall be used for RCC work as per standards.
Type of structures
Grade of concrete
Lightly loaded structures, Grade slab, and pavingetc.
: M25
All RCC members in foundation & Substructure
:
M20
All RCC members in Superstructure
:
M25
All Water retaining structures
:
M25
Chimney Foundation
:
M30
Chimney Shell Wall (as per design)
:
M30
PCC for Water retaining structures
:
1:3:6
PCC for Remaining Foundations
:
1:4:8
Fill concrete
:
1:5:10
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 226
The groundwater & soil is assumed as non aggressive in nature & sulphate /chloride contents are assumed within permissible limits. Hence, no any special cement is considered as well as no any special treatment to reinforcement is considered.
Fire Resistance for Concrete shall be 1.5 hours
7.2 Reinforcement Grade
High yield strength deformed bars of various diameters grade Fe-500 conforming to IS: 1786 will be used as reinforcement for all reinforced concrete structures.
7.3 Bricks
Local F i r s t c l a s s bricks as per Haryana PWD specification NO 3.5 will be used for all Masonry works. Bricks shall be made from good earth with shall be free from garvel, Kankar, Effloransence salt etc. Bricks shall be uniform in size and regular in shape. The bricks shall be free from cracks, flaws or lumps of kind. .
8 Nominal Cover to Reinforcement
Concrete Cover to Reinforcement is defined in terms of nominal cover. Nominal cover is the design depth of concrete cover to all steel reinforcement, including stirrups/links. It is the dimension used in design and indicated on the engineering drawings. The engineer shall use the following nominal cover requirements.
Description
Top (mm)
Bottom (mm)
Sides (mm)
Footings
:
50
75
50
Grade Beam
:
40
40
40
Grade Slab
:
25
25
25
Beams above EL +0.00M
:
35
35
35
Column & Pedestals
:
50
--
50
Lintel Beam(less than 300 x 300)
:
25
25
25
Slab & Stair cases
:
25
25
25
Water Retaining Structures
Base Soft and Walls (Water face)
:
50
50
50
Base Soft and Walls (Soil face)
:
40
40
25
Pre-cast Units
:
15
25
20
Walls
:
25
25
35
For any other elements not specified above, clear cover shall be as per the clause 26.4 of IS: 456 – 2000.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 227
9 Codes & Standards
The relevant Indian Standard codes, as given below, shall be followed for structural design:
Table 9-1:
Sl.No.
Code
Description 1.
IS: 875 (Part 1) 1987
Code of Practice for Design Loads (other than earthquake) for Buildings and structures – Unit weights of buildings materials and stored material. 2.
IS: 875 (Part 2) 1987
Code of Practice for Design Loads (other than earthquake) for Buildings and structures – Imposed Loads.
3.
IS: 875 (Part 3) 1987
Code of Practice for Design Loads (other than earthquake) for Buildings and structures – Wind loads.
4.
IS: 875 (Part 5) 1987
Code of Practice for Design Loads (other than earthquake) for Buildings and structures – Special loads and load combinations.
5.
IS: 456 - 2000
Code of Practice for Plain and Reinforced Concrete. 6.
IS: 1786 - 1985
Specification for High Strength Deformed Steel Bars and Wires for Concrete Reinforcement. 7.
IS: 432 (Part 2) 1982
Specification for Mild Steel and Medium Tensile Steel Bars and Hard Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement – Hard Drawn Steel Wire.
8.
IS: 13920 1993
Ductile detailing for reinforced concrete structures subjected to seismic forces – Code of practice.
9
IS: 14268 1995
Uncoated Stress Relieved low relaxation seven ply stand for Prestressed Concrete - 10
IS: 2974-Part 1 1982
Code of practice for Design and Construction for Machine Foundations: Foundation for Reciprocating Type Machines
11
IS:1893-(Part 1)-2002
Criteria for Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures: Part 1 General Provision and Buildings.
12
IS:1893-Part 4 2005
Criteria for Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures: Part 4 Industrial Structures including Stack-Like structures
13
IS:1904-1986
Code of Practice for design and construction of foundation in soils - General Requirements
14
IS: 2974 Part 2-198
Code of practice for Design and Construction for Machine Foundations: Foundation for Impact type machines (Hammer foundations)
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 228
15
IS: 2974 Part 3-1992
Code of practice for Design and Construction for Machine Foundations: For rotary type machines (medium and high frequency)
16
IS: 2974 Part 4-1979
Code of practice for Design and Construction for Machine Foundations: Foundation for rotary type machines of low frequency.
17
IS: 3370 Part 1-1965
Code of Practice for Concrete Structures for Storage of Liquids - General Requirements. 18
IS: 3370-Part 2-1965
Code of Practice for Concrete Structures for Storage of Liquids - Reinforced Concrete Structure
19
IS: 3370 Part 4-1967
Code of Practice for Concrete Structures for Storage of Liquids - Design Tables.
20
IS:13920-1993
Ductile Detailing of Reinforced Concrete Structures subjected to Seismic Forces
21
IS:2502-1963
Code of Practice for Bending and Fixing of Bars for Concrete Reinforcement
22
IS: 2950 Part 1-1981
Code of Practice for Design and Construction of Raft Foundation- Part-1 Design.
23
IS:1905-1987
Code of Practice for Structural Use of Un reinforced Masonry.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 229
10 ARCHITECTURAL WORK SPECIFICATIONS AND FINISHES
FINISHES
All finishes and building specifications will be as per table below:-
Building Structure Name
No. of floors / Ht as guidance
Features of Construc-tion
Type of Roof
Side Cladding
Floor Finish
Remarks
Fermentation,Distillation and Evaporation House
As Required
RCC Foundation with steel col. one no staircase, lab building 30sqm.with two cabin at first floor & Panel room with 345 mm thick brick walls.
Steel truss with colour coated galvalume sheet roofing
Granolithic floor finish (IPS) 80mm. thk.
Boiler house
As required
RCC Foundation with steel col. & Instrument panel with control room
Steel truss with colour coated galvalume sheet roofing
Granolithic
floor finish (IPS) 80mm thk.
Power house (Control Room)
As required
Steel framed Structure with 345 mm thk.brick wall, RCC Col. With sliding shutters.
Steel framed Structure with metal decking and RCC on top of decking with waterproof -ing coba.
Brick masonry 345 mm thick for walls with aluminium sliding windows and fixed glazed partitions for control room.
Access Flooring System (False Floor) for control room and Granolithic floor finish (IPS) 80mm. thk.
Cooling tower
As required
RCC framed structure
Chimney
RCC Chimney (height as per requirement of pollution board
Chimney Lining: 115 thick fire brick lining (IS: 6) with
Painting scheme:
1. Inner surface-Two coats of heat
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 230
Building Structure Name
No. of floors / Ht as guidance
Features of Construc-
tion
Type of Roof
Side Cladding
Floor Finish
Remarks
100 mm air gap.for bottom one third height with baffle wall and hopper area. Ladder: Cage ladder with safety ring for entire height.
and acid resistant paint. 2. Outer surface-Two coats of polyurethan e enamel paint over an epoxy sealant in red and white alternate 2.0/3.0 M wide bands for top 1/3 height and balance area will be painted with two coats of waterproof cement paint over one coat of primer.
Drain both sides of road.
345 thick brick masonry in side platter.
C.C.Road
20cm.thk.C C
Road with 15cm. PCC & GSB 17.5cm. thk.
Bagasse / fuel yard
2000sqm.
Brick on edge soling
Condensate polishing unit
All four sides are to be opened roof covered with steel truss and colour coated galvalume sheets.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 231
10.1.1 Damp Proof Course
Plain Cement Concrete 1:1 ½ :3 with a minimum of 2% admixture of water proofing compound will be provided wherever required.
10.1.2Plinth Protection
All building and structure will be provided with 1000 mm wide R.C.C. plinth protection all-
round where paving / pitching is not done. The plinth protection will be 50 mm above respective finished ground level.
10.1.3Anti-termite Treatment
For all plant buildings, anti-termite treatment will be provided. 10.1.4Masonry Wall
First class bricks or modular AAC blocks will be used for all masonry works. 230 mm thick wall with 1:6cm will be used wherever applicable. Half brick thick brick wall in
1:4 cement, sand mortar will be used. Two nos. of 6 mm diameter bars will be provided at every third layer. Glazed partition will be provided wherever view of the operating equipment is required. All internal plastering will be 12 mm thick with 1:4 cm and external plastering will be with 1:5 cm of 18 mm thick.
10.1.5 Roof Water Proofing
Brick bat coba with waterproofing compound or crystalline waterproofing agent will be provided on all buildings with flat roofs.
10.1.6Roof Drainage
i) Water from roof surface will be removed by a system of Roof Drain Headers, rainwater down comers and necessary fixtures. The roof will be provided with a slope of 1:100 (min) for efficient draining.
ii) Multiple drains (min.2) will be provided for all roof areas. System will be designed in accordance with stipulations of IS:1742.
10.1.7 False Ceiling
False Ceiling will be with Armstrong panels or Equivalent panels with mineral / glass wool backing, suspended from steel / RC beams. The illumination and duct grills in these areas will match the overall aesthetics.
10.1.8 Doors
Doors will be provided at appropriate locations to prevent dust ingress from outside and to suit respective system requirement and convenience. a) Un-insulated hollow metal double plated (steel) flush doors with pressed steel
frame will be provided for plant and utility areas. b) Factory made PVC flush doors will be provided in toilet.
c) Aluminium glazed partitions and double doors with air lock in special areas. d) Fire proof doors for areas having fire hazard.
10.1.9 Rolling Shutters
Rolling steel shutters will be used where frequent use is not envisaged and for large
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 232
openings. Unless noted otherwise, main entry doors will be steel rolling shutter of width and
height to suite the requirements. Rolling shutter with area upto 8 m² will be pull and push type hand operated, while between 8 m² to 12m² pull and push type with ball bearings.
Rolling shutters with areas larger than 12m² will be mechanical gear type or electrically operated.
10.1.10 Windows
Powder coated steel or aluminium windows and ventilators will be proved as per the requirement. The number of windows will be so decided as to allow adequate natural ventilation and lighting. Minimum requirements for ventilation and natural lighting will be 15% of the floor area.
10.2 Specification
10.2.1 Roof
Color Galvalume roofing over structural steel purlins with ridge ventilator to be provided for houses. Virgin polycarbonate Lexan sheets to be provided for all roofing and cladding at a minimum of 5% of the roofing / cladding area for natural lighting. All control panel and office rooms : RCC slab with waterproof coba overlay Air-conditioned areas : False ceiling with Armstrong board or equivalent
10.2.2 Stairs
All stairs will have not more than fifteen (15) risers in one flight. Height of risers and width of treads will be 180 mm (max.) and 250 mm (min.) respectively. Minimum width of stairs will be 1000 mm.
Hand railing minimum 900 mm high will be provided around all floor / roof openings, projections / balconies, walkways platforms, concrete and steel stairs. All hand rail pipes will be 32 mm nominal bore MS Pipes, medium class and will be galvanised with toe guard 100 mm x 6 mm thk minimum where required.
10.2.3Doors, Windows & Ventilators
Fire Proof Doors : Division walls of cable spreader rooms and at all fire exit points this will be proved as per recommendation of Tariff Advisory Committee. These will be as per IS:3614. Fire resistance grade of the doors will be as per TAC requirements. However, minimum fire resistance grade will be for four (4) hours.
Powder Coated Aluminium Windows & Ventilators : Control rooms and other buildings. Glazed Aluminium Door :
Control room, control equipment room, computer room and rooms annexed to these etc. will be aluminium glazed doors. Glazed aluminium partitions. Glazed Aluminium Partition : For control rooms, control equipment rooms etc. double glazed wall panels with aluminium frame will be provided on the side of control room facing the operating floor to have clear view.Single glazed panel with aluminium framework will be provided as partition between two air conditioned areas where clear view is necessary. PVC Doors : Main Toilet
PVC doors : Internal Toilet viz, EWC, Shower
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 233
10.2.4Glazing
Windows / Ventilators : 4 mm thick clear glass will be provided for openable windows and 6 mm thick wired glass for fixed portion of windows / ventilators
Doors : 5.0 mm thick sheet glass will be provided for doors. 10.2.5 Floor finish
General flooring : 80 mm thick flooring with Ironite/hardner
Control room & other areas : 40 mm thick vitrified ceramic tiles.
Toilets : Toilets, including W.C and urinal will have cast-in-situ ceramic floor,
Dado will be with glazed tiles of minimum 5 mm thickness up to
2.1 m height (door height)
Slippery Areas : Floor / staircase in areas prone to slippage due to oil spillage etc. is
provided with anti-skid floor finish like brush – wash and chequered finish.
Staircase : Risers and treads of concrete staircase will be provided with cast- in-situ Kotah flooring. Nosing angles will be provided where required.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 234
10.2.6Painting
External : External masonry surfaces of all buildings will have 3 coats of water proof cement paint.
Internal : A coat of plastic emulsion paint will be provided over suitable primer for control rooms, control equipment rooms, computer rooms, UPS rooms and air conditioned areas including entrance lobbies.
All other areas will be provided with 3 coats of cement paint
Battery Room : Battery room and all other areas coming in contact with acid / alkali or other corrosive liquid will be painted with acid / alkali resistant chlorinated rubber paint over a suitable primer.
Ceiling : 3 coats of white wash.
Structural Steel Internal & External : All structural steel members including rolling shutters and
all other exposed steel work will have two coats of enamel paint over a coat of rust convertor primer conforming to IS:2074.
Wood Work : Two coats of Enamel paint over a coat of approved primer.
Fire Prone Areas : All fire exits will be painted in post office red/single red colour shade, which will not be used anywhere else except to indicate emergency or safety measures.
Fire-proof putty in cable penetration on walls of cable spreader rooms will be provided.
Oil Handling Areas : Oil resistant paint will be provided in oil equipment room
11. WATER SUPPLY
The water supply plumbing inside the houses and mains connection to the water reservoir needs to designed as per IS 1172 (1993- Fourth revision). Points as desired for outlet will be provided.
12 SCOPE OF CIVIL WORKS
The scope of civil work are as below :-
S. No.
TITLE
Appx. Size *
1
Fermentation House 42.5 m x 23m
2 Evaporation House 22 x 10 m
3 Distillation House 22 x 10m
4
Boiler site As per requirement.
5
Power House As per requirement.
6
Weigh bridge with cabin As per requirement.
7
Administrative complex 750 sqr.mtr.
8
Time/Security office 25 sqr.mtr.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 235
9
Cooling tower basin As per requirement.
10
Molasses tank As per requirement.
11 Molasses unloading pit As per requirement.
12
Chimney As per requirement.
13 Rectified spirit and ENA storage room As per requirement.
14
Ethanol storage room As per PESO requirement
15
Denaturated spirit room As per requirement.
16 Ethanol receiver room As per requirement.
17
Rectified / ENA spirit receiver room As per requirement
18 Bagasse yard 2000 sqr.mtr.
19 Storm water drain 1 km long
20
Cement concrete road
6000 Sq mtr approx.
21 Store 400 sqr.mtr.
22 Compound wall with gate As per requirement
23 All machinery / pump foundation As per requirement
24 All ramp in house As per requirement
25 All inside drain and cable trenches As per requirement
26 Water supply for plant As per requirement
27 Boundary Wall with gate 2.0 mtr above plinth level as per requirement
Note: Rain water harvesting system shall be in the scope of supplier as per norms.
*The sizes are very approximate and shall be firmed after detailed layout are made.
1) All platforms in the houses shall be of M.S. gratings of 6.25 mm strips of 3mm thickness. 2) Plinth level of plant building shall be minimum 60 cm above Shahabad Ladwa Road level. 2) Layout shall be prepared by the vendor in consultation with purchaser. The layout should conform
to various statutory requirements and guidelines of various Act/Statute/Rules. 3) Dismentaling of existing structures/buildings etc., if any, at the site shall be in the scope of the
civil contractor. 4) Unless otherwise specified all the civil works will be carried out as per Haryana PWD(B&R)
specifications with its updated amendments. 5) All design/drawings will be checked\vetted by the civil consultant appointed by the Mills and
necessary modifications/amendments have to be incorporated by the sellers as per his observation/comments.
6) Unless otherwise specified all the civil works required for completion of the project will be in the scope of seller
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 236
SECTION II(E) - AGREEMENT FOR PLANT OPERATION & MAINTENANCE
This agreement is made on the __________between The Shahabad Coop. Sugar Mill Ltd., Shahabad(M) Ladwa
Road, Distt. Kurukshetra Haryana through ______________, Managing Director, Shahabad Mill, (hereinafter
referred as " THE DISTILLERY", which expression shall, unless repugnant to the subject or context include their
successors and assignees) of the One Part.
AND
__________________________(NAME OF THE PARTY), a company/ F i r m / L L P registered under the
r e s p e c t i v e Acts/Constitution and having its registered office at _______________________________
(hereinafter referred as “PARTY”, which expression shall wherever the context admits or permits shall be
deemed to mean and include its successors and assigns) of the Other Part.
WHEREAS
The Shahabad Coop. Sugar Mill Ltd., Shahabad(M) Ladwa Road Distt Kurukshetra, Haryana – 136
135 is desirous of having Repair, Maintenance and operation/production services for the period of 24 months
from the start of commercial production of their Distillery Unit in the areas with particular reference to all
repairing and maintenance of complete plant, Production of Rectified Spirit/ENA/Ethanol, Predictive &
Preventive Maintenance, Breakdown Maintenance, civil works related to repair & maintenance and
Operation etc. (hereinafter referred to as “Services”).
NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED TO BETWEEN THE M/S _______________ AS FOLLOWS: -
1. Scope of Work;
The scope of work will involve complete Repair, Maintenance, operation and production services for the
period of 24 months from the date of commissioning of their Distillery Unit in the areas with particular
reference to all repairing and maintenance of complete plant, Production of Rectified Spirit/ENA/Ethanol,
Predictive & Preventive Maintenance, Breakdown Maintenance, civil works related to repair & maintenance
and Operation etc..
The Scope of repair and maintenance work and operation of Distillery shall include but not limited to the
followings:-
1.1 Repair & Maintenance Work:
1.1(1) For smooth functioning of the Distillery, repair & maintenance of all sections/stations from
Molasses unloading to storage and issue of final products and by-products viz. Rectified
Spirit / Ethanol, Co2 involving all mechanical, electrical, civil & instrumentation work.
1.1(2) Servicing of various equipments and machinery such as Fermentation section, Distillation
section, Evaporation section, Boiler, DG sets, Turbo sets, Co2 plant, Milling, Liquefaction,
Drier , Compressors, Electrical Panels, Instrumentation equipments, tube wells etc will be in
the scope of the PARTY.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 237
1.1(3) The PARTY will prepare a report of assessment of work and will supply a copy of report
along with spare & machinery parts etc. to the Managing Director, Shahabad with a copy to
Haryana Sugar Federation Office at the earliest after receiving final work order. The same
required spare & machinery parts etc. will be supplied by the Party for 24 months from the
date of start of commercial production.
1.1(4) The PARTY will prepare a report of assessment of work and will supply a copy of report
along with required consumables, fuel, Process Chemicals, HS Diesels, including civil
material etc. with schedule to the Managing Director, Shahabad with a copy to Haryana
Federation Office at the earliest after receiving final work order. The same will be provided
by the Distillery.
1.1(5) Any other repair/modification work including all fabrication/ erection & commissioning
work which is required for smooth functioning of the Distillery, will be done by the PARTY.
1.1(6) All the repair & maintenance work of the Distillery will be completed by the PARTY.
1.1(7) If any of the machinery item is required to be replaced by new one, the same shall be supplied
by the PARTY. In case any dispute/ disagreement, the decision of the Managing Director,
Shahabad shall be final.
1.1(8) Quality of purchased material required for repair, maintenance and replacement shall be
inspected jointly by Distillery Manager of Distillery and Sr.Technical representative of the
PARTY and in case of any dispute with respect to quality of the new material, the decision of
the Managing Director, Shahabad shall be final.
1.1(9) All expenditure incurred on labour component of rewinding of motor and alternators
(including spare and standby) will be in the scope of work of PARTY. PARTY shall ensure
that all burnt / damaged motors shall be repaired by their own staff or by reputed re-
winder/authorized works.
1.1(10) Work related with cleaning of different houses, different drains in plants, cleaning of Boilers,
MEE, Heat Exchangers, Distillation & Fermentartion Plants etc. and shifting of scrap from
different houses to scrap yard shall be in the scope of work of PARTY.
1.1(11) Handling of material from the store to site, like lubricants, Acids, chemicals etc and
unloading of store material shall be in the scope of work of PARTY.
1.1(12) To obtain NOC and necessary clearances for Air and Water from State/Centre Pollution
Control Board, Boiler Inspector and all other releavant Government Authorities will be in the
scope of work of the PARTY. However required Statutory Fees will be deposited by
Distillery.
1.1(13) If any machinery / machinery parts are repaired by PARTY in outside agency's workshop
then expenditure incurred in transportation will be borne by PARTY.
1.2 Operation of Distillery:
The scope of work for smooth and energy efficient operation of the Distillery will involve all jobs
required for operation of plant at all the stations and sections including civil jobs from unloading of
molasses to storage to final products viz. Rectified Spirit/Ethanol including Operation of Boiler,
Turbine, grain milling, liquefaction, Fermentation and Distillation Plant, MEE, Condensate
Treatment Unit, De-Mineralization/ Softening Plant, handling of fuel, handling of boiler ash, shifting
of sludge, Operation of Air and Water pollution control system, DG sets, Tubewell etc. except for
following jobs which will be done by MILL.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 238
1. Procurement of Molasses .
2. Purchase of Denaturants, fuel, consumables, Process & Lab Chemicals, HS Diesels etc.
3. Sale of Rectified Spirit/Denatured Spirit
4. Sale of Anhydrous Ethanol
5 Sale of by-products Viz. CO2, Fusel Oil etc.
6. Sale of scrap
Analysis of laboratory shall be done under the Managing Director, Shahabad which shall be binding
on both the parties. However, the arrangement of workers required for it shall be managed by the
party.
2.0 Manpower:
All operation and maintenance staff form the level of unskilled labours to the level of chemist and
engineers shall be provided by the vendor. However mill society will provide their own
administrative staff including Distillery manager, Accounts staff, Staff for purchase and sales and
security.
2.1 The PARTY should have technically sound and well qualified experts and staff as per norms
of Distillery Industry.
2.2 The PARTY has to provide a list of key technical experts; maintenance and operating staff
station wise indicating their qualification / experience at the time of signing the agreement.
2.3 All persons engaged by the PARTY directly or indirectly shall be employees of the PARTY
and it is obligatory on the part of the PARTY to cover all their employees under Workman
Compensation Act 1923.
2.4 The PARTY will be responsible for deduction of EPF/ any other such liability from their
employees and Distillery will not be responsible for any monetary claim or payment to the
PARTY employees or statutory authorities under the Employees Provident Fund, Family
Pension Fund or any other liabilities.
2.5 Group Insurance of the employees of the PARTY will be the responsibility of the PARTY
and Distillery will not be responsible for any claim/compensation which may be made under
the Workmen Compensation Act, 1923.
2.6 In the event of any accident/causality etc. of the employees of the PARTY, Distillery will not
be responsible and PARTY will ensure all safety measures for its employees.
2.7 The PARTY shall ensure that the age of their employees will not be less than 18 years in any
case.
2.8 The PARTY shall withdraw/ replace those employees, who are not performing the work to
the satisfaction of Distillery or for their misconduct and for any other reason, as indicated by
the Distillery in writing to the PARTY within 48 hours of the said communication. In order
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 239
to ensure quality repair/ maintenance of the plant, PARTY should not replace/ withdraw the
maintenance staff without consulting to Distillery.
2.9 In case due to shortage of manpower, some maintenance jobs are not likely to complete in
time, Distillery will have the right to out source the same to the third Party at the cost and risk
of the PARTY.
2.10 The PARTY shall duly comply with the provisions of the Apprentices Act 1961(III of 1961),
the rules made there under and the orders that may be issued from time to time under said Act
and the said rules and on his failure or neglect to do so the PARTY shall be subject to all
liabilities and penalties provided by the said Act and Rules.
2.11 During continuance of the agreement, the PARTY shall abide at all times by all existing
enactments and rules made there under, regulations, notifications and bye-laws of the State or
Central Government or Authority and all Labour Law (including rules), regulations, by laws
that are applicable, The PARTY shall keep the Distillery indemnified in case any action is
taken against the Distillery by the competent authority on account of contravention of any of
the provisions of any Act or rules made there under, the regulation or notifications including
amendments. Thereof if the Distillery is caused to pay or reimburse, such amounts as may be
necessary to cause or observe, or for non observance of the provisions stipulated in the
notifications/ by laws/ Acts/ Rules/ Regulations including amendments if any, due to any act
or omission on the part of the PARTY, the Distillery shall have the right to deduct money due
to the PARTY including invocation of Performance Security. The Distillery shall have right
to recover from the PARTY any sum required or estimated to be required for making good
the loss or damages suffered by the Distillery. The employees of the PARTY or any person
employed for any work indicated in the agreement or indicated thereto, in no case shall be
treated as the employees of the Distillery at any point of time, in any manner whatsoever.
2.12 The PARTY shall obtain all necessary approval from Excise/Other Government Authorities
(if required) for all the employees engaged by him. Required formalities will be done by
Distillery.
3.0 Accommodation
3.1 As per availability, accommodation for staff of the PARTY will be made available free of
rent by the Distillery.
3.2 The electricity will be provided for staff Quarters of PARTY on payment basis and water will
be provided at the cost of MILL. Half of electricity bill of staff quarters of party will be borne
by PARTY. Staff of PARTY should not misuse the electricity and water.
3.3 All other arrangements for food etc will be made by the PARTY.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 240
4.0 Arrangement of Materials and consumables
4.1 A list of all material and consumables, fuel, Denaturants, Process Chemicals, HS Diesels,
including civil material etc. with technical specification and estimated cost will be provided by
the PARTY to the Managing Director of Distillery within 10 days from the date of signing of
agreement. Keeping in view that progress of repair work may not suffer; the PARTY should
submit the indents of long delivery /critical items with the consultation of concerned HOD of the
Shahabad mill within 7 days from the date of signing of agreement, so that material may be
arranged by Distillery in time.
4.2 The PARTY must provide all the indents (except for emergency purchase) to Distillery in
consultation with Distillery Technical Staff within 15 days after signing of agreement so that
Distillery can procure store items well in time. Distillery will procure material and consumables,
fuel, Denaturants, Process Chemicals, HS Diesels, including civil material etc. after receiving
the indent/requirement from the PARTY. Any delay in the supply of material due to late
submission of indents by PARTY or due to any reason will not entitle the PARTY to any claim.
PARTY should ensure that inventory of the store should not be increase after the end of the
season.
4.3 All the tools & tackles will be provided by the Distillery.
5.0 Supply of Molasses:- (Purchaser and Sellers’s Scope to be defined separately
The arrangement for the procurement and supply of Molasses shall be done by the Distillery.
6.0 Performance parameters to be achieved by PARTY:
The PARTY will produce Rectified Spirit/Anhydrous Ethanol as per standards laid down in Annexure - I
The overall performance of the PARTY will be judged on the basis of following parameters:
6.1 Stoppage due to Mechanical Breakdowns – Maximum 2%
6.2 Stoppage Due to Process related,
6.3 Gross Capacity Utilization: Minimum 100%
6.4 Quality of Produce: - As per Annexure - I
7.0 Damage to Machinery:-
7.1 Any damage of machinery/machinery parts during operation, if it has occurred due to
negligence of staff of the PARTY, will be recovered from the PARTY.
7.2 If any machinery/parts are damaged during repairing work, the same will be borne by the
Party.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 241
8.0 Penalties:
8.1 Operation of the distillery.:
In the event of not achieving any of the above mentioned performance parameters, penalty of
Rs 5.00 lac (Rs. Five lacs) only per parameter will be recovered from PARTY. It may be
recovered from the dues of the PARTY.
9.0 BANK GUARANTEE (BG)
To secure the contractual obligations of the PARTY at their own cost will provide a Bank Guarantee
(BG) for Rs.10.00 Lacs (Rs. Ten Lacs only) of Nationalized/Schedule Bank within 30 days from the
signing date of Agreement.
In the event of breach of contract / failure of contractual responsibilities / if repairs work are left
unfinished & incomplete/ unable to operate the plant for complete period etc. by the PARTY, then
MILL shall have the full rights to invoke the BG .
BG shall be released on successfully completion of all the contractual obligations of the PARTY.
10.0 CHARGES
10.1 A lump sum charge of Rs. _______ Lacs (Rupees _______lac only) per month for operation
of the plant including repair & maintenance, TDS (Tax deduction at source) at prevailing
rates shall be deducted by MILL while releasing payment to PARTY.
10.2 Goods and Service Tax and other levies as applicable shall be charged extra to MILL at
actual.
11.0 Payment Terms
11.1 The rates for operation and maintenance of plant will be paid on per month basis. The
PARTY will submit the bill for payment once in a month after completion of the month
within the first week of the next month.
Ninety percent payment of monthly bill will be made within seven days after its submission.
Payment of balance Ten percent will be retained as security for each month and will be
released after 12 months of successful performance.
11.2 All taxes as applicable will be deducted at source.
11.3 Final payment shall be made by the Distillery within one month of clearance of all
government dues and all labour/ workmen dues, including PF, GST etc. by the PARTY.
12.0 Arbitration Clause
In case of any dispute arising between the Parties, the matter shall be referred to the Managing
Director, The Haryana State Federation of Cooperative Sugar Federation Ltd., Panchkula, who shall
be the sole arbitrator and his decision shall be binding on both the parties. Provisions of Arbitration
and Conciliation Act, 1996 shall apply. Place of Arbitration shall be Panchkula.
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 242
13.0 Jurisdiction of Court
All dispute arising are subject to the jurisdiction of High Court Haryana and Court subordinate to it at
District Kurukshetra, Haryana.
14.0 Period of Agreement
The Agreement between the PARTY and Distillery shall be valid up to upto 24 months from the date
of start of commercial production.
15.0 Extension of Contract
On satisfactory performance and completion of contract period, the contract for repair and
maintenance and operation of Shahabad Coop. Sugar Mills Limited, Shahabad (M),Ladwa Road
Distt Kurukshetra, Haryana – 136135 with the party can be extended further with updated
mutually agreed upon performance parameters and terms and condition.
IN WITNESS WHERE OF THE PARTIES HERE TO AFFIXED THEIR HAND AND SEALS ON THIS ___ DAY
OF, ____, _________.
WITNESS: 1 WITNESS: 1
WITNESS: 2 WITNESS: 2
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 244
SECTION –III (A): FINANCIAL E-BID FORM
PRICE SCHEDULE
Sl. No.
Item Description Item Code / Make
Qty Units Basic Price (in Rs.)
CGST (in Rs.)
SGST (in Rs.)
IGST (in
Rs.)
Freight Charges (Unloading and
Stacking) in Rs.
Packing and
Forwarding
Charges (in Rs.)
Other leviable
Taxes and Duties, cess etc. (in Rs.)
Amount in Rs.
Insurance
(Transit & Upto
Commissioning (in Rs.)
Any Other
Expences (if any in
Rs.)
Total
Amount (in Rs.)
1.1 SUPPLY Ex-Works (ex-bidder's or their Sub-Contractor's workshop or place of supply) price of the Plant and Machinery in accordance with specifications & details of Draft Agreement excluding the following
Item 1 1.00 Single Plant
1.2 Necessary facilities including lagging, first filling of lubricants, transformer & turbine oils, paniting, material including primary & final coating as per color scheme of purchase etc.
2 ERECTION CUM COMMISSIONING Item 2 1.00 Single Plant
3 CIVIL CONSTRUCTION Item 3 1.00 Single Plant
SUB TOTAL
4 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE for Two Years
Item 4 1.00 Single Plant
GRAND TOTAL
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 245
INDEX
Sl.No. Particulars Page Nos.
1. Competitive e-Bidding 2
2. E-Tender Notice 3 - 4
3 Invitation for e-Bid 5 - 7
SECTION- I
4. Section-I: Instruction to Bidders 8-20
5. Section-II : Technical e-Bid 21
6. Section -II (A): Bid Form 22
7. Section -II (B):Technical Bid Proforma 23-26
8. Annexure- B-I : Statement of Legal Capacity 27
9. Annexure-B-II : Undertaking (Security & Integrity) on Bidder’s Letter head 28
10. Annexure B-III : Format For Board resolution for group of companies 29
11. Annexure B-IV : Format For Power of Attorney 30
12. Annexure B-V : Format for memorandum of understanding 31-33
13. Section-II ( C) : Schedule of Requirement 34
14. Section II-(D) : Draft Agreement for Supply, Erection & Commissioning 35 – 234
15. Annexure – I : Scope of Work 62 – 66
16. Annexure – II : Technical Specifications 67
1.0 Design Basis 67 – 70
2.0 Equipement Specification s of Distillery plant 70 – 134
17. Annexure – III : General Engineering Specifications 135 – 179
18. Annexure – IV : General Specifications & Standards 180 – 184
19. Annexure – V : Electricals & Instrumentation & Automation 185 – 188
20 Annexure – VI : Performance Parameters 189 – 190
21. Annexure – VII : Price Breakup of various equipment for cash flow and
delivery schedules
191 – 192
22. Annexure – VIII : List of Approved Suppliers 193 – 194
23. Annexure – IX : Inspection Procedure 195 – 196
24. Annexure – X : Parameters for Inspection of Manufacture’s work 197 - 203
NIT, SHAHABAD/NFCSF - August, 2018 Page 246
25. Annexure – XI : Schedule of submission of drawings, Manual & Other Documents 204 – 208
26. Annexure – XII : Performance Certificates 209
27. Annexure – XIII : Draft of Bank Gaurantee against advance payments 210 - 212
28. Annexure – XIV : Draft of Bank Gaurantee for timely delivery 213 – 215
29. Annexure – XV : Bank Gaurantee for Performance 216 – 217
30. Annexure – XVI : Guidelines 218 – 220
31. Annexure-XVII : Specifications of foundation and buildings 221-235
32. Section-II (E) : Agreement For Plant Operation & Maintenance 236-242
32.. Section- III: Financial Bid 243-244